Catalogue of genera of the terrestrial Isopoda

GENERA OF ONISCIDEA 

Catalogue of genera of the terrestrial Isopoda (Crustacea: 

Isopoda: Oniscidea) 

CHRISTIAN SCHMIDT & ANDREAS LEISTIKOW 

Steenstrupia Schmidt, C. & A. Leistikow. Catalogue of genera of the terrestrial Isopoda (Crustacea: Isopoda: 

Oniscidea). – Steenstrupia 28 (1): 1-118. Copenhagen, Denmark, August 2004 (for 2002). ISSN 

0375-2909. 

A list of all genus and subgenus names published until the end of 2001 is given. Each name is 

supplemented with information on current family placement, type species, type locality, type 

specimens, synonyms, estimated number of species currently included and the geographic range. 

Remarks are made to explain the sometimes confusing history of the names; 507 genus names 

of the Oniscidea now are considered formally valid. 

Keywords: Isopoda Oniscidea, catalogue. 

Christian Schmidt, Ruhr-Universität Bochum, Fakultät für Biologie, LS Spezielle Zoologie, 

Gebäude NDEF 05, D-44780 Bochum, Germany. 

Present address: Christian Schmidt, Museum für Tierkunde, Königsbrücker Landstraße 159, D 

01109 Dresden, Germany. E-mail: christian.schmidt@snsd.smwk.sachsen.de 

Andreas Leistikow, Universität Bielefeld, Fakultät für Biologie, Abteilung für Zoomorphologie 

und Systematik, Morgenbreede 45, D-33615 Bielefeld, Germany. Present address: Welsingheide 

160, D-48163 Münster, Germany. E-mail: andreas.leistikow@tiscali.de 

INTRODUCTION 

At present, the taxonomic situation of the terrestrial 

isopods is still unsatisfactory. Mainly because 

of insufficient descriptions and illustrations 

by some earlier authors, many species cannot 

be reliably identified without re-examination 

of the type specimens. For many species described 

in a genus that was split by subsequent 

authors, the current generic placement is insecure 

and cannot be deduced from the description. 

Moreover, the examples of invalid names used in 

the literature abound. This is a consequence of 

ignoring or disregarding the ICZN by some authors. 

Instead of correcting these mistakes, subsequent 

authors often perpetuated the errors. 

Given this situation, we think, as a first step, a 

list of genera with extensive information will be 

useful to find and correct old errors and also to 

facilitate (or to incite) taxonomic revisions of 

subtaxa of the Oniscidea. 

The following list gives a survey of all nominal 

genera and subgenera described until end of 

2001. For each genus, the current classification 

(family), the type species (if designated), type 

Steenstrupia 28(1): 1-118. 

locality and information on the type specimens of 

the type species are given. 

Information on the type specimens includes 

information published in taxonomic papers and 

catalogues of museum specimens, and also unpublished 

data collected by us during visits to 

several museums. In addition to the detailed data 

given below, the reader may note that: 

Arcangeli: most of the type specimens seem to 

have been lost, or their whereabouts are unknown. 

Dalens: his publications indicate material as 

“personal collection of the author”. The address 

given in the publications is Laboratoire d’Ecologie 

des Invertébrés terrestres, Centre de Recherches 

souterraines et édaphiques du CNRS, 

Université Paul Sabatier, Toulouse, France. 

Paulian de Félice: types appear to be in 

MNHN, Paris. 

Strouhal: many or most of the type specimens 

may be in NHMW, Vienna. 

Vandel: the Vandel Collection now is in 

MNHN, Paris. 

Verhoeff: many or most of the type specimens 

may be in ZSM, Munich. 

1

2 

In cases where no type species was designated, 

the species that were included in the original 

description are enumerated in the same order as 

they appear in the text. 

If more than one species is included, the 

number of species and the geographical range of 

the entire genus is given. If only one species is 

included, the number of species is not indicated. 

Often, the number of species can only be estimated 

because of insufficient species descriptions 

that do not allow recognition of the species, 

or that do not make it possible to decide in which 

genus a species should be placed. If available, the 

latest revision of a genus or of some part of a 

genus is indicated if it provides hints for the 

identification of the species. 

The genera currently regarded as valid are 

printed in normal size font, the synonyms, invalid 

names and subgenera are printed in a smaller font. 

In the case of names that are unavailable because 

they were introduced after 1930 without 

designation of a type species, we strongly recommend 

that a type species not be designated without 

prior reexamination of the material in question. 

Abbreviations 

AMNH American Museum of Natural History, 

New York City, N.Y., USA 

AM Australian Museum, Sydney, 

Australia 

BMNH Natural History Museum, London, 

England, UK 

BPBM Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, 

Hawaii, USA 

Coll. Argano Argano Collection, in MZUR, see 

below 

Coll. Dalens Dalens Collection, perhaps in Université 

Paul Sabatier, Toulouse, 

France, see Introduction 

DEAP Dipartimento di Entomologia Agraria 

dell’Università, Portici, Italy 

HNHM Hungarian Natural History Museum, 

Budapest, Hungary 

ICZN International Code of Zoological 

Nomenclature 

IESH Instituto de Ecología y Sistemática, 

La Habana [Havana], Cuba 

C. SCHMIDT & A. LEISTIKOW 

IPNM Instituto Politécnico Nacional de 

México, México, D.F., México 

IRSNB Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles 

de Belgique, Bruxelles, Belgium 

(formerly MRHN) 

ISRB Institut de Spéléologie “Emile Racovitza”, 

Bucuresti, Romania 

IZAS Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica, 

Beijing, China 

LUCE Lund University Ceylon Expedition 

1962 

MACN Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales 

“Bernardino Rivadavia”, 

Buenos Aires, Argentina 

MAGNT Museum and Art Galleries of the 

Northern Territory, Darwin, Australia 

MCSNV Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, 

Verona, Italy 

MHNG Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de 

Genève, Switzerland 

MNHN Muséum national d’Histoire Naturelle 

de Paris, France (collection 

not indicated) 

MNHN-CV Muséum national d’Histoire Naturelle 

de Paris, France, Vandel Collection 

MNHN-Is Muséum national d’Histoire Naturelle 

de Paris, France, Isopod Collection 

MNRJ Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, 

Brazil 

MRAC Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale, 

Tervuren, Belgium 

(MRHN) Musée Royal d’Histoire Naturelle, 

Bruxelles, Belgium – see IRSNB 

MSNG Museo Civico di Storia Naturale 

“Giacomo Doria”, Genova, Italy 

MZB Museu de Zoologia de Barcelona, 

Barcelona, Spain 

MZUF Museo Zoologico La Specola, Firenze 

[Florence], Italy 

MZUR Museo di Zoologia dell’Università 

“la Sapienza”, Rome, Italy 

NCIP National Collection of Insects, Pretoria, 

Transvaal, South Africa 

NHMB Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, 

Switzerland 

NHMW Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien 

[Vienna], Austria

NHRS Naturhistorisk Riksmuséet, Stockholm, 

Sweden 

NMP Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, 

Natal, South Africa 

NMNHS National Museum of Natural History, 

Sofia, Bulgaria 

NNM Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum, 

Leiden, The Netherlands 

NSMT National Science Museum, Tokyo, 

Japan 

OMNH Osaka Museum of Natural History, 

Osaka, Japan 

ONHM Oman Natural History Museum, 

Muscat, Oman 

PUC Polycathedra Institute of Animal 

Biology, University of Catania, 

Italy 

QM Queensland Museum, Brisbane, 

Australia 

RNHL Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, 

Leiden, The Netherlands 

SAMC South African Museum, Cape 

Town, South Africa 

SBS Spedizione Biologica in Somalia 

del Centro di Studio per la Faunistica 

ed Ecologia Tropicali del 

Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche, 

Italy 

SMF Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, 

Frankfurt am Main, Germany 

SMF ZMG Specimens transferred to SMF 

from Zoologisches Museum, Göttingen, 

Germany 

SMNS Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde, 

Stuttgart, Germany 

SMTD Staatliches Museum für Tierkunde, 

Dresden, Germany 

TMAG Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 

Hobart, Tasmania 

TOYA Toyama Science Museum, Toyama, 

Japan 

UAM Instituto de Biología de la Universidad 

Autónoma de México, Mexico 

City, México 

UCR Universidad de Costa Rica, San 

José, Costa Rica 

USNM National Museum of Natural History, 

Washington, D.C., USA 

WAM Western Australian Museum, 

Perth, Australia 


YCM Yokosuka City Museum, Yokosuka, 

Japan 

ZIUL Zoological Institute, University of 

Lund, Lund, Sweden 

ZMA Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam, 

The Netherlands 

ZMB Museum für Naturkunde, Berlin, 

Germany 

ZMH Zoologisches Museum Hamburg, 

Germany 

ZMMU Zoological Museum, Moscow 

State University, Moscow, Russia 

ZMUC Zoological Museum of the University 

of Copenhagen, Denmark 

ZSIC Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta, 

India 

ZSM Zoologisches Staatssammlung, 

München, Germany 

o original designation 

m monotypy 

LIST OF GENUS AND SUBGENUS 

NAMES 

Abebaioscia Vandel, 1974 

Family: Philosciidae. 

Type species: Abebaioscia troglodytes Vandel, 

1974 (m). 

Locality: South Australia: Nullabor Plain: Pannikin 

Cave (leg. M. Gray, 24.xii.1967). 

Acaeroplastes Verhoeff, 1918 

Family: Porcellionidae. 

Type species: Not designated; Verhoeff (1918) 

included 4 species: 

Species originally included: 

1. Acaeroplastes sardous Verhoeff, 1918: Sardinia: 

Oschiri (2 �, leg. Simroth). 

2. Acaeroplastes pellegrinensis Verhoeff, 1918: 

Sicilia: Mt. Pellegrino near Palermo (1 �, 2 �, 

leg. Verhoeff, April [year not reported]). 

3. Acaeroplastes areolatus Verhoeff, 1918: St. 

Jean peninsula, near Beaulieu (2 �, leg. Verhoeff, 

15.iv.1909). 

4. Porcellio melanurus Budde-Lund, 1885: 

Southern France, Corsica, Algeria (13 syntypes, 

ZMUC CRU-1660); Corsica, Porto 

Calvien (2 � syntypes, leg. E. Simon, BMNH 

3

4 

1921:10:18:5273-5274); Algeria, Bona (2 �, 1 � 

syntypes, leg. Meinert, BMNH 1956: 

10:10:145-146). 

Species: 5. 

Distribution: Mediterranean. 

Remarks: Described as a subgenus of Porcellio, 

elevated to generic rank by Vandel (1962). 

According to Schmalfuss (1990b) there are 

no differences from Proporcellio Verhoeff, 

1907 that justify a separation at generic 

level. 

Acanthodillo Verhoeff, 1926a 

Family: Armadillidae. 

Type species: Acanthodillo erinaceus Verhoeff, 

1926a (m). 

Locality: New Caledonia: La Madeleine: Pleine 

des Lacs, 200 m (1 � with marsupium, leg. 

Sarasin & Roux, 30.iii.1912). 

Species: 10. 

Distribution: Australia, New Caledonia, New 

Zealand. 

Acanthoniscus Kinahan, 1859 

Family: Armadillidae or Scleropactidae. 

Type species: Acanthoniscus spiniger Kinahan, 

1859 (m). 

Locality: Jamaica (1 � holotype, BMNH 1973: 

478:1; “original registration no. 1845:118”). 

Remarks: Although Kinahan (1859) cited White 

as the author, due to the fact that Acanthoniscus 

White, 1847 is a nomen nudum, Kinahan 

must be considered to be the author. 

Acanthoniscus G. O. Sars, 1878 

Asellota: Acanthaspidiidae. 

Type species: Acanthoniscus typhlops G. O. Sars, 1885 (m). 

Remarks: This is a junior homonym of Acanthoniscus Kinahan, 

1859. Sars described the genus and species twice, in 

1878 “preliminarily”, and in more detail in 1885. However, 

the publication date is 1878. Stebbing (1893) replaced 

it with Acanthaspidia Stebbing, 1893. 

Acanthoniscus White, 1847 

Type species: Acanthoniscus spiniger White, 1847 (m). 

Remarks: The genus and species names are nomina nuda. 

Actaecia Dana, 1853 

Family: Actaeciidae. 

Type species: Actaecia euchroa Dana, 1853 (m). 

Locality: New Zealand: Bay of Islands, on beach 

of Perva Harbour, in the sand. 


Synonym: Cylloma Budde-Lund, 1885? 

Species: 8. 

Distribution: Southern and eastern coasts of 

Australia, Tasmania, New Zealand. 

Remarks: Dana described specimens as putative 

young of Scyphax ornatus, but expressed 

some doubt and proposed the name Actaecia 

euchroa if it proved to be a distict species 

(mentioned on page 736). 

Literature: Lewis & Green (1994) revised the genus 

and provided a key to the 8 species, 4 of 

which were described as new. 

Actaeoniscus = misspelling of Acteoniscus Vandel, 1955. 

Acteoniscus Vandel, 1955b 

Family: Trichoniscidae. 

Type species: Acteoniscus petrochilosi Vandel, 

1955b (m). 

Locality: Greece: Keratea Cave, Mt. Panion, SE 

Athens (3 �, 10 �, 1 juv., leg. Strinati, 

30.i.1954). 

Actoniscus Harger, 1878 

Synonym of Armadilloniscus Uljanin, 1875 (after Blake 

1930). 

Type species: Actoniscus ellipticus Harger, 1878 (m). 

Locality: U.S.A.: Connecticut, near New Haven: Savin 

Rock and Stony Creek (leg. A. E. Verrill). 

Acyphoniscus Frankenberger, 1941 


Type species: Acyphoniscus nabeleki Frankenberger, 

1941 (m). 

Locality: Bulgaria: Hab. Sozopol (1 �, 10 �, leg. 

Nabelek, viii.1938). 

Adeloscia Vandel, 1977b 


Type species: Adeloscia dawsoni Vandel, 1977a 

(m). 

Type localities: New Zealand: North Island, Little 

Barrier Island (NE of North Island), (leg. 

Dawson, 20.xi.1949); Wellington (leg. Dell, 

20.v.1950). 

Adinda Budde-Lund, 1904 

Family: Scleropactidae. 

Type species: Periscyphus [sic, missspelling of 

Periscyphis] weberi Dollfus, 1898 (o, m). 

Localities: Indonesia: Sumatra, Kajoe Tanam (1 �

lectotype, 2 �, 1 � paralectotypes, leg. Weber, 

1888, ZMA); same data (1 � with marsupium, 

paralectotype, MNHN-Is5740); 

Sumatra, Manindjau (2 �, 2 �, paralectotypes, 

leg. Weber, 1888, ZMA); same data 

(2 �, 1 � with marsupium, paralectotypes, 

MNHN-Is5741); Sumatra, Padang, Apenberg 

(1 �, 2 �, paralectotypes, leg. M. Weber, 

1888, ZMA). 

Synonym: Paraperiscyphis Stebbing, 1911. 

Species: 18. 

Distribution: Sri Lanka, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, 

Borneo, Palawan, Java, southern India. 

Remarks: In the description of the genus, the type 

species was referred to as “Mesarmadillo 

weberi Dollf.” 

Literature: Ferrara, Meli & Taiti (1995) revised the 

Toradjinae, giving redescriptions or new descriptions 

of all species. 

Adoniscus Vandel, 1955a 

Family: Olibrinidae. 

Type species: Adoniscus velox Vandel, 1955a (o, 

m). 

Locality: Libanon: “Grotte de Dahr el Ain” near 

Tripoli. 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Libanon, Sulawesi. 

Aegonethes Frankenberger, 1938b 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3). 

Aegonethes Tabacaru, 1996 


Type species: Illyrionethes cervinus Verhoeff, 

1931b. 

Locality: Dalmatia, Curzola Is., Paganetti cave (1 

� holotype, leg. F. Haas, 25.ix.1927, SMF 386, 

slide). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Islands off the shore of Croatia, 

Italy. 

Remarks: Frankenberger (1938b) included 2 species 

but did not indicate which of them should 

be the type species. The mention of Aegonethes 

cervinus (Verhoeff, 1931) as type species 

of Aegonethes by Tabacaru (1996) is regarded 

as designation of the type species, according 

to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. 

Literature: Strouhal (1939b) included the two spe- 


cies in a key to the species of Illyrionethes 

and Aegonethes. 

Aethiopodillo Verhoeff, 1942d 


Aethiopodillo Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998 


Type species: Aethiopodillo sulcata Verhoeff, 

1942d (designated by Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 

1998). 

Locality: Moçambique, near Port Amelia (numerous 

specimens, leg. M. Zitzmann, 1927, ZMH 

12007). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Moçambique, Tanzania. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1942d) described the two species 

grisea and sulcata, assigned to Aethiopodillo, 

but did not designate a type species. 

Samples of both species are in ZMH; 

Arcangeli (1956) referred to Aethiopiodillo as 

a subgenus of Venezillo Verhoeff, 1928a. 

Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) validated the 

name by choosing a type species. 

Aethiopopactes Verhoeff, 1942d 


Aethiopopactes Ferrara & Taiti, 1982 

Family: Eubelidae. 

Type species: Aethiopopactes nigricornis Verhoeff, 

1942d (designated by Ferrara & Taiti 

1982). 

Locality: Moçambique; Port Amelia (numerous 

specimens, leg. M. Zitzmann, 1927, ZMH 

12007). 

Species: 8. 

Distribution: Moçambique, Tanzania, Somalia, 

Angola, Malawi. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1942d) included 3 newly described 

species, A. nigricornis, A. pallidus 

and A. marmoratus, without designating a 

type species. Ferrara & Taiti (1982) validated 

the name by choosing a type species. The 

museum number of the type specimens is the 

same as for Aethiopodillo sulcata, as given in 

Verhoeff’s paper. 

Afroniscus Paulian de Félice, 1940a 

Synonym of Clavigeroniscus Arcangeli, 1930 (after 

Vandel 1952). 

5

6 

Type species: Trichoniscus (Afroniscus) sassandrai 

Paulian de Félice, 1940a (m). 

Locality: Côte d’Ivoire: Sassandra (ca. 6 � and �, leg. 

Lepesme, Paulian & Villiers). 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Trichoniscus. 

Afrophiloscia Taiti & Ferrara, 1980 

Synonym of Anchiphiloscia Stebbing, 1908 (after Ferrara 

& Taiti 1986b). 

Type species: Afrophiloscia kinolensis Taiti & Ferrara, 

1980 (o). 

Locality: Tanzania, Uluguru Mts., Kinola forest, 1500- 

1750 m (2 �, 10 �, leg. Berger, Leleup & Debecker, 06- 

13.vi.1971, MRAC 53418). 

Agabiformius Verhoeff, 1908a 


Type species: Not designated. 

Synonyms: Lyprobius Budde-Lund, 1885 (part); 

Angara Budde-Lund, 1908a. 


1. Leptotrichus (Agabiformius) corcyraeus Verhoeff, 

1908a: Kerkira Is. (1 specimen, leg. 

Verhoeff). 

2. Porcellio pseudopullus Verhoeff, 1901b: Hercegovina, 

near Mostar, Radobolja valley (1 �, 

1 �, leg. Verhoeff); Peloponnes (1 � with marsupium, 

leg. Verhoeff). 

Species: 8. 

Distribution: All the lands round the Mediterranean 

Sea, introduced to Senegal, Madeira, 

Canary Is., Seychelles, Oman, China, Mexico, 

Hawaii, Haiti, Venezuela. 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Leptotrichus 

Budde-Lund, 1885; Verhoeff (1902) instituted 

a “Sectio Agabiformes” of the genus 

Porcellio, including the species pseudopullus 

Verhoeff, naupliensis Verhoeff, and syrensis 

Verhoeff, 1902. Verhoeff (1908a) transferred 

this “Sectio Agabiformes” as a subgenus to 

Leptotrichus Budde-Lund, 1885 and changed 

its name to Agabiformius. In this paper the 

species corcyraeus Verhoeff, 1908a and pseudopullus 

Verhoeff, are mentioned. Verhoeff 

(1917b) re-transferred Agabiformius to the 

genus Porcellio, as a subgenus. According 

to Schmalfuss (1979), the originally included 

two nominal species are synonyms of Lyprobius 

lentus Budde-Lund, 1885. 

Agnara Budde-Lund, 1908b 



Type species: Metoponorthus madagascariensis 

Budde-Lund, 1885 (o, m). 

Locality: Madagascar (2 �, 1 � syntypes, leg. 

Hildebrandt, BMNH 1921.10.18.5556- 

5558). 

Synonym: Hemiporcellio Collinge, 1915b. 

Species: ca. 10. 

Distribution: Madagascar; Guinea-Bisseau, Senegal, 

Arabian Peninsula, Sri Lanka, India, 

China, Taiwan, Japan. 

Akermania Collinge, 1919 


Type species: Akermania spinosa Collinge, 1919 

(m). 

Locality: South Africa, Natal, Umhlali, Winkle 

Spruit (several specimens, leg. C. Akerman, 

v.1916; NMP); same data (4 �, 4 �, BMNH 

1919:4:26:282-291); same data (4 �, BMNH 

1933:1:25:413-417); syntypes. 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: southern Africa, Madagascar, Sri 

Lanka. 

Albertosphoera Caruso & Lombardo, 1983 

Family: Spelaeoniscidae. 

Type species: Albertosphoera algerina Caruso 

& Lombardo, 1983 (m). 

Locality: Algeria: El Guerrah, 900 m (numerous � 

and �, holotype, allotype and paratypes, leg. 

Caruso?, 15.x.1979, PUC?). 

Alboscia Schultz, 1995a 


Type species: Alboscia elongata Schultz, 1995a 

(o, m). 

Locality: Paraguay: Concepción prov., between 

Est. Estrellas and Est. Primavera (1 holotype � 

and 1 � and 1 � paratypes, leg. MHNG expedition, 

16.x.1979, MHNG). 

Species: 3 (Araujo 1999). 

Distribution: Paraguay, southern Brazil. 

Alloniscus Dana, 1854 

Family: Scyphacidae. 

Type species: Alloniscus perconvexus Dana, 

1854 (m). 

Locality: California. 

Synonyms: Rhinoryctes Stuxberg, 1875; Ano-

maloniscus Dollfus, 1893a; Arhina Budde- 

Lund, 1904; Japanoniscus Verhoeff, 1928a. 

Species: 21. 

Distribution: Tropical and temperate coasts of 

Pacific and Indian Oceans. 

Remarks: This genus was defined much more 

widely by earlier authors. Many of the previously 

included nominal species have been 

transferred to other genera or reduced to 

synonyms of other species; 21 nominal species 

remain in Alloniscus. 

Alloschizidium Verhoeff, 1919 

Family: Armadillidiidae. 

Type species: Armadillidium pruvoti Racovitza, 

1907a (m). 

Locality: France, Dépt. Alpes maritimes, Baume 

de Colombier, Roquefort (1 �, 17.ix.1905, 

Biospeologica no. 93). 

Synonyms: Typhloschizidium Arcangeli, 1933; 

Nesolidium Verhoeff, 1942. 

Species: 10. 

Distribution: Southern France, Corsica, Sardinia, 

Ischia. 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Troglarmadillidium. 

Verhoeff (1933b) elevated it to generic 

rank, while Verhoeff (1933c) regarded it 

as subgenus of Troglarmadillidium. Taiti & 

Ferrara (1996) reduced Nesolidium and Typhloschizidium 

to synonyms of Alloschizidium 

and included 10 species in this genus. 

Alpioniscus Racovitza, 1908 


Type species: Trichoniscus dispersus Racovitza, 

1907a (m). 

Localities: France: Dépt. Alpes Maritimes, Castillon, 

Grotte du Laura (1 �, 2 �, 25.ix. 1890), 

Grotte d’Albarea, Sospel (11 �, 7 �, 

25.ix.1905). 

Synonyms: Illyrionethes Verhoeff, 1927c; Hellenonethes 

Frankenberger, 1939; Brianiscus 

Verhoeff, 1940a; Macedoniscus Buturovic, 

1954. 

Species: 27. 

Distribution: France, Italy, Slovenia, Bosnia- 

Hercegovina, Yugoslavia, Macedonia, Albania, 

Greece. 

Literature: Strouhal (1939b) gave a key to 9 species, 

under the name Illyrionethes. According 


to Tabacaru (1996), Alpioniscus is divided 

into 2 subgenera, Alpioniscus s. str. with 12 

species and Illyrionethes with 15 species. 

Aluma = printing error for Eluma (in Cruz 1991b). 

Amazoniscus Lemos de Castro, 1967 


Type species: Amazoniscus arlei Lemos de 

Castro, 1967 (o, m). 

Localities: Brazil: Territorio do Amapá, Serra do 

Navio (2 � and 3 �, leg. R. Arlé, 10.xii.1959); 

Estado do Pará, Parque do Museu Goeldi (6 

�, 4 �, 3 juv., leg. H. Schubart, ii.1964), 

Estado do Pará, Marituba (1 �, leg. R. Arlé, 

22.i. 1963), Estado do Pará, Tocantins, 

Mangabeira (1 �, leg. O. Cunha, v.1953). 

Ambounia Dollfus, 1895a 

Family: Scleropactidae? 

Type species: Ambounia suarezi Dollfus, 1895a 

(m). 

Locality: Northern Madagascar: “montagne 

d’Ambre” (1 ex., leg. Alluaud 1893). 

Amerigoniscus Vandel, 1950 


Type species: Amerigoniscus henroti Vandel, 

1950 (m). 

Locality: USA: Virginia: Gillies Cave near 

Pennington Gap (2 �, 1 �, leg. Henrot, 

21.viii.1946). 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: North America. 

Remarks: Vandel (1953b) reduced Amerigoniscus 

to a synonym of Caucasonethes Verhoeff, 

1932, but Vandel (1977b) revalidated the 

name. 

Literature: Vandel (1965b) gave a key to 5 species 

of Caucasonethes, 4 of which are now in 

Amerigoniscus. Vandel (1977b) described 

further 4 species as new. Schultz (1982) described 

one more species. 

Anaphiloscia Racovitza, 1907a 


Type species: Anaphiloscia simoni Racovitza, 

1907a (o, m). 

Locality: Mallorca, Manacar, Cuevas del Drach 

(1 �, 25.iv.1905). 

7

8 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Northwestern Mediterranean. 

Anatoliscus Verhoeff, 1949b 


Type species: Anatoliscus longicornis Verhoeff, 

1949b (m). 

Locality: Turkey: central Anatolia, near Senirkent, 

10 km from Uluborlu near Lake Egridir, 

1000 m (female(s), leg. C. Kosswig, vii. 

1942). 

Anchicubaris Collinge, 1920 


Type species: Anchicubaris fongosiensis Collinge, 

1920 (m). 

Localities: South Africa: Natal, Zululand, Mt. 

Fongosi (12 �, 20 � syntypes, leg. W. E. 

Warren, vii.1917: BMNH 1919:4:26:504-518); 

same data (43 �, 41 � syntypes, BMNH 

1933:1:25:851-870); Sarnia near Durban 

(leg. E. Warren, x.1916); Winkle Spruit 

Beach, South Coast (leg. Akerman, xii.1919) 

(type specimens in NMP). 

Species: 5. 

Anchiphiloscia Stebbing, 1908 


Type species: Anchiphiloscia karongae Stebbing, 

1908 (designated by Ferrara & Taiti 

1986b). 

Locality: Tanzania: Kambwe, near Karonga, on 

decaying wood close to swamp (2 � and 4 �, 

leg. W. A. Cunnington, 27.vi.1904, BMNH 

1909:5:1:15-19 and slides BMNH 1919:5: 1:20- 

25, syntypes). 

Synonyms: Setaphora Budde-Lund, 1908b; Afrophiloscia 

Taiti & Ferrara, 1980. 

Species: 18 (Ferrara & Taiti 1986b). 

Distribution: Eastern Africa, Madagascar, Andaman 

Islands, Chagos Archipelago. 

Remarks: Stebbing (1908) described 2 new species, 

but did not select one as type species. 

Barnard (1932) considered Anchiphiloscia 

to be a synonym of Setaphora Budde-Lund, 

1908 b. Ferrara & Taiti (1986b) pointed out 

the reasons why Anchiphiloscia has priority 

over Setaphora. They transferred Anchiphiloscia 

cunningtoni Stebbing, 1908 to the genus 

Aphiloscia and referred to Anchiphiloscia 


karongae as type species of Anchiphiloscia. 

This mention is here regarded as designation 

of the type species, according to ICZN Art. 

69.1.1. 

Andenoniscus Verhoeff, 1941b 


Type species: Andenoniscus silvaticus Verhoeff, 

1941b (m). 

Locality: Southern Peru: Aina, Sivia (types lost, 

except for a few slides with appendages, in 

ZSM). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Peru, Panama. 

Remarks: The species narcissi Vandel, 1968 and 

tropicalis Vandel, 1968 were transferred to 

Erophiloscia by Vandel (1972a). Leistikow 

(1998c) redescribed the type species and declared 

the other 2 species as nomina dubia. 

Leistikow (1999b) described a second species 

of the genus. 

Andricophiloscia Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Andricophiloscia melanesiensis 

Vandel, 1973 (o, m). 

Locality: Eastern New Guinea: Japen Island, in 

Geelvinck Gulf: Sarawandori, on S coast of 

island, W of Seroei, 1°52’S, 136°12’E, under 

stones on beach (leg. van der Hammen or 

Holthuis, 24.ii.1955). 

Androdeloscia Leistikow, 1999a 


Type species: Chaetophiloscia hamigera Vandel, 

1952 (o). 

Localities: Venezuela, Los Guyabitos (1 �, leg. G. 

Marcuzzi, 22.x.1950); Santa Lucia (1 �, leg. G. 

Marcuzzi, ii.1949); Rancho Grande (14 �, 18 �, 

leg. G. Marcuzzi, ii.1949-iii.1950). All specimens 

in MNHN. 

Species: 17. 

Distribution: Tropical America. 

Remarks: Leistikow (1999a) included 15 species, 

and Leistikow (2000b) added further 2 species. 

Androniscus Verhoeff, 1908b 


Type species: Itea rosea C. L. Koch, 1838 (designated 

by Gruner 1966).

Locality: Not specified, probably near Regensburg, 

Germany. 

Species: 11. 

Distribution: Europe. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1908b) included 8 species. 

Arcangeli (1929) considered Androniscus 

as subgenus of Trichoniscus, but this was 

not followed by subsequent authors. The 

mention of Itea rosea as type species of 

Androniscus by Gruner (1966) is regarded as 

designation of the type species, according to 

ICZN Art. 69.1.1. 

Anexopoditius Verhoeff, 1942d 

Synonym of Microcercus. 

Type species: Anexopoditius fissus Verhoeff, 1942d (m) 

(synonym of Microcercus anomalus). 

Localities: East Africa: Ugogo: Kilimatinde (26.i.1911, 

ZMH 23406), SW of Gurni Volcano (31.xii.1911, ZMH 

23411), Irangi: Kondoa Irangi (13.x.1911, ZMH 

23407) (females only, leg. Obst). 

Angara Budde-Lund, 1908a 

Synonym of Agabiformius Verhoeff, 1908a. 

Type species: Lyprobius lentus Budde-Lund, 1885 (designated 

by Budde-Lund, 1908b). 

Locality: Algeria: “Msila” (1 specimen, leg. Simon). 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1908 a) introduced Angara as a 

subgenus of Porcellio, with 4 species included (Lyprobius 

lentus, L. hirtus Aubert & Dollfus, 1890, Angara 

obtusa Budde-Lund, 1908a, A. minuta Budde-Lund, 

1908a. Lyprobius lentus was listed as type in Budde- 

Lund (1908b). The holotype of Lyprobius lentus is not 

in ZMB (Jeppesen 2000). 

Angaribia Barnard, 1932 


Type species: Periscyphops kunenensis Barnard, 

1924 (m). 

Locality: Ovamboland: Kunene River, near Erikson’s 

Drift (leg. K. H. Barnard, 1923); Mafa, N 

of Ondongua (leg. Lawrence, 1923) (all 

syntypes). 

Species: 3? 

Distribution: Namibia, Malawi, Yemen? 

Remarks: Barnard (1924) described the type species 

in the genus Periscyphops Hilgendorf, 

1899. Barnard (1932) transferred it to the 

newly erected subgenus Angaribia of the genus 

Periscyphis Gerstäcker, 1873. 

Ankaratridium Paulian de Félice, 1950 



Type species: Ankaratridium caecum Paulian de 

Félice, 1950 (m). 

Locality: Madagascar: Ankaratra, above “Station 

de Pisciculture de Manjakatompa”, under 

large, deeply embedded stones, 2000-2200 m 

(few individuals, leg. R. Paulian, viii.1948; 

type in MNHN, paratypes in Institut Scientifique 

de Madagascar). 

Annobodillo Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1983 


Type species: Annobodillo coecus Schmalfuss & 

Ferrara, 1983 (o, m). 

Locality: West Africa: Annobon Island, 400-500 

m (3 ex. leg. L. Fea, 1902, MG), (4 ex. leg Cambridge 

University Expedition, vii-viii. 1959, 

BMNH no. 21) (all syntypes). 

Anomaloniscus Dollfus, 1893a 

Synonym of Alloniscus Dana, 1856. 

Type species: Anomaloniscus ovatus Dollfus, 1893a. 

Locality: Seychelles: Mahé, “Anse royale”. 

Antarctoniscus Paulian de Félice, 1940b 

Synonym of Styloniscus Dana, 1853. 

Type species: Trichoniscus (Antarctoniscus) jeanneli Paulian 

de Félice, 1940b (o, m). 

Locality: Crozet Archipelago, Possession Island, Navire 

Bay (several � and � specimens, 1 � with marsupium). 

Remarks: Transferred to Styloniscus by Green (1961). 

Antennulonethes Verhoeff & Strouhal, 1967 

Synonym of Trichonethes Strouhal, 1953. 

Type species: Antennulonethes nitidus Verhoeff & Strouhal, 

1967 (m). 

Locality: Turkey, central Anatolia, in cave on small island 

in “Emir Dag” Lake. 

Remarks: Argano & Manicastri (1988) regarded the type 

species as a synonym of Trichonethes kosswigi Strouhal, 

1953, which also reduced Antennulonethes to a synonym 

of Trichonethes. 

Anthrodillo Verhoeff, 1946 


Type species. Anthrodillo perkeo Verhoeff, 1946 

(m). 

Locality: Burma: Pekkong Cave, 1000 m (leg. Malaise, 

10.x.1934). 

Antidorcasia Kensley, 1971 

Family: Titaniidae. 

Type species: Antidorcasia elongata Kensley, 

1971 (m). 

Locality: South Africa: Springbok (� holotype, 

9

10 

and 1 � allotype, leg. Coaton, SAMC no. 

A12834 and A12835). 

Antroniscus Mulaik, 1960 

Synonym of Cylindroniscus Arcangeli, 1929. 

Type species: Anthroniscus balamensis Mulaik, 1960 (o). 

Locality: Mexico, Santa Maria, Tecax, Yucatán (� holotype 

and 1 paratype, leg. Osorio Tafall et al., 22.iii.1947). 

Aphiloscia Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Philoscia annulicornis Budde- 

Lund, 1885 (designated by Taiti & Ferrara 

1984). 

Locality: Madagscar (2 syntypes, ZMB 6643). 

Synonyms: Komatia Barnard, 1932; Buddelundiscus 

Verhoeff, 1942e; Massaiscia Verhoeff, 

1942e. 

Species: 19 (Ferrara, Paoli & Taiti 1994). 

Distribution: Eastern and southern Africa, Madagascar, 

and islands of western Indian Ocean . 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1908b) included 4 species, 

A. annulicornis (Budde-Lund, 1885), 

A. maculicornis (Budde-Lund, 1898), Aphiloscia 

vilis (Budde-Lund, 1885) and, with 

doubt, Aphiloscia guttulata (Gerstäcker, 

1873). The mention of Philoscia guttula as 

type species of Aphiloscia by Taiti & Ferrara 

(1980) could be regarded as designation of the 

type species (Jeppesen 2000), according to 

ICZN Art. 69.1.1. Taiti & Ferrara (1984) wrote 

that Philoscia annulicornis rather than 

Philoscia guttula should be regarded as type 

species of Aphiloscia, because Philoscia 

guttulata was included by Budde-Lund 

(1908) only with doubt. According to ICZN 

Art. 67.2, a type species can only be chosen 

among the species that have been originally 

included in the respective genus. Art. 67.2.5 

defines that a species is not considered as 

originally included, if it was assigned to the 

respective genus only with doubt. Therefore 

one can argue that Philoscia guttulata, mentioned 

as type species of Aphiloscia by Taiti 

& Ferrara (1980), was not available to be chosen 

as as type species, and the subsequent 

argumentation by Taiti & Ferrara (1984) to 

designate Philoscia annulicornis as type 

species can be accepted. 

Araucoscia Verhoeff, 1939 



Type species: Araucoscia chilenica Verhoeff, 

1939 (m). 

Locality: Chile: Calbuco Island, 41°46’30”S, 

73°8’W (1 �, 1 �, leg. Schwabe, 10.x.1937; 3 

slides with parts of a male specimen are in 

ZSM). 

Literature: The species was redescribed by Leistikow 

(1998c). 

Arcangeloscia Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1978 


Arcangeloscia Taiti & Ferrara, 1980 


Type species: Arcangeloscia buettneroides 

Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1978 (designated by 

Taiti & Ferrara 1980). 

Localities: Cameroon, Bile (� holotype, 1 � and 2 

� paratypes, viii.1891, NHRS 5540); 

“Bileundi” (= Bibundi?) (6 �, 2 � and 1 � 

with marsupium, paratypes, viii.1891, NHRS 

5696). 

Species: 7. 

Distribution: Cameroon, Congo, Malawi. 

Remarks: Schmalfuss & Ferrara (1978) introduced 

Arcangeloscia as a new genus, including 

3 named and 1 unnamed species, but without 

designating one of them as type species. 

The mention of A. buettneroides as type species 

by Taiti & Ferrara (1980) validates the 

name. 

Archaeoscia Vandel, 1973c 


Type species: Archaeoscia singularis Vandel, 

1973c (m). 

Locality: Cuba: Las Villas Prov., Caguanes peninsula, 

Cueva de los Animales, 7 km N of Jaguajay 

(leg. Exp. Cubano-Roumaine, 1969). 

Arhina Budde-Lund, 1904 

Synonym of Alloniscus Dana, 1854 (after Barnard 1932). 

Type species: Arhina porcellioides Budde-Lund, 1904 (m). 

Localities: Warehouse in Copenhagen, “perhaps imported 

from East-India”, and Botanical Garden in Hamburg, 

“apparently imported with plants from West-India.” 

(Budde-Lund 1904: 46). (2 � syntypes, BMNH 1921:10: 

18:971-972). 

Remarks: The locality indicated leaves great doubt about 

the correctness of Barnard’s synonymization, since 

species of Alloniscus are strictly littoral. However, the 

synonymi-zation is published and formally valid, and 

no alternative view seems to have been published.

Armadillidium Brandt in Brandt & Ratzeburg, 

[1831] 


Type species: Armadillidium commutatum 

Brandt in Brandt & Ratzeburg, [1831] (designated 

by Fowler 1912) (Synonym of Armadillo 

vulgaris Latreille, 1804). 

Locality: Syria. 

Species: 265 nominal species. 

Distribution: Mediterranean area, Europe. 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1932d) proposed to designate 

Armadillidium granulatum Brandt, 1833 

as type species, because it is the first one 

mentioned in the text, but overlooked that 

Fowler (1912) had already designated Armadillidium 

commutatum. Although Gruner 

(1966) referred to 1833 as publication year of 

the generic name, Brandt (1833) himself cited 

it as “Armadillidium Brandt” while he indicated 

other genera as new. Brandt & Ratzeburg 

(1831) also did not indicate the name 

Armadillidium commutatum as new, but this 

seems to be the earliest paper in which the 

name is used. 

Armadillium = misspelling of Armadillidium, in Kinahan 

(1857). 

Armadillo Cuvier, 1792 

Invalid name, rejected by the International Commission on 

Zoological Nomenclature, Opinion no. 1897 (1998). 

Armadillo Latreille, 1802 


Type species: Armadillo officinalis Duméril, 

1816 (designated by the International Commission 

on Zoological Nomenclature, 1998: 

Opinion no. 1897). 

Locality: East Mediterranean. 

Synonyms: Pentheus Vogl, 1875; Libanillo Arcangeli, 

1957b. 

Species: 17. 

Distribution: Mediterreanean area. 

Remarks: According to Schmalfuss (1996b), Armadillo 

includes 16 species. All other (more 

than 150) nominal species previously assigned 

to this genus must be transferred to 

other genera or become nomina dubia. 

Schmalfuss (1996) further pointed out that 

Armadillo Latreille, 1804 (!) is a junior homonym 

of Armadillo Cuvier, 1792 (Diplopoda), 

the question of its validity being discussed 


11 

until recently (e.g., Lehtinen & Holthuis 1995). 

This question was recently resolved by the 

International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 

(1998, Opinion no. 1897) in favour 

of Armadillo Latreille, 1802. 

Literature: Revision of the eastern Mediterranean 

species (Schmalfuss 1996), and of the western 

Mediterranean species (Mattern 1999). 

Armadilloniscus Uljanin, 1875 


Type species: Actoniscus ellipticus Harger, 1878 

(designated by Mulaik 1960). 

Locality: U.S.A.: Connecticut, near New Haven: 

Savin Rock and Stony Creek (leg. A. E. 

Verrill). 

Synonym: Koshiniscus Nunomura, 1990. 


Distribution: Coasts of tropical, subtropical and 

temperate regions, littoral. 

Remarks: Uljanin (1875) introduced the genus 

Armadilloniscus in an identification key to 

the genera of terrestrial Isopoda of Turkestan, 

without a species included. In a footnote he 

announced that the species would be described 

soon. However, it seems that Uljanin 

never published this description. Therefore, 

Budde-Lund (1885) is the author of A. minutus, 

despite that he cited Uljanin as the author 

of that species. Budde-Lund (1885) included 

3 species, A. litoralis Budde-Lund, 

1885, A. minutus Budde-Lund, 1885 and A. 

candidus Budde-Lund, 1885; a fourth species, 

A. ellipticus (Harger, 1878), seems to 

have been included with doubt, as can be 

concluded from the fact that it is cited but not 

described, the text referring to it is printed in 

smaller size, and it lacks a number. The mention 

of Armadilloniscus ellipticus (Harger) [= 

Actoniscus ellipticus] as “genotipo” of Armadilloniscus 

by Mulaik (1960) can be regarded 

as designation of the type species, 

according to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. In contrast, 

Jeppesen (2000) indicates Armadilloniscus 

minutus as type species. It may be discussed 

whether the species chosen as type species 

by Mulaik (1960) was available for this purpose, 

since it may have been originally included 

in the genus only with doubt (cf. ICZN 

Art. 67.2.4.).

12 

Literature: Taiti & Ferrara (1989) revised a number 

of species and referred to 27 species. 

Aschismatius Verhoeff, 1942e 


Type species: Aschismatius penicilliger Verhoeff, 

1942e (m). 

Locality: Ghana: Sekondi (leg. Manger, ZMH 

23248). 

Ashtonia Vandel, 1974 


Type species: Ashtonia eucalyptorum Vandel, 

1974 (m). 

Locality: Australia: Wallaby creek, N of Melbourne 

(leg. Ashton, ix.1952). 

Aspidoligia Verhoeff, 1926a 

Subgenus of Ligia. 

Type species: Ligia pallasii Brandt, 1833 (o). 

Locality: “Unalaschka” (= Unalaska, Aleutian islands) (2 

� syntypes, ZMB, Brandt collection). 

Atlandillo Vandel, 1954 

Synonym of Venezillo Verhoeff, 1928a); unavailable name 

(ICZN Art. 13.3. 



1. Armadillo hirsutus C. L. Koch, 1856: southern Spain. 

2. Armadillo ausseli Dollfus, 1893: Canary Islands, Tenerife, 

La Laguna (2 � syntypes, leg. H. Aussel, 1887, MNHN- 

Is5127); same data (2 � syntypes, MNHN-Is5128); same 

data (2 � and a fragment, syntypes, MNHN-Is5131); same 

data (1 � and a posterior half of a �, MNHN-Is5132); 

Tenerife, Grande forêt des lauriers d’Agua Gar-cia, 800 

m alt. (1 � syntype, leg. Alluaud, 2.vi.1889-90, MNHN- 

Is5130); Tenerife (2 juv. �, 3 � and fragments of 2 �, 

leg. Aussel, i.1888, MNHN-Is5133); Canary Islands (8 

�, 3 �, syntypes, leg. Alluaud, MNHN-Is5129). 

Remarks: Vandel (1954) regarded the species Armadillo 

hirsutus C. L. Koch, 1856 and Armadillo ausseli 

Dollfus, 1893 as transitional forms between the genera 

Armadillo and Venezillo. He instituted the subgenus 

Atlandillo of the genus Armadillo for them, without 

designating a type species. Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) 

reduced Atlandillo to a synonym of Venezillo. 

Atlantidium Arcangeli, 1936b 

Synonym of Porcellio Latreille, 1804. 

Type species: Atlantidium barretoi Arcangeli, 1936b (m). 

Locality: Madeira: Fajà dos Vinháticos, Parrocchia di Faial 

(2 �, 1 �, leg. Barreto, 20.vii.1935). 

Remarks: Schmalfuss (1989b) demonstrated the close relationship 

to some species of Porcellio, and consequently 

included the species described as Atlantidium in the 

genus Porcellio. 


Atlantoniscus Vandel, 1959b 


Type species: Atlantoniscus primitivus Vandel, 

1959b (m). 

Locality: Marocco: Ijoukak (1140 m), dans le Haut 

Atlas marocain, sur la route de Marrakech à 

Agadir. Maison forestière (1 �, 1 �, leg. 

Remy, 14.viii.1950). 

Atlantoscia Ferrara & Taiti, 1981 


Type species: Atlantoscia alceui Ferrara & Taiti, 

1981 (m) (synonym of Philoscia floridana 

Van Name, 1940). 

Locality: Florida: Winter Park (1 �, 1 �, leg. Lutz, 

ii.1939; AMNH 9023). 

Synonym: Ocelloscia Schultz & Johnson, 1984. 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Ascension Island; Florida, Brazil, 

Argentina, St. Helena. 

Remarks: Atlantoscia alceui was reduced to a 

synonym of Philoscia floridana by Taiti & 

Ferrara (1991b). 

Atlantotrichus Vandel, 1957a 

Subgenus of Leptotrichus Budde-Lund, 1885. 

Type species: Porcellio (Lucasius) leptotrichoides Arcangeli, 

1942 (m). 

Locality: Grande Salvage (2 �, leg. Barreto). 

Atracheodillo Arcangeli, 1950b 


Type species: Atracheodillo marmorivagus Arcangeli, 

1950b (m). 

Localities: Congo, Mombassa, Lubero (1 �, 2 �, 

leg. L. Burgeon, viii.1932, MRAC 37992- 

37994); Kivu, Kibumba (1 � with marsupium, 

leg. L. Burgeon, 07.ix.1932, MRAC 37996); 

Kivu, Tshibinda (1 �, leg. L. Burgeon, xi.1932, 

MRAC 37995); Lac Mokoto (1 �, leg. J. 

Ghesquière, 31.viii.1937, MRAC 21047) 

(syntypes). 

Aulacodillo Verhoeff, 1942f 


Type species: Aulacodillo omarurunus 

Verhoeff, 1942f (m). 

Locality: Namibia: Omaruru, Okosongomiago 

Farm (several specimens, leg. G. Thomsen, 

06.ix.1932, ZMH?).

Aulaconiscus Taiti & Howarth, 1997 


Type species: Aulaconiscus caecus Taiti & 

Howarth, 1997 (o, m). 

Localities: Hawaii Islands: “Kauai: Makawehi, E 

of Poipu, south coast, in litter of Scaevola 

serena near beach (� holotype, 31 � and � 

paratypes, leg. S. Taiti & F. G: Howarth, 

7.xi.1995, MZUF 6843); cave 9: dark zone (1 � 

paratype, leg. F. G. Howarth, 14.ix.1978, 

BPBM); Oahu: Coconut Island (2 � paratypes, 

leg. S. Taiti, 5.i.1984, MZUF 2294); 

Coconut Island, litter in mangrove (1 � paratype, 

leg. S. Taiti & D. J. Preston, 12.xii.1996, 

MZUF 6844); Kaala Ranch, alt. 140 m, in 

guinea grass field under stones (57 � and � 

paratypes, leg. S. Taiti, 21.xi.1995, MZUF 

6845); Maui: cave 30: deep zone, pitfall trap 

(1 � paratype, leg. F. G. Howarth & D. J. 

Preston, 17.xii.1992-1.ii.1993, BPBM); deep 

zone (1 �, 2 � paratypes, leg. F. G. Howarth 

& D. J. Preston, 5.ii.1993, BPBM). 

Australiodillo Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Armadillo bifrons Budde-Lund, 

1885 (o, m). 

Locality: Australia: Queensland: Rockhampton 

(3 �, 1 �, syntypes, leg. M. Salmin, ZMUC 

CRU-1573); same data (6 �, 2 � syntypes, 

BMNH 1921:10:18:814-821); same data (1 � 

syntype, BMNH 1956:10:10:118). 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: Australia, New Caledonia. 

Australoniscus Vandel, 1972e 

Nomen nudum, see below. 

Australoniscus Vandel, 1973a 

Synonym of Nagurus. 

Type species: Australoniscus alticolus Vandel, 1973a (o, m). 

Localities: Nepal, S slope of the Anapurna, cave Mahendra 

near Pokhara, 1100 m (leg. J. Martens, 18.xii.1969, 1 

paratype SMF 5893, 2 paratypes MNHN-CV); Valley 

of Kathmandu, Mt. Phulchoki, 2500 m (leg. J. Martens, 

21.xi.1970, 1 paratype, SMF 5894); Mt. Phulchoki, 

2700 m (leg. J. Martens, 21.xi.1970, 1 holotype SMF 

5895, 6 paratypes SMF 5896, 2 paratypes MNHN-CV); 

East Nepal, Thodung near Jiri and Those, 3100-3200 

m (leg. J. Martens, 4-6.ix.1970, 4 paratypes SMF 5897, 

3 paratypes MNHN-CV). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Nepal and Western Australia. 


13 

Remarks: Vandel (1972e) mentions the discovery of a a new 

oniscid Australoniscus springetti n. g., n. sp.. A few lines 

below, a second species is mentioned as A. alticolus. 

These names are nomina nuda, since they are lacking any 

description or illustration. The year of publication is 

1973; as then, a description was given. Vandel (1973a) 

gave a definition of the genus and designated A. alticolus 

as type species, and also included “Australoniscus springetti 

n. sp.”, a nomen nudum. Vandel (1974) in the 

description of A. springetti mentioned a species “martensi 

Vandel” from Himalaya, but referred to two species of this 

genus, only. Therefore, “martensi” is an erroneous name 

used for alticolus, that is mentioned 4 lines above in 

Vandel (1974). Schmalfuss (1983) reduced Australoniscus 

to a synonym of Nagurus by transferring the type 

species Australoniscus alticolus to the latter genus. 

Australophiloscia Vandel, 1974 


Australophiloscia Green, 1990 


Type species: Australophiloscia nichollsi Vandel, 

1974 (designated by Green 1990). 

Locality: Lord Howe Island. 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Australia, New South Wales; Hawaii, 

Oahu; Tonga, Nomuka Iki Is. 

Baconaoscia Vandel, 1981 


Type species: Baconaoscia negreai Vandel, 1981 

(m). 

Locality: Cuba, Laguna de Baconao, mangrove 

leaf litter (leg. Decou & Negrea, 24.iii.1973). 

Balearonethes Dalens, 1977 


Type species: Balearonethes sesrodanus Dalens, 

1977 (m). 

Localities: Mallorca, near Pollensa, Cueva de Ses 

Rodes (5 �, 10 �, syntypes, leg. N. Gourbault 

& F. Lescher-Moutoue) and grotte de Ca’n 

Sevilla (1 �, syntypes, leg. N. Gourbault & F. 

Lescher-Moutoue). 

Balkanoniscus Verhoeff, 1926b 


Type species: Trichoniscus (Balkanoniscus) 

corniculatus Verhoeff, 1926b (m). 

Locality: Bulgaria: Isker, Chaiduschka Lake near 

Karlukowo (9 � and 4 � syntypes, leg. 

Buresch, 09.ix.1923). 

Species: 2.

14 

Distribution: Bulgaria. 


Vandel (1950) referred to it as a genus. 

Ballodillium Vandel, 1961 


Type species: Ballodillium pilosum Vandel, 1961 

(m). 

Locality: Menorca: San Cristobal: Cueva de San 

Augusti (1 �, leg. Coiffait & Strinati, 07.ix. 

1958). 

Balloniscus Budde-Lund, 1908b 

Family: Balloniscidae. 

Type species: Philoscia sellowii Brandt, 1833 

(designated by Araujo & Leistikow 1999). 

Locality: Brazil (1 � holotype, leg. Sellow, ZMB, 

Brandt Collection). 

Synonym: Pardioniscus Arcangeli, 1958b. 

Species: 7. 

Distribution: Southeast Brazil, northeast Argentina, 

Uruguay. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1908) included the species 

Philoscia sellowii Brandt, 1833, P. 

brevicornis Budde-Lund, 1885, P. nigricans 

Budde-Lund, 1885, and P. maculata Budde- 

Lund, 1885 in the subgenus Balloniscus (genus 

Philoscia), but did not designate a type 

species. Araujo & Leistikow (1999) mentioned 

Philoscia sellowii as type species, which is 

regarded as designation of the type species 

according to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. They erroneously 

indicated 1885 as publication date of 

Balloniscus. Furthermore, they included the 

genus in the family Philosciidae, while 

Leistikow (2001h) placed it again in the family 

Balloniscidae. In the original description of 

Philoscia sellowii the locality is indicated as 

“Montevideo”; in the Brandt collection in 

ZMB there is only a single specimen labeled 

“Brasilia” [Brazil]. Taking into consideration 

the low accuracy of other locality data in 

Brandt (1833), this specimen is nevertheless 

regarded as the holotype. 

Banatoniscus Tabacaru, 1991 


Type species: Banatoniscus karbani Tabacaru, 

1991 (o, m). 

Locality: Romania: Banat: “Pestera nr.1 din 


Cariera Noua” (1 �, leg. G. Karban, 17.vii. 

1986). 

Barbarosphoera Vandel, 1948a 


Type species: Barbarosphoera lucasi Vandel, 

1948a (m). 

Localities: North Africa: Bainem forest, W of 

Algier, 250 m, in a burrow of Bothriomyrmex 

decapitans (Formicidae) (3 �, leg. F. Bernard, 

iv.1946); “Ravin de la Femme Sauvage” in 

Algier suburbs, in a garden, 130 m (1 imm. �, 

leg. Remy, 30.viii.1946); Oran district, 

Lapasset, Bou Rahma forest, in a burrow of 

Bothriomyrmex decapitans. (2 �, 2 �, leg. F. 

Bernard, iv.1946) (syntypes). 

Barnardillo Arcangeli, 1934 


Barnardillo Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998 


Type species: Armadillo mucidus Budde-Lund, 

1885 (designated by Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara 

1998). 

Locality: South Africa, Cape of Good Hope (2 

specimens, leg. Drege). 

Species: 5. 

Distribution: South Africa, Mozambique, Malawi. 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1934) instituted Barnardillo 

for the species Armadillo mucidus 

Budde-Lund, 1885, Cubaris warreni Collinge, 

1917, Cubaris secutor Jackson, 1924, 

and Cubaris barnardi Collinge, 1920, which 

were previously ranged in Bethalus. He did 

not designate a type species. Taiti, Paoli & 

Ferrara (1998) validated the name by choosing 

a type species. 

Barnardoscia Taiti & Ferrara, 1982 


Type species: Philoscia (Setaphora) demarcata 

Barnard, 1932 (o). 

Locality: South Africa, Natal, Pietermaritzburg (4 

�, 3 � syntypes, leg. K. H. Barnard, 1917, 

BMNH 1933:1:25:93-97). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: South Africa.

Barrowdillo Dalens, 1993a 


Type species: Barrowdillo pseudopyrgoniscus 

Dalens, 1993a (o, m). 

Localities: Western Australia: Barrow Island, 

cave B3, 20°48’01”S, 115°21’07”E (� holotype, 

leg. W. F. Humphreys and B. Vine, 

04.ix.1991, WAM 108-91); Paratypes: same 

data (1 � WAM 109-91 and 1 �, Coll. 

Dalens); same locality (1 � WAM 116-91 

and 1 � WAM 117-91, leg. Humphreys and 

Vine, 07.ix.1991); cave B2 (2 �, WAM 119- 

91 and 120-91 and 1 �, Coll. Dalens, leg. 

Humphreys and Vine, 07.ix.1991). 

Bathytropa Budde-Lund, 1879 

Nomen nudum. 

Remarks: The new genus name was introduced together 

with the new species name B. Meinertii, both without 

any description. 

Bathytropa Budde-Lund, 1885 

Family: Bathytropidae. 

Type species: Bathytropa costata Budde-Lund, 

1885 (designated by Budde-Lund 1908b). 

Locality: Algeria, Southern France, “Porquerolles” 

(= “Bona”) island (few specimens, leg. 

Simon) (2 syntypes, ZMUC CRU-1634-1635; 2 

�, 1 damaged specimen, syntypes, BMNH 

1921:10:18:1512-1514). 

Synonym: Labyrinthasius Verhoeff, 1929. 

Species: 10. 

Distribution: Mediterranean area. 

Bathytropina Verhoeff, 1908a 

Synonym of Trichorhina Budde-Lund. 



1. Bathytropa thermophila Dollfus, 1896: Paris, hot houses of 

the Museum (2 � syntypes, BMNH 1911:11:8:10547- 

48) (synonym of Trichorhina tomentosa). 

2. Bathytropa granulata Dollfus, 1890: France, Marseille 

(2 � syntypes, leg. Aubert, 1890, MNHN-Is); Marseille 

(1 � syntype, BMNH 1911:11:8:10549). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1908) did not clearly indicate what 

status is given to Bathythropina. He declared it as a 

“group name”. Verhoeff (1937) referred to his genus 

a synonym of Trichorhina. 

Benechinus Budde-Lund, 1910 


Type species: Benechinus armatus Budde-Lund, 

1910 (m). 


15 

Locality: Tanzania: Meru, in upper part of rainforest, 

3500-4600 m (about 10 specimens, 

leg. Sjöstedt, i.1906: 2 �, 4 �, syntypes 

BMNH 1921:10:18:772-777) (6 syntypes 

NHRS 5830). 

Benthana Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Philoscia picta Brandt, 1833 (designated 

by Van Name 1936). 

Locality: Brazil (1 �, 1 � with marsupium and 1 � 

without marsupium, syntypes, leg. Olfers or 

Latzky, ZMB, Brandt collection). 

Species: 15. 

Distribution: Brazil, Paraguay. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1908) based the subgenus 

Benthana (genus Philoscia) on the 

species Philoscia olfersii Brandt, 1833 and 

Philoscia picta Brandt, 1833. Van Name 

(1936) designated the species P. picta as type 

species, because Budde-Lund had given an 

illustration. Gruner (1955) erroneously mentioned 

P. olfersii as type species. 

Literature: Gruner (1955) revised the genus and 

gave redescriptions and a key to species (7 

species, 2 of them new); Lemos de Castro 

(1958a), in a second revision, transferred 3 

species to Benthanoides and described 7 new 

species of Benthana, which results in 11 species, 

for which a key was given. Additional 

species were described by subsequent authors. 

Benthanoides Lemos de Castro, 1958a 


Type species: Benthana pauper Jackson, 1926 

(o). 

Locality: Chile, Valparaiso (1 �, 2 slides, syntype, 

BMNH 1921:10:18:1688). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Peru, Chile. 

Benthanops Barnard, 1932 


Type species: Philoscia (Benthanops) fulva Barnard, 

1932 (m). 

Localities: South Africa: Table Mountain and 

other mountains in the Cape Peninsula; Palmiet 

River Mts., near Kleinmond; Zwartberg,

16 

Caledon (11 �, 39 �, syntypes, leg. K. H. 

Barnard, BMNH 1933:1:25:118-129). 

Remarks: Described as a subgenus of Philoscia. 

Benthanoscia Lemos de Castro, 1958b 


Type species: Benthanoscia longicaudata 

Lemos de Castro, 1958b (o, m). 

Locality: Brazil: Estado do Rio, Petropolis, Alta de 

Mosela (3 � and 2 �, leg. D. Albuquerque, 

1955-57; holotype � AMNH 11774, paratypes 

MNRJ). 

Bergamoniscus Brian & Vandel, 1949 


Type species: Trichoniscus boesii Brian, 1926 (o, 

m). 

Locality: Italy: Val Seriana: Gazzaninga, Grotta di 

Val Asnina (leg. Boldori, 03.iv.1927). 

Remarks: There seems to be an error concerning 

the collection date. 

Beroniscus Vandel, 1967 

Family: Trichoniscidae, Haplophthalminae. 

Type species: Beroniscus capreolus Vandel, 

1967 (m). 

Locality: Bulgaria: Parnicite Cave, near Bezhanovo 

(13 �, 13 �, 1 imm., leg. Beron & 

Beshkov, 16.ii.1963). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Bulgaria, Sicilia. 

Berytoniscus Vandel, 1955a 

Family: Berytoniscidae. 

Type species: Berytoniscus singularis Vandel, 

1955a (m). 

Locality: Libanon: Ghita Cave, N of Beyrouth, “le 

Dortoir” (12 �, 20 �, leg. Coiffait, 27- 

28.x.1951). 

Bethalus Budde-Lund, 1909 


Type species: Armadillo nigrinus Budde-Lund, 

1885 (o). 

Locality: Unknown, South Africa? (2 syntypes, 

ZMUC CRU-1574). 

Species: 22. 

Distribution: Southern Africa, Mozambique, Malawi, 

Madagascar. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1904) divided Armadillo 


into 7 sections; the name Bethalus appeared 

for the first time in a later paper (Budde-Lund 

1909), where it was given to the “Sectio VII”. 

Bifrontonia Radu, 1960 

Synonym of Nagurus Holthuis, 1949. 

Type species: Bifrontonia feminina Radu, 1960 (m) (synonym 

of Nagurus cristatus (Dollfus, 1899)). 

Locality: Romania, Cluj, greenhouses of the Botanical Garden. 

Remarks: The genus and species were described as new in two 

publications (Radu 1960, 1961). Vandel (1973b) reduced 

Bifrontonia feminina to a synonym of Nagurus cristatus. 

Biharoniscus Tabacaru, 1963 


Type species: Biharoniscus racovitzai Tabacaru, 

1963 (o, m). 

Locality: Romania, Crisana region, Beius county, 

Vascau community, Câmp village, “Pestera 

Campeneasca” cave, in the karstic plateau of 

Vascau (2 �, 1 imm. �, 2 �, leg. Pintea-Alb, 

ISRB?). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Romania. 

Bilawrencia Vandel, 1973 

Synonym of Littorophiloscia. 

Type species: Bilawrencia albicincta Vandel, 1973 (o). 

Localities: Solomon Islands: Vulavu, Santa Isabel, “village 

rubbish” (9 �, 9 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 07.x.1965, 

BMNH 1970:414:18); Fulakora Pt. Raja, Santa Isabel, 

“forest litter” (1 �, 1 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 30.ix.1965, 

BMNH 1970:425:1); Cockatoo Is., Santa Isabel, “shore 

litter” (1 �, 9 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 19-20.ix.1965, 

BMNH 1970:416:9); Tatamba, Santa Isabel, “mangrove 

litter” (4 �, 5 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence 04.x.1965, BMNH 

1970:417:13 part); Raja, NE Tatamba, Santa Isabel, “forest 

litter” (1 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 30.ix.1965, BMNH 

1970:417:13 part); Tatamba, Santa Isabel, “native gardens 

“ (1 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 06.x.1965, BMNH 

1970:417:13 part); Lilihina Is., Santa Isabel, “Shore litter” 

(2 �, 4 �, leg. P.N. Lawrence, 21.x.1965; BMNH 1970: 

418:6); E Central San Jorge, Santa Isabel, “forest litter” 

(1 �, 4 �, leg. J. Peake & P. N. Lawrence, 24.ix.1965, 

BMNH 1970:419:4); Lunga Beach, Guadalcanal, “lagoon 

debris” (50 specimens, �, � and juveniles, leg. P. 

N. Lawrence, 31.viii.1965, BMNH 1970:421:50); all 

syntypes. 

Remarks: Taiti & Ferrara (1986) reduced Bilawrencia to 

a synonym of Littorophiloscia Hatch, 1947, and found 

that the syntype series includes also specimens of two 

other species: Burmoniscus wolffi (Vandel, 1970) and 

Isabel-loscia heroldi Vandel, 1973. 

Bisilvestria Arcangeli, 1929b 

Family: Bisilvestriidae or Scleropactidae.

Type species: Bisilvestria marassinii Arcangeli, 

1929b (m). 

Locality: Cuba: El Cobre, in soil (4 �, leg. Silvestri, 

1928). 

Borutzkyella Tabacaru, 1993b 

Family: Buddelundiellidae. 

Type species: Buddelundiella revasi Borutzky, 

1973 (o, m). 

Locality: Abkhasia: Novy Afon, cave “Abkhaskikh 

Speleologov”, in 40-45 m depth (2 �, 1 

�, leg. Dzhanashvili, 24.ix.1967; holotype � 

in ZMMU). 

Brackenphiloscia Ortiz, Debras & Lalana, 1999 


Type species: Brackenphiloscia vandeli Ortiz, 

Debras & Lalana, 1999 (o, m). 

Locality: Cuba, Pinar del Rio, San Juan y Martínez, 

Luis Lazo, Gran Caverna de Fuentes, in a 

pool (1 � holotype and 1 � paratype, leg. 

1.ii.1998, Collection of the “Grupo Biokarst” of 

the Sociedad Espeleológica de Cuba, No. 

2036-2037). 

Remarks: The authors do not clearly state in 

which family they place this genus, but most 

probably it is in the Trichoniscidae. Beside 

the two type specimens, there are 26 further 

specimens mentioned in the text, but not designated 

as types. 

Brackenridgia Eigenmann, 1900 

Nomen nudum. 

Brackenridgia Ulrich, 1902 


Type species: Brackenridgia cavernarum 

Ulrich, 1902 (m). 

Locality: Texas: near San Marcos, Exzell’s Cave 

and Beaver’s Cave (“some twenty or thirty 

specimens”). 

Synonym: Protrichoniscus Arcangeli, 1932a. 

Species: 9? 

Distribution: North America. 

Remarks: Eigenmann (1900) used in his paper 

mentioned the name Brackenridgia cavernarum, 

without any description, so it is a 

nomen nudum. Ulrich (1902), who described 

the species, is therefore the author. Vandel 

(1965b) argued that the name Protrichoniscus 


17 

Arcangeli, 1932a should be preferred to 

Brackenridgia Ulrich, 1902, because Ulrich’s 

definition “lacks a systematic value”. However, 

the ICZN prescribes the use of the oldest 

name (priority rule), ignoring the “quality” 

of the description or definition. 

Literature: Vandel (1965b) gave a key to species, 

under the name Protrichoniscus. 

Brasilocellio Verhoeff, 1941a 

Synonym of Neotroponiscus Arcangeli, 1936c. 

Type species: Brasilocellio nodulosus Verhoeff, 1941a (m). 

Locality: Brazil: Nova Teutonia (several specimens, leg. 

Plaumann, 20.vi.19??). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Brazil. 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Neotroponiscus by Lemos 

de Castro (1970a). 

Brasiloniscus Lemos de Castro, 1973 

Family: Pudeoniscidae. 

Type species: not designated; inavailable according to 

ICZN Art. 13.3. 

Locality: Brazil: Rio de Janeiro. 


1. Brasiloniscus maculatus Lemos de Castro, 1973: Brazil, 

Estado de Sao Paulo, Ilha da Vitória (� holotype, 1 � 

allotype and 4 � and 3 � paratypes, leg. K. Lenko, 

30.iii.1960 or 1965?); numerous other samples from 

Guanabaral, Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo states. 

2. Brasiloniscus verrucosus Lemos de Castro, 1973: Brazil, 

Estado Rio de Janeiro, Fazenda Cachoeirinha do Cedro, 

Rubião (1 � holotype and 1 � paratype, leg. Lemos de 

Castro & A. Coelho, 03.ii.1959); Parque Nacional da 

Serra dos Órgãos, Teresópolis, 1000 m (1 � paratype, 

leg. P. Wygod, iv.1947). 

Brevurus Schmalfuss, 1986a 


Type species: Brevurus masandaranus Schmalfuss, 

1986a (o, m). 

Localities: Iran: Masandaran, Talar Valley, 300 m, 

12 km NW Zirab (1 � with marsupium, 

holotype, leg Martens & Pieper, 28.vi.1978, 

SMF 12212); Paratypes: same data (1 posterior 

half of a �, SMF 12213); Klard, 20 km S 

Amol, ca. 500 m, deciduous forest (1 �, leg. 

Martens & Pieper, 24.v.1978, SMF 12214); 

Elburs Mts., S Alamdeh, 400 m, deciduous 

forest (1 �, SMF 12215, 1 � and 1 �, SMNS 

T133, leg. Martens & Pieper, 31.v.1978). 

Brianiscus Verhoeff, 1940a 

Synonym of Alpioniscus Racovitza, 1908. 

Type species: Trichonisczus (Megatrichoniscus) alzonae

18 

Brian, 1921 (m) (synonym of Trichoniscus 

(Alpioniscus) fragilis Budde-Lund, 1909). 

Locality: Sardegna, Grotta di Todeitto, between Dorgali 

and Cala di Luna, along E coast of the island (3 �, 3 �, 

1 juv., leg. C. Alzona, 26.v.1929)[� 7 mm, � 14 mm]. 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1940) regarded Trichoniscus alzonae 

as a synonym of Alpioniscus fragilis. 

Buchnerillo Verhoeff, 1942c 

Family: Incertae sedis. 

Type species: Buchnerillo litoralis Verhoeff, 

1942c (m). 

Locality: Italy, Ischia Is., beach, 3-5 m from the sea 

at 0.5-1 m altitude (numerous specimens, leg. 

G. Buchner, 05.iii.19??). 

Synonym: Lereboulletia Vandel, 1945. 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Ischia; Elba, Madeira, Mallorca, Somalia. 

Remarks: This genus was previously included in 

the family Buddelundiellidae, but Taiti & 

Ferrara (1986) regarded the family position as 

undetermined. 

Buddelundia Michaelsen, 1912 (in Budde-Lund 

& Michaelsen, 1912) 


Type species: Armadillo (Buddelundia) labiatus 

Budde-Lund & Michaelsen, 1912 (designated 

by Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara 1998). 

Locality: West Australia, Lake Miranda (� holotype, 

leg. H. Ince, BMNH 1907:5:6:14 and 

BMNH 1921:10:18:2425). 

Species: 27. 

Distribution: Australia. 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Armadillo; 

in the original paper 17 species and 2 nomina 

nuda were included. 

Buddelundiella Silvestri, 1897 


Type species: Buddelundiella armata Silvestri, 

1897 (m). 

Locality: Italy: Piemonte, cave “caverna delle 

Grae” near Ormea (leg. Gentile, viii.1882). 

Species. 13 (after Tabacaru 1971). 

Distribution: Mediterranean, Europe. 

Buddelundiscus Verhoeff, 1942e 

Synonym of Aphiloscia Budde-Lund, 1908b. 

Type species: Buddelundiscus annulicornis Verhoeff, 

1942e (m). 


Locality: East Africa, Port Amelia (leg. Zitzmann, 1927). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Aphiloscia by Ferrara 

& Taiti (1982). 

Bulgaronethes Vandel, 1967 


Type species: Bulgaronethes haplophthalmoides 

Vandel, 1967 (m). 

Locality: Bulgaria: Novata Cave, near Pestera (3 

�, 2 �, leg. Georgiev & Beron, 13.ix.1962). 

Bulgaroniscus Vandel, 1965a 

Synonym of Cyphoniscellus Verhoeff, 1901. 

Type species: Bulgaroniscus gueorguievi Vandel, 1965a (m). 

Localities: Bulgaria, Vidin District; Dosni Suhi Cave, near 

Dolni Lom (2 �, leg. Beron, 14.viii.1960), Vodni Cave, 

near Dolni Lom (1 �, 5 �, leg. Beron, 14.vii.1960), 

same data (1 �, 13 �, leg. Andreev, 03.ii.1961), Goljama 

Vodna, near Prevala, Mihailovgrad district (5 �, 2 �, 

leg. Beron, 15.vii.1960). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Cyphoniscellus by Vandel 

(1967). 

Bureschia Verhoeff, 1926b 


Type species: Bureschia bulgarica Verhoeff, 

1926b (m). 

Locality: Bulgaria: Vodnata Cave, near Cerovo 

village (2 � and 1 juv., leg. Buresch, 01.iii. 

1925; 1 � syntype BMNH 1928:7:4:78). 

Burmarhina Verhoeff, 1946 

Subgenus of Trichorhina Budde-Lund, 1908b. 

Type species: Trichorhina (Burmarhina) lobata Verhoeff, 

1946 (o). 

Localities: Burma: Pekkong Caves and Htamsang Caves, 

the latter are “30 km east of Taungyi, S. Shan.St” (leg. 

Malaise, 19??, NHRS). 

Species: 2? 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Trichorhina. 

Burmoniscus Collinge, 1914b 


Type species: Burmoniscus moulmeinus Collinge, 

1914b (m) (synonym of Philoscia coeca 

Budde-Lund, 1895). 

Locality: Burma, near Moulmein, in a large cave 

(leg. Gravely, No. 8079/10; ZSIC). 

Synonym: Rennelloscia Taiti & Ferrara, 1980. 


Distribution: Sri Lanka, Nepal, Burma, China, Korea, 

Taiwan, Indonesia, Cameroon, Sao 

Thomé, Mozambique, Somalia, Pacific islands.

Remarks: Vandel (1972b ff.) did not accept the 

name Burmoniscus, but did not give any reason; 

he used Setaphora, and later Rennelloscia 

for species now classified in Burmoniscus. 

Ramakrishna (1980) designated a 

lectotype for Burmoniscus moulmeinus and 

reduced Burmoniscus to a synonym of Philoscia. 

Taiti & Ferrara (1980) validated the 

name Rennelloscia by choosing a type species, 

but later (Taiti & Ferrara 1986) reduced 

Rennelloscia to a synonym of Burmoniscus, 

and also reduced Burmoniscus moulmeinus 

to a synonym of Philoscia coeca. 

Burrana Budde-Lund, 1908b 

Subgenus of Porcellio. 

Type species: Porcellio lamellatus Budde-Lund, 1885 (o). 

Locality: Algeria, “Bona” (9 syntypes, leg. Meinert, 

ZMUC Cru-1647); same data (1 syntype, ZMB 6636). 

Remarks: Described as a subgenus of Porcellio Latreille, 

1804. Verhoeff (1917b) instituted the subgenus Haloporcellio 

of the genus Porcellio, including Porcellio lamellatus 

Budde-Lund. If the specimens examined by both 

authors are conspecific, then Burrana has priority over 

Haloporcellio. The mention of a Porcellio lamellatus 

Ulj. by Verhoeff (1917a) is erroneous, since Uljanin did 

not use that name. Vandel (1951, 1955) and most other authors 

referred to the type species as Porcellio lamellatus. 

Schmalfuss (1992) suggested including Porcellio lamellatus 

in the genus Proporcellio Verhoeff, 1907, because 

it is a close relative of Proporcellio quadriseriatus Verhoeff, 

1917. This would make Burrana a junior synonym 

of Proporcellio. However, we prefer to keep 

Burrana as a formally valid genus until the genus 

Proporcellio is stabilized by selection of a type species. 

Caeroplastes Verhoeff, 1918 




1. Metoponorthus (Caeroplastes) sorrentinus 

Verhoeff, 1918: Italy, Sorrento Peninsula, limestone 

quarry near Pozzano (1 �, 2 �, leg. 

Verhoeff, 20.iv.1908). 

2. Metoponorthus (Caeroplastes) porphyrivagus 

Verhoeff, 1918: France: Esterel, near Le Trajas 

(2 �, 5 imm. �, 1 juv, leg. Verhoeff, iv.1909); 

Monaco, la Turbie, 350-450 m, under stones, 

leaf litter and wood (2 �, 1 �, 27 imm., leg. 

Verhoeff, iv.1909); Annot (1 juv., leg. 

Verhoeff, 18.iv.1909); Le Muy, Quercus 

suber-forest (2 �, 1 �, 2 juv., leg. Verhoeff); 

“French Riviera” (1 � syntype, BMNH 


19 

1921:6:10:31; unknown, from which of the localities 

mentioned by Verhoeff). 

3. Metoponorthus (Caeroplastes) simrothi Verhoeff, 

1918: Sardegna, Oschiri (4 �, leg. H. 

Simroth). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1918) described Caeroplastes 

as ‘Sectio’ of the subgenus Metoponorthus 

of the genus Porcellio, and included the 

3 new species sorrentinus, porphyrívagus 

and simrothi. Vandel (1962) considered it as a 

separate genus. 

Calconiscellus Verhoeff, 1927a 




1. Pleurocyphoniscus karawankianus Verhoeff, 

1908a: South slope of Karawanken Mts. (1 �, 

leg. Verhoeff, 20.ix.1907). 

2. Cyphoniscellus (Calconiscellus) gottscheensis 

Verhoeff, 1927a: Gottschee [now Kocevje, 

45°38’N, 14°51’E (from Alexandria Digital Library 

Gazetteer)], 760 m (19 �, 33 �, syntypes, 

leg. Verhoeff, x.1926, out of these, 5 � and 1 �, 

BMNH 1928:7:56-60). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Slovenia, Hungary, Austria, 

Greece. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1927) described Calconiscellus 

as subgenus of Cyphoniscellus and 

included 2 species, but did not designate a 

type species. 

Caledonillo Dalens, 1993b 


Type species: Caledonillo tilliierorum Dalens, 

1993b (o). 

Localities: New Caledonia, Mt. Panié, 20°33’ 31”S, 

164°46’28”E, 600 m, humid forest on shale (C 

holotype, 1 C and 4 juv. paratypes, leg. A. & S. 

Tillier, 03.xi.1988); same locality, but 420 m (1 C 

paratype). 

Species: 2. 

Calmanesia Collinge, 1922 


Type species: Calmanesia methueni Collinge, 

1922 (m). 

Localities: East Madagascar: Forest of Folohoy (1 

� and 3 �, leg. Herschell & Chauvin, 1911.

20 

BMNH 1922:11:10:6-9); Madagascar, Eastern 

Forest, Anatamazotra (3 �, leg. P.A. Methuen, 

vi.1911, BMNH 1922:11:10:10-12); 

syntypes. 

Species: 3 (4?). 

Calvigeroniscus 

Typographical error for Clavigeroniscus, in Van Name 

(1936); after Van Name (1940). 

Calycuoniscus Collinge, 1915a 

Family: Dubioniscidae (after Schultz 1995a). 

Type species: Calycuoniscus bodkini Collinge, 

1915a (m). 

Locality: Guyana, Georgetown, Botanic Gardens, 

“under bark of trees” (20 �, 15 �, leg. 

Bodkin, BMNH 1919:4:26:520-539, syntypes). 

Species: 2 (3?). 

Distribution: Trinidad, Venezuela, NE Brazil. 

Camorta Barnard, 1936 

Synonym of Olibrinus Budde-Lund, 1913a. 

Type species: Camorta nicobarica Barnard, 1936 (m). 

Locality: Camorta Island, Nicobars (1 �, 1 �, leg. “Investigator”). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Olibrinus by Vandel 

(1945). 

Cantabroniscus Vandel, 1965c 


Type species: Cantabroniscus primitivus Vandel, 

1965c (m). 

Locality: Spain: Santander prov., Cullalvera 

Cave, near Rambas (4 �, leg. de Loriol, 

27.vii.1959). 

Caraiboscia Vandel, 1968 


Type species: Caraiboscia microphthalma Vandel, 

1968 (m). 

Locality: Galapagos, Guadeloupe Island, Goubeyre 

(microscope slides of a �, 1 �, syntypes, 

leg. L. Berland, v-vii.1952, MNHN-CV 

3891.3-7). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Galapagos, Venezuela. 

Literature: Leistikow (2001c). 

Carloniscus Verhoeff, 1936a 



Type species: Leucocyphoniscus dollfusi Carl, 

1908 (o, m). 

Locality: France, Isère, in caves. 

Castellanethes Brian, 1952 


Type species: Castellanethes sanfilippoi Brian, 

1952 (m). 

Locality: Italy, Bari: Grave di Castellana (2 �, 1 �, 

leg. Sanfilippo, 22.x.1950). 

Catalauniscus Vandel, 1953a 


Type species: Trichoniscus (Nesiotoniscus) 

bolivari Arcangeli, 1935 (o). 

Locality: Spain: Tarragona prov.: Benifallet, 

Cueva de la Hemidiella (14 �, 7 �, leg, Bolivar, 

18.iv.1920). 

Species: 2. 

Catatrigonium Verhoeff, 1931a 



Remarks: Verhoeff (1931a) divided the genus Armadillidium 

into 6 subgenera, one of which is Catatrigonium, which 

replaces the “Sektio Appressae”. In this paper a type 

species was not designated and the name was not introduced 

as new; however, this seems to be the first time 

this name appears in the literature. 

Caucasocyphoniscus Borutzky, 1948 


Type species: Caucasocyphoniscus cavaticus 

Borutzky, 1948 (m). 

Locality: Russia, Krasnodarski Krai, Sochinsk 

Raion, cave “Nizhne-Msymtinskaya” (subsp. 

cavaticus, � holotype, 19 specimens, �, �, 

juveniles, leg. Adler, 5 + 13.xi.1943, ZMMU 

589 [holotype and 8 paratypes]). 

Remarks: The original description of the type 

species includes the descriptions of 4 subspecies. 

Caucasoligidium Borutzky, 1950 

Subgenus of Ligidium Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Caucasoligidium cavernicola Borutzky, 

1950 (o, m). 

Localities: Abkhasia, Georgia, Adzaba cave near Sukhumi (2 

�, leg. Sajzev, 25.vii.1935), (5 � and 8 �, 06.viii.1939); 

Mikhailovskaya Cave near Sukhumi (several � and �, 

leg. Birstein, 10.vii.1935 and 01.xii.1943); additional 

material on which 4 subspecies were described is omitted 

here. According to Borutzky (1972), the type specimens 

of Caucasoligidium cavernicola cavernicola have the

following data: (1 � holotype [lectotype], 3 � and 4 

� paratypes, Caucasus, Abkhasiya, Adzaba cave near Sukhumi, 

leg. Birstein, 06.viii.1939, ZMMU 556). 

Remarks: Reduced to a subgenus of Ligidium by Schmalfuss 

(1979). The subsequent mention of a holotype and 

paratypes (Borutzky 1972) may be regarded as a 

designation of a lectotype. 

Caucasonethes Verhoeff, 1932 


Type species: Caucasonethes borutzkyi Verhoeff, 

1932 (m). 

Locality: Georgia: Rion Cave near Kutais (� and 

�, leg. Borutzky, 06.xi.19??); Zchal-Ziteli 

cave (1 �). 

Species: 3. 

Remarks: Vandel (1953) considered Amerigoniscus 

Vandel, 1950 to be a synonym of 

Caucasonethes, but in a later paper (Vandel 

1977b) again regarded Amerigoniscus as a 

distinct genus. 

Cephaloniscus Ferrara & Taiti, 1989b 


Type species: Cephaloniscus sociabilis Ferrara 

& Taiti, 1989b (o, m). 

Locality: Malaysia: Pahang state, Bukit Fraser, 

near Jeriau Waterfall, about 1000 m, in a nest 

of the termite Hospitalitermes sp., together 

with the ant Centromyrmex hamulatus (Karavaiev) 

(� holotype, 7 �, 12 � and 9 juv. 

paratypes MZUF, 1 � and 1 � paratype 

SMNS, leg. S. Taiti & L. Bartolozzi, 

25.xi.1985). 

Cerberoides Jackson, 1938 

Unavailable name according to ICZN Art. 13.3. 

Cerberoides Jackson, 1941 

Synonym of Philoscodillo Jackson, 1938. 

Type species: Cerberoides (Philoscodillo) pilosus Jackson, 

1938 (designated by Jackson 1941). 

Remarks: Jackson (1938) included the new species bicornis, 

brevicauda and pilosus, none of which is designated as 

type species. In addition, he gave three different 

subgenus names to each of these three species. In 

consequence, the name Cerberoides Jackson, 1938 is 

not available according to ICZN Art. 13.3. In contrast, 

the three subgeneric names are available by monotypy. 

These 3 subgenus names then are “automatically” 

elevated to generic rank. Jackson (1941) validated the 

name Cerberoides by choosing Cerberoides (Philoscodillo) 

pilosus as type species. According to the 

above-explained situation, Cerberoides then becomes 

an objective junior synonym of Philoscodillo. 


21 

Cercocytonus Budde-Lund, 1885 

Synonym of Periscyphis Gerstaecker, 1873. 

Type species: Cercocytonus albescens Budde-Lund, 1885. 

Locality: Egypt (1 specimen, leg. Fischer, 1852, Mus. St. 

Petersburg?). 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1885) included a second species, C. 

convexus Budde-Lund, 1885, based on one mutilated 

specimen also from Egypt and also collected by Fischer, 

1852, only with doubt in this genus; thus, C. albescens 

can be regarded as type species by monotypy. 

Chaetophiloscia Verhoeff, 1908c 


Type species: Philoscia elongata Dollfus, 1884 

(o). 

Localities: France, Ile Sainte-Marguerite near 

Cannes, (2 �, 3 �, syntypes, leg. Dollfus, 

xii.1883, MNHN-Is2255); Italy, Rome (1 � 

with marsupium, 3 �, 1 �, syntypes (part), 

iv.1889 (Dollfus) and xii.1883”, MNHN- 

Is2254). Under the number Is2254 obviously 

two samples collected at different times have 

been merged. Only the specimens collected in 

1883 are syntypes, as the others were collected 

after the publication of the species description. 

Synonym: Neophiloscia Strouhal, 1929. 

Species:

22 

(Schmalfuss 1991) treated the western Asian 

species. In both papers together, 9 species are 

described or redescribed. 

Chasmatoniscus Strouhal, 1971 


Type species: Chasmatoniscus oculatus Strouhal, 

1971 (m). 

Locality: Turkey, near Black Sea Coast; cave no. 

2 near Eregli (� holotype and 1 � allotype, 

under stones and wood (leg. K. Dobat, 

03.ix.1962); (17 � and 3 � with eggs, leg. M. 

& K. Dobat, 22-23.iii.1967). 

Chavesia Dollfus, 1889 

Synonym of Haplophthalmus Schöbl, 1860a. 

Type species: Chavesia costulata Dollfus, 1889 (m) (synonym 

of Haplophthalmus danicus Budde-Lund, 1880). 

Locality: Acores: S. Miguel (1 � syntype, leg. Chaves, 

i.1889, MNHN-Is2337); same data (4 �, 2 �, syntypes, 

MNHN-Is5738); same data (2 � syntypes, BMNH 

1911: 11:8:10553). 

Remarks: Vandel (1957c) examined type specimens of 

Chavesia costulata from the MNHN and found that 

they belong to Haplophthalmus danicus. 

Chelomadillo Herold, 1932 


Chelomadillo Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998 


Type species: Chelomadillo setosus Herold, 


1998). 

Locality: Indonesia, Flores, Geli Mutu, 1300 m 

(leg. Rensch, 15-20.vii.1929 or 30, ZMB 

23014). 

Species: 4. 

Remarks: Herold included the species setosus 

Herold, 1932, tuberifrons Herold, 1932, 

pustulosus Herold, 1932, nitens Herold, 

1932, all of them were found on Flores, Indonesia. 

Chileoniscus Taiti, Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 

1986 


Type species: Chileoniscus marmoratus Taiti, 

Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 1986 (o, m). 

Localities: Chile: Santiago province, Cuesta el 

Melon, 130 km NW Santiago (1 � holotype, 

leg. Andrássy & Zicsi. 03.xi.1965, HNHM); 


paratypes (same data): 1 �, 9 � (HNHM), 3 � 

(MZUF), 2 � (SMNS no. T204); Chile, 

Coquimbo, Nague (6 �, 7 � with marsupium, 

2 �, leg. Peña, 26.iv.1980, SMNS T205); 

Chile, los Maitenes, N Amolanas, leg. Peña, 

27.ix.1980, SMNS no. T206). 

Chiltonella Vandel, 1945 

Nomen nudum. 

Chiltonella Vandel, 1952 

Synonym of Notoniscus Chilton, 1915. 

Type species: Haplophthalmus tasmanicus Chilton, 1915. 

Locality: Tasmania, Hobart, Fern Tree Gully, under rotten 

logs (1 specimen, leg. Dendy, 1889). 

Remarks: Vandel (1945, 1952) used the name Chiltonella 

instead of Chiltonia Arcangeli, 1923, but without indicating 

that he introduced it as a replacement name (see 

Green 1961). It was reduced to a synonym of Notoniscus 

by Green (1961). 

Chiltonia Arcangeli, 1923 

Preoccupied by Chiltonia Stebbing, 1899 (Amphipoda) and 

synonym of Notoniscus Chilton, 1915. 

Type species: Haplopthalmus tasmanicus Chilton, 1915 (m). 

Locality: Tasmania, Hobart, Fern Tree Gully, under rotten 

logs (1 specimen, leg. Dendy, 1889). 

Remarks: In Arcangeli’s (1923) paper the name Chiltonia 

is not labeled “n. gen.”, but from the text it becomes 

obvious that he institutes the name for a new genus. 

Circoniscus Pearse, 1917 


Type species: Circoniscus gaigei Pearse, 1917 

(m). 

Locality: Guyana, Dunoon, wet rotten logs in clay 

jungle (3 � with marsupium, 3 � or imm., 

fragments of 1 � and 6 other specimens, 

syntypes, leg. F. M. Gaige, 17.vii.1914, 

USNM 98371). 

Synonyms: Paracubaris Collinge, 1918; Parcirconiscus 

Verhoeff, 1937. 

Species: 9. 

Remarks: Placed as subgenus of Synarmadillo 

Dollfus, 1892 by Arcangeli (1927), but subsequent 

authors kept it as separate genus. 

Literature: Souza & Lemos de Castro (1991) gave 

a review and identification key of the species, 

including 3 new. 

Clavigeroniscus Arcangeli, 1930a 

Family: Styloniscidae. 

Type species: Trichoniscus (Clavigeroniscus) 

riquieri Arcangeli, 1930a (o, m).

Localities: Costa Rica: Puenta de Las Mulas (24 

� and 17 �, some of which with marsupium, 

leg. Tristan, iii.1916); Orijuaco (3 �, leg. 

Tristán, xii.1911); San José (8 �, leg. Tristán, 

1916/17). 

Synonym: Afroniscus Paulian de Félice, 1940a. 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Costa Rica, Panama, Cameroon, 

Hawaii, New Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, 

Soloman Islands; Cuba, Ivory Coast. 

Climacosphaerium Verhoeff, 1931a 

Nomen dubium. 

Type species: Armadillidium naxium Verhoeff, 1901 (m). 

Locality: Greece, Naxos Is. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1931a) introduced the subgenus Climacosphaerium 

to replace his “Sektio Scalulatae” of the 

genus Armadillidium. He referred to Verhoeff (1907a), 

where A. naxium is the only species included. A. naxium 

has to be considered as type species by monotypy. Since 

the type specimen(s) seems to be lost (Schmalfuss 1981), 

Climacosphaerium is best regarded as a nomen dubium. 

Coatonia Kensley, 1971 


Type species: Coatonia phylloniscoides Kensley, 

1971 (m). 

Locality: South Africa: Vanrhynsdorp, in burrows 

of Microhodotermes viator (� holotype 

SAMC no. A12829, 1 � allotype SAMC no. 

A12830; paratypes: 6 �, 4 �, 11 ovigerous �, 

SAMC no. 12831; 2 � and 14 ovigerous �, 

NCIP no. T694). 

Colchidoniscus Borutzky, 1974 


Type species: Colchidoniscus kutaissianus Borutzky, 

1974 (o, m). 

Localities: Western Grusia, Tshkaltubo district, 

Bjelaja Cave (1 �, leg. Dzhanashvili, 17.iii. 

1967), Sakadzhina cave (3 �, leg. Levushkin, 

15.ix.1968), Solkota cave (� holotype, 

leg. Dzhanashvili & Levushkin, 19.ix.1968, 

ZMMU), Orpiri II cave (9 � and �, 2 juv. leg. 

Levushkin, 01.ix.1971). 

Colomboniscus Vandel, 1972a 


Type species: Colomboniscus regressus Vandel, 

1972 (m). 

Localities: Colombia, Montserrate, ca. 3 km E of 

the town, Paramo forest, 3200 m (14.x.1968- 


23 

07.iii.1969); Paramo de Montserrate, Espeletia 

grandifolia (26.iv.1968); Paramo de 

Montserrate (22.ii.1968); montane forest at 

Tibatitá, ca. 11 km N Bogotá, 2600-2800 m 

(19.ii.1967); montane forest between La 

Mesa and Mosquera, 2600-2700 m (2 � 

syntypes, leg. H. Sturm, 28.vi.1967, MNHN- 

CV); slides with preparations of female 

(MNHN-CV 5818.1-6) and male (MNHN- 

CV 5819), it is not indicated from which of the 

5 above-mentioned samples the slide preparations 

were made. 

Colombophiloscia Vandel, 1968 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); Family: Philosciidae. 



1. Colombophiloscia alticola Vandel, 1968: Ecuador, 

Baños, Doline de la grotte de Baños, 2300 m, humus (leg. 

N. Leleup, iv.1965). 

2. Colombophilscia cavernicola Vandel, 1968: Venezuela, 

Monagas, Caripe, Cueva de Quijano (leg. Bordon, 

31.xii. 1962), Cueva del Guacharo, 1065 m (leg. O. 

Linares, 15.v.1965). 

3. Colombophiloscia naevigesta Vandel, 1968: Galapagos, 

Isla de Santa Cruz, “prairies du sommet”, 650 m, “profondes 

crevasse, avec entrée de grotte renfermant de 

l’eau. sous les pierres enfoncées dans l’argile”, leg. N. 

Leleup, ii.1965). 

Remarks: Vandel (1968) included the three new species 

alticola, naevigesta and cavernicola. Because of the unavailability 

and the homonymy with the following, a new 

generic name must be created for these three species. 

Colombophiloscia Vandel, 1981 


Type species: Colombophiloscia romanorum 

Vandel, 1981 (m). 

Locality: Cuba, prov. Oriente, Las Cruces, “litière 

d’une caféière et d’arbres de piñon”, near entrance 

of Cueva Jibara (leg. Decou & Negrea, 

17.iii.1973). 

Remarks: Vandel (1981) introduced Colombophiloscia 

as a new genus, not mentioning 

that he had described a genus of the same 

name before. Despite the priority of Colombophiloscia 

Vandel, 1968, Colombophiloscia 

Vandel, 1981 is valid according to the ICZN, 

because for Colombophiloscia Vandel, 1968 

no type species was designated, which resulted 

in unavailability of the name. 

Colombophiloscia Leistikow, 2001 

Junior homonym of Colombophiloscia Vandel, 1981.

24 

Type species: Colombophiloscia alticola Vandel, 1968 

(designated by Leistikow, 2001c). 

Locality: Ecuador, Baños, Doline de la grotte de Baños, 

2300 m, humus (leg. N. Leleup, iv.1965). 

Species: 3. 

Remarks: Vandel (1968) introduced the name Colombophiloscia 

to include 3 species; since he did not designate 

a type species, this name is unavailable according to ICZN 

Art. 13.3. Leistikow (2001c) attempted to validate the 

name by chosing a type species, and wrote that for Colombophiloscia 

romanorum Vandel, 1981, probably a new 

genus needs to be established. Unfortunately he overlooked 

that the genus name Colombophiloscia Vandel, 

1981 was valid, and in fact the three species included 

by Vandel (1968) need a new genus name. 

Colomboscia Vandel, 1972a 


Type species: Colomboscia cordillerae Vandel, 

1972a (m). 

Localities: Colombia: Resina, village on the west 

slope of the east cordillera, between Altamira 

and Florencia (Caquetà), ca. 35 km NNW from 

Florencia, 1800 m (village) to 2300 m (pass), 

montane forest (� lectotype [designated by 

Taiti, Allspach & Ferrara 1995], 1 �, 2 �, 

paralectotypes, leg. H. Sturm, 08.vi. 1956, 

MNHN-CV); Paramo de Chisaquá, ca. 40 km 

SSW of Bogotá, 3400-3640 m, Espeletia 

grandifolia, 25.vi.1968, leg. Sturm (syntypes). 

Species: 3. 

Remarks: Transferred from Bathytropidae to 

Scleropactidae by Taiti, Allspach & Ferrara 

(1995), who revised the genus and included 

the type species, one new species and one 

unnamed species. 

Congethelum Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 1985 


Type species: Congethelum hauseri Ferrara & 

Schmalfuss, 1985 (o, m). 

Locality: Congo, Grotte de Kila-Tari, near Mouyondizi 

(� holotype and 1 �, 1 imm. � and 

2 �, leg. Aellen & Strinati, 11.viii.1957, 

MHNG). 

Congloboniscus Jackson, 1938 

Family: ? 

Type species: Cerberoides (Congloboniscus) 

brevicauda Jackson, 1938 (m). 

Locality: Hawaii: Rapa Island, NE ridge of Mangaoa 

Peak, 305-335 m (only �, leg. Zimmermann, 

19.vii.1934). 


Remarks: The type species was described under 

the genus name Cerberoides, but Jackson did 

not designate a type species for that genus, 

thus the name Cerberoides is unavailable according 

to ICZN Art. 13.3. It is replaced by 

the subgenus name, which therefore “automatically” 

is raised to generic rank. 

Congocellio Arcangeli, 1950b 


Type species: Congocellio uniformis Arcangeli, 

1950b (m). 

Locality: Congo: Kivu-Ngoma (1 damaged �, 

leg. Burgeon, x.1932, MRAC). 

Congophiloscia Arcangeli, 1950b 


Type species: Congophiloscia albofasciata Arcangeli, 

1950b (m). 

Localities: Congo: Sarra-Zao (2 �, 4 �, vi.1937), 

Tchimbali, Lukunga River (1 �, vi.1937) leg. 

Darteville; Maganzi A. E. F. (1 �, vi.1937), 

Matadi (1 �, 1938) leg. ?; samples in MRAC. 

Distribution: Guinea Bissau, Cameroon, Angola, 

Annobon Island. 

Species: 4. 

Cooperaulax Verhoeff, 1942d 

Unavailable name (synonym of Periscyphis Gerstaecker, 

1873). 

Type species: Not designated, not available (ICZN Art. 

13.3.). 


1. Periscyphis civilis Budde-Lund, 1908b: East Africa: Witu 

Islands, Patta Is. (6 syntypes, leg. Voeltzkow, 18.ii.1903, 

ZMB 12320); same data (1 �, 2 � syntypes, BMNH 

1921:10:18:1291-1295). 

2. Periscyphis vittatus Omer-Cooper, 1926: “French Somaliland, 

Obock” (� holotype and 6 � paratypes, leg. ?, 

BMNH 1921:10:18:1354-1359). 

Distribution: East Africa. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1942d) instituted this genus for the two 

species Periscyphis civilis Budde-Lund, 1908 b and Periscyphis 

vittatus Omer-Cooper, 1926 without designating 

a type species. Taiti, Ferrara & Allspach (1997) listed 

these species under the genus name Periscyphis. 

Cordioniscus Graeve, 1914 


Type species: Trichoniscus stebbingi Patience, 

1907 (o, m). 

Localities: Scotland: Glasgow: “in a field near 

Alexandra Park” and “in one of the propagat-

ing houses in the Botanical Garden”; syntypes: 

Springburn Public Park, Glasgow, 

Scotland (2 �, 2 �, leg. Patience, BMNH 

1907:5:29:1-5); Scotland, Hawkshead Asylum, 

Renfrewshire, and Glasgow, in greenhouses 

(2 �, 1 �, leg. ?, BMNH 1911: 

11:8:10979-81); Glasgow, Scotland, leg. Patience, 

BMNH 1921:10:18:250-253). 

Species: 13. 

Distribution: South America, Europe (in greenhouses). 


According to Schmalfuss & Erhard 

(1998), the diagnosis of the genus does not 

allow separation from Styloniscus. The syntype 

specimens mentioned here were regarded 

as such in a list of type specimens in 

the BMNH, by Ellis & Lincoln (1975). Although 

the data are not exactly identical with 

those mentioned in the text, the specimens 

may actually be type specimens. 

Literature: Schmalfuss & Erhard (1998) gave an 

account of 10 previously described species 

and descriptions or redescriptions of 8 species 

from Greece, including 3 new ones. 

Coronadillo Vandel, 1977a 


Coronadillo Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998 


Type species: Cubaris milleri Chilton, 1917 (designated 


Locality: New Zealand, SE of North Island, Levin 

(several specimens). 

Species: 3. 

Remarks: Coronadillo Vandel, 1977a is an unavailable 

name because Vandel included 3 species 

without indicating a type species. The 

name was validated by Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara 

(1998). 

Cosmeodillo Vandel, 1972d 

Synonym of Cubaris Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Cosmeodillo joliveti Vandel, 1972d (m). 

Locality: Malaysia, Poulo Penang Island, off W coast of 

Malacca. 

Species: 2. 

Remarks: The genus was established as new in two subsequent 

papers which Vandel apparently submitted simultaneously. 

In the paper on Oniscidea from Thailand 

(Vandel 1972d), no diagnosis of the genus is given, but 


25 

this was done in his work on Cuban Isopoda (Vandel 

1973c). Furthermore, the generic name is misspelled 

as Comeodillo in the former paper. Since no 

defininition of the genus is given, the name should be 

regarded as unavailable (ICZN Art. 13.1.1), although 

the type species is given by monotypy. On the other 

hand, Cosmeodillo Vandel, 1973c is defined, but the 

name is unavailable because the type species was not 

indicated (ICZN Art. 13.3). Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara 

(1998) reduced Cosmeodillo to a synonym of Cubaris. 

Cosmeodillo Vandel, 1973c 

Unavailable name (see above). 

Coxopodias Richardson, 1910b 

Synonym of Synarmadillo Dollfus, 1892. 

Type species: Coxopodias tristani Richardson, 1910b (o, m). 

Localities: Costa Rica: road between Juan Viñas and Reventazon 

(type; USNM 40896); Turrialba (other specimens); 

(leg. Tristan). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Synarmadillo by Arcangeli 

(1927). 

Cretodillium Vandel, 1957b 

Synonym of Schizidium Verhoeff, 1901. 

Type species: Cretodillium perplexum Vandel, 1957 b (m). 

Localities: Creta, Hagia Paraskévi cave, at Scotino, dept. 

Heraklion; Peristera cave, 2-3 km NE Vrakhassi, dept. 

“Saint-Nicolas”; Milatos cave, N of Neapolis, dept. 

“Saint-Nicolas”. 

Remarks: Vandel (1957b) gave the name Cretodillium to a 

“groupe pruvoti”, he had previously recognized within the 

genus Armadillidium (Vandel, 1954). Schmalfuss (1979) 

reduced Cretodillium to a synonym of Schizidium. 

Cretoniscellus Vandel, 1957b 


Type species: Cretoniscellus strouhali Vandel, 

1957b (m). 

Locality: Creta, Megalo Katafyngui, 3 km from 

Tourtouli, 12 km from Sitia (leg. Lindberg. ivv.1955). 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Greece. 

Cristarmadillidium Arcangeli, 1935a 


Type species: Armadillidium muricatum Budde- 

Lund, 1885 (m). 

Locality: Spain, Cartagena (Carthago Nova) (29 

syntypes, leg. Simon, SMF ZMG 593); same 

data? (2 �, 11 �, “this includes unregistered 

specimens collected by Ehlers in 1879, which 

are in the same tube”, BMNH 1921:10:18: 

3038-3042); Cartagena (1 � syntype, leg. E. 

Simon, BMNH 1911:11:8:9958-9959). 

Species: 2.

26 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1935a) by no means indicated 

that he introduced the name Cristarmadillidium 

as new; he later (Arcangeli 

1936a) proposed the subgenus Cristarmadillidium 

for Armadillidium muricatum. Since 

this name was already mentioned in the other 

paper, the publication date is 1935, not 1936. 

Cristarmadillo Arcangeli, 1950b 


Type species: Cristarmadillo gerardi Arcangeli, 

1950b (m). 

Locality: Congo: Kalina (1 �, leg. Tinaut, xii.1933, 

MRAC). 

Species: 3. 

Ctenodillidium Frankenberger, 1940 

Synonym of Macrotelsonia. 

Type species: Echinarmadillidium strouhali Frankenberger, 

1938 (o, m). 

Locality: Montenegro, cave “Studenacka pecina” near 

Niksic (1 �). 

Ctenodillium = misspelling of Ctenodillidium Arcangeli, 

1950b. 

Ctenorillo Verhoeff, 1942d 


Type species: Ctenorillo buddelundi Verhoeff, 

1942d (m) (synonym of Cubaris regulus Van 

Name, 1920). 

Localities: Rwanda, Nyando, 1890 m (1 specimen, 

holotype, leg. Rodriguez, i.1930?); 

Uganda, Entebbe (1 specimen, leg. H. 

Schultze, 10.iv.1912). 

Synonym: Tuberdillo Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 

1983. 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: Congo, Gabon, Guinea, Angola, 

Ivory Coast. 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1956) referred to Ctenorillo 

as subgenus of Venezillo. Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara 

(1998) reduced Ctenorillo buddelundi to 

a synonym of Cubaris regulus. 

Ctenoscia Verhoeff, 1928b 


Type species: Chaetophiloscia dorsalis Verhoeff, 

1928c (m). 

Localities: Italy: San Remo (4 �, 3 �, leg. Verhoeff, 

05.iv.19??); Grimaldi (2 �, 3 �, leg. 

Verhoeff, 11.iv.19??) (syntypes). 


Species: 2. 

Distribution: Western Mediterranean. 

Cubanodillo Vandel, 1973b 

Nomen nudum. 

Remarks: Vandel (1973b, p.130) mentioned this name in 

his paper on Oniscidea from Melanesia, as if already published 

elsewhere. The name appears neither in the paper 

on Oniscidea from Cuba (Vandel 1973c), nor in any 

other publication. Therefore it is a nomen nudum. 

Cubanophiloscia Vandel, 1973c 


Type species: Philoscia briani Arcangeli, 1929 

(m). 

Localities: Cuba, Guyabal (6 � and 8 juv., 

10.x.1928; 1 �, 4 �, one of which with eggs 

and another with embryos, 12.x.1928, leg, 

Silvestri); Soledad (1 damaged �, 2 �, leg. 

Silvestri, 09.x.1928) (syntypes). 

Cubanoscia Vandel, 1981 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); Family: Bathytropidae. 

Type species: not designated. 

Species included: 

1. Cubanoscia primitiva Vandel, 1981; Cuba, prov. Oriente, 

Cueva de la Cantea (18.ii.1972), Cuevea de los Golondrinos, 

on guano (175 specimens). 

2. Cubanoscia romanorum Vandel, 1981: Cuba, prov. 

Oriente, Cueva del Jagüey, on guano (28.ii.1973); prov. 

Pinar del Rio, Cueva de las Represas, Gran Caverna de 

Santo Tomás (12.iv.1973), Cueva de la Vela, on guano 

(14.iv.1973), Hoyo de Fanía, in litter (13.iv.1973), leg. 

Decou & Negrea. 

3. Cubanoscia proxima Vandel, 1981: Guatemala, Coban 

(leg. Juberthie). 

Cubarhina Verhoeff, 1937 


Type species: Trichorhina bequaerti Van Name, 1936 (m). 

Locality: Cuba: Prov. Oriente, Baños, Cueva de Aguas Gordas? 

(� holotype, 1 � and 1 � paratypes, leg. J. Bequaert; 

AMNH 6523 and 6523A). 

Remarks: Described as a subgenus of Trichorhina. 

Cubaris Brandt, 1833 


Type species: Cubaris murina Brandt, 1833. 

Locality: Brazil (6 � syntypes, ZMB, Brandt 

collection). 

Synonym: Glomerulus Budde-Lund, 1909. 

Distribution: Worldwide in subtropical and tropical 

regions. 

Other species: 93, most of which will not remain 

in this genus after thorough examination.

Cubaroides Vandel, 1974 


Type species: Cubaroides pilosus Vandel, 1974 

(m). 

Locality: Australia: New South Wales: 10 km S of 

Jeogla, under and in wood in rainforest (leg. 

Hunt, xi.1969). 

Cuckoldillo Lewis, 1998a 


Type species: Cuckoldillo episcopalis Lewis, 

1998a (m). 

Type locality: Australia, Queensland, Cape Tribulation, 

16°05’N, 145°29’E (� holotype, 1 � 

and 1 juv. � paratypes, leg. L. Bishop, AM 

P41903, P41904). 

Cuzcodinella de Armas & Juarrero de Varona, 

1999 

Family: Delatorreidae. 

Type species: Cuzcodinella oryx de Armas & 

Juarrero de Varona, 1999 (o, m). 

Localities: Cuba, Prov. Guantánamo, El Cuzco, 

Jagüeyón (� holotype and 8 �, 9 � 

paratypes, leg. L. F. Armas, 15.i.1993, IESH); 

La Matazón, Jagüeyón (2 �, 10 �, 8 juveniles, 

paratypes, leg. L. F. de Armas, 14.i.1993, 

IESH); Cueva del Cuzco, Jagüeyón, El Salvador 

(12 � and 11 � paratypes, leg. L. F. Armas 

& E. Alonso, 21.v.1993, IESH). 

Cylindroniscus Arcangeli, 1929b 


Type species: Cylindroniscus seurati Arcangeli, 

1929b (m). 

Locality: Cuba: Guayabal, in humus (8 �, leg. 

Silvestri, x.1928). 

Synonym: Antroniscus Mulaik, 1960. 

Species: 7. 

Distribution: Cuba, Mexico. 

Cylisticus Schnitzler, 1853 

Family: Cylisticidae. 

Type species: Cylisticus laevis Schnitzler, 1853 

(designated by Budde-Lund 1908b) (synonym 

of Oniscus convexus De Geer, 1778). 

Locality: Germany, Bonn. 

Synonym: Parcylisticus Verhoeff, 1943. 

Species: 42. 

Distribution: Central Europe, Italy, Greece, Romania, 

Turkey, Caucasus. 


27 

Remarks: In Schnitzler’s (1853) paper this name is 

not introduced as new; the name is followed 

by the abbreviation “Nob.”. Below, he cited 

Oniscus convexus DeGeer, Oniscus laevis 

Lamarck and others. The mention of Cylisticus 

laevis as type species of Cylisticus by 

Budde-Lund 1908b is regarded as designation 

of the type species, according to ICZN 

Art. 69.1.1. 

Cylloma Budde-Lund, 1879 

Nomen nudum. 


with the new species name C. oculatum, both without 

any description. 

Cylloma Budde-Lund, 1885 

Synonym of Actaecia Dana, 1853. 

Type species: Cylloma oculatum Budde-Lund, 1885 (m) 

(synonym of Actaecia euchroa Dana, 1853). 

Locality: New Zealand (1 damaged specimen, “in Mus. Cantabrigiensi 

Mass.”). 

Remarks: Cylloma was reduced to a synonym of Actaecia 

by Chilton (1901). We could not identify the Museum 

mentioned by Budde-Lund (1885). 

Cyphobrembana Verhoeff, 1931c 


Type species: Cyphobrembana pellegrinensis 

Verhoeff, 1931c (m). 

Locality: Italy: Val Brembana, near S Pellegrino, 

ca. 500 m, under limestone (1 �, 2 �, leg. 

Verhoeff, 26.ix.1930) (syntypes). 

Cyphodillidium Verhoeff, 1939a 


Type species: Echinarmadillidium absoloni 

Strouhal, 1934 (m). 

Locality: Yugoslavia, Meleda island, “Pecina 

Movrica” cave (26 �, 16 �, leg. Absolon, 

25.vii.1917). 

Cypholambrana Verhoeff, 1938b 


Type species: Cyphoniscellus (Cypholambrana) 

castelmartius Verhoeff, 1938b (m). 

Locality: Italy, Lombardia, Castelmarte in the 

Lambro Valley (N of Erba) (2 �, 1 �, leg. 

Verhoeff, 10.x.1933) (syntypes). 

Species: 3. 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Cyphoniscellus, 

but Strouhal (1940) and subsequent 

authors treated it as separate genus.

28 

Cyphonethes Verhoeff, 1926 




1. Titanethes hercegowinensis Verhoeff, 1900: 

Hercegovina, Trebinje, in caves: “Elias- 

Höhle”, “Absturz-Höhle”, “Wolfshöhle”, 

“Matulic-Höhle” (4 � and several � and 

young �). 

2. Titanethes biseriatus Verhoeff, 1900: “Wolfshöhle” 

near Trebinje (1 probably immature 

�). 

Remarks: In Verhoeff’s (1900) descriptions the 

names are followed by a “mihi”, and not indicated 

as new; despite this fact, these are the 

original descriptions. Tabacaru (1993b) mentioned 

Cyphonethes as a subgenus of Titanethes 

and stated that it includes one species. 

Since the name of this species is not given, 

the type species is still not designated. 

Tabacaru (1996) elevated Cyphonethes to 

genus rank and mentioned Cyphonethes 

herzegowinensis as the only species. If the 

ICZN is strictly interpreted, this still is not 

a designation of the type species. 

Cyphoniscellus Verhoeff, 1901a 


Type species: Cyphoniscus herzegowinensis 


Locality: Hercegovina, “Wolfshöhle” near Trebinje 

(� holotype, leg. K. W. Verhoeff, 

iv.1897). 

Synonyms: Cyphoniscus Verhoeff, 1900; Vardaroniscus 

Buturovic, 1955; Bulgaronethes 

Vandel, 1965. 

Species: 12. 

Distribution: Italy, SE Europe. 

Remarks: Vandel (1967) listed 4 species. 

Cyphoniscus Verhoeff, 1900 

Preoccupied by Cyphoniscus Salter, 1853 (Trilobita); 

synonymb of Cyphoniscellus Verhoeff, 1901a. 

Type species: Cyphoniscus herzegowinensis Verhoeff, 

1900 (m). 

Locality: Hercegovina, “Wolfshöhle” near Trebinje (� 

holotype, leg. K. W. Verhoeff, iv.1897). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1901a) changed the name to Cyphoniscellus, 

because it was preoccupied. The information on 

the preoccupation was taken from the “Nomenclator 

Zoologicus”. 


Cyphopleon Frankenberger, 1940 


Type species: Cyphoniscellus (Calconiscellus) 

kratochvili Frankenberger, 1939c (o, m). 

Locality: Dalmatia, in cave at “Svilaja Planina” in 

central Dalmatia (� holotype, leg. J. Kratochvil, 

summer 1939). 

Cyphotendana Verhoeff, 1936a 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); Family: Trichoniscidae. 

Type species: Not designated, unavailable name. 


1. Cyphotendana dalmazzensis Verhoeff, 1936a: NW 

Italy: S.Dalmazzo di Tenda (20 ex., leg. Verhoeff, 

07.iv.19??; ZMB 23864). 

2. Cyphotendana ligurina Verhoeff, 1936a: Italy, Ligurian 

Mountains, Ferrania (1 �, 1 �, leg. Verhoeff, 16.iv.19??). 

Cyrnoniscus Vandel, 1953c 


Type species: Cyrnoniscus remyi Vandel, 1953c 

(m). 

Locality: Corsica: Grotte Corte à Pietracorbara 

(3 �, 4 �, leg. Remy 10.viii.1948), Grotte 

de Gudrone à Sorio (1 �, leg. Remy 17.viii. 

1948). 

Dasypoditius = misspelling of Dorypoditius; in Arcangeli 

(1950b). 

Dekanoscia Verhoeff, 1936b 


Type species: Dekanoscia longicornis Verhoeff, 

1936b (m). 

Locality: India: Travancore: Ponmudi Hills, cave 

at 1070 m. 

Delatorreia Boone, 1934 

Synonym of Pseudarmadillo Saussure, 1847. 

Type species: Delatorreia hoplites Boone, 1934 (o, m). 

Localities: Cuba: Camaguey, Sierra de Cubitas, Finca La 

Loma (1 specimen, holotype, leg. de la Torre; AMNH 

6607), Sierra de Cubitas, Camaguey (1 smaller specimen, 

leg. P. Bermudez, Boone Collection), Sierra de 

Najaza, Camaguey (1 very large specimen, leg. P. 

Bermudez; Poey Museum Habana). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Pseudarmadillo by 

Schmalfuss (1984). 

Dentigeroniscus Arcangeli, 1938 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); subgenus of Androniscus 

Verhoeff, 1908b. 

Type species: Not designated, unavailable name (ICZN 

Art. 13.3.). 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1938) raised the alpinus-group to sub-

genus level and named it Dentigeroniscus. If this is not 

to be regarded as designation of alpinus as the type 

species, the latter is not designated. From the text, it 

does not become obvious which species Arcangeli 

included in the alpinus-group. 

Depressionus Verhoeff, 1943 

Subgenus of Trachelipus. 

Type species: Not designated, unavailable name according 

to ICZN Art. 13.3. 


1. Tracheoniscus (Depressionus) kigatensis Verhoeff, 

1943: European part of Turkey, Kigathane (1 �, 1 �, 

leg. Kosswig, 15.ii.19??, slide with both pleopods 1-3, 

pereiopod 7 and 2 coxal plates, ZSM). 

2. Tracheoniscus simrothi Verhoeff, 1936a: Italia, Liguria, 

W Serravalle, “in a valley of tertiary sandstone” (1 �, 

1 juv. �, 9 �, 5 juv. �, leg. Verhoeff, 7.x.193?, slide with 

male pereiopods 7, pleopods 1, 2 and Plp 3 exopodite 

and 1 coxal plate, ZSM). 

3. Tracheoniscus larii Verhoeff, 1927b: Lake Como, 

Lecco, deciduous forest (1 �, leg. Verhoeff, 11.iv.1911, 

BMNH 1928:7:4:94, slide with male pereiopods 7 and 

pleopods 1-3, ZSM); near Bellano, in Castanea leaf litter 

(2 �, 2 �, leg. Verhoeff, 12.iv.19??); Castagnola near 

Lugano (1 �, leg. Verhoeff, 6.iv.19??); Melinde near 

Lugano (1 �, leg. Verhoeff, 7.iv.19??). 

Remarks: Schmidt (1997) regarded all three nominal 

species as synonyms of Trachelipus razzautii (Arcageli, 

1913); therefore there is no necessity to validate the 

name De-pressionus. 

Desertellio Verhoeff, 1930c 

Subgenus of Hemilepistus Budde-Lund, 1885. 

Type species: Hemilepistus (Desertellio) zachvatkini Verhoeff, 

1930c (m). 

Localities: Turkmenia: “Chiali-Saj” (80 km S of Tashkent), 

on saline soil (1 imm. �, 2 �, leg. Zachvatkin, 20. 

vi.19??), Vrevskaya Station, on right shore of Chirchik 

River?, 50 km SW of Tashkent (1 �, 1 imm. �, 2 �, 

leg. Chernova & Rohdendorff, 04.iv.19??) (syntypes). 

Species: 8. 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Hemilepistus. Röder et 

al. (1993), in an article on chromosome banding, 

referred to “Desertellio elongates”. 

Literature: Borutzky (1945) gave a key to 8 species, 3 of 

which he described as new. 

Desertoniscus Verhoeff, 1930c 

Family: Trachelipodidae. 

Type species: Desertoniscus subterraneus Verhoeff, 

1930c (m). 

Locality: Turkmenia, Vrevskaya Station, 50 km 

SW of Tashkent, in 40-50 cm depth (1 �, 8 �, 

6 juv., leg. Zachvatkin, 17.iii.19??) (1 � syntype, 

BMNH 1930:5:26:73). 

Species: 8. 

Distribution: Turkmenia, Kasakhstan. 


29 

Literature: Borutzky (1945) gave a key to 8 species, 

7 of which were described as new. Borutzky 

(1978) excluded all but the type species 

and described 3 new species. For these 4 species, 

he provided a key. 

Desertosphoera Vandel, 1948b 


Type species: Desertosphoera remyi Vandel, 

1948b (m). 

Localities: Algeria: Biskra, under deep stone on 

margins of irrigation canals of palm plantation 

(3 �, 6 �, 5 juv, leg. Remy, 28.ix.1946); Aïn Ben 

Noui, Station experimental agricole, 9 km SW 

of Biskra, on the way to Tolga (1 �, leg. Remy, 

27.ix.1946) (syntypes). 

Deto Guérin, 1836 


Type species: Deto echinata Guérin, 1836 (m). 

Locality: South Africa. 


Distribution: South Africa, Australia, New Zealand, 

America. 

Remarks: Guérin did not give a locality, he simply 

wrote “has been brought from the Orient by 

Olivier; it probably lives on the sea shore”. 

Chilton (1915) and Panning (1924) referred to a 

subgenus Deto Budde-Lund, 1906; a change 

of rank does not require or allow a change of 

the authorship, so this is invalid. 

Detonella Lohmander, 1927 


Type species: Trichoniscus papillicornis Richardson, 

1905 (m). 

Locality: Alaska: Seldovia; Cook Inlet (� holotype, 

USNM 28772). 

Species: 1. 

Distribution: Japan, Sachalin, Kurile Islands, Alaska. 

Literature: Schmidt (2000a) redescribed the type 

species and reduced the other nominal species 

to synonyms. 

Diacara Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Alloniscus elegans Dollfus, 1895a 

(m). 

Locality: Madagascar, Diego Suarez, Montagne

30 

d’Ambre (1 �, 1 juv., leg. Ch. Alluaud, ivviii.1893) 

(the � syntype BMNH 1921:10: 

18:1673). 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: Madagascar, Comore Islands. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1908b) instituted Diacara 

for Alloniscus elegans; he wrote, “three 

more species probably belong to this genus”; 

this being not more than a vague assumption, 

A. elegans is regarded as type species by 

monotypy. 

Didima Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Didima humilis Budde-Lund, 

1908b (m). 

Locality: Madagascar, near Antanarivo (� holotype, 

leg. F. Sikora, BMNH 1921:10:18: 

1888). 

Literature: Taiti & Ferrara (1978) redescribed 

Didima humilis and figured the diagnostic 

characters. 

Dioscoridillo Ferrara& Taiti, 1996 


Type species: Dioscoridillo melanoleucus Ferrara 

& Taiti, 1996 (o, m). 

Locality: Socotra Island: Nogeed (� holotype 

and 1 � paratype in SMF, 1 � paratype in 

MZUF). 

Diploexochus Brandt, 1833 


Type species: Diploexochus echinatus Brandt, 

1833 (m). 

Locality: Brazil (� holotype, ZMB, Brandt collection, 

dry). 


Distribution: Worldwide. 

Remarks: Brandt (1833) instituted Diploexochus 

as a new genus. Arcangeli (1956) incorrectly 

reported Diploexochus as having been introduced 

by Brandt (1833) as a subgenus of 

Cubaris Brandt, 1833. Vandel (1952) preferred 

to retain only the type species. The 

other species later assigned to this genus 

might belong to Venezillo or others. 

Diplosphaerillo Arcangeli, 1934 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3.). 




1. Diploexochus thomseni Panning, 1924: “kleiner Waterberg, 

Farm Okosongomingo (3 specimens, leg. H. Thomsen, 

vii-viii.1912); “Okahandja” (1 juv., leg. W. Michaelsen); 

syntypes. 

2. Spherillo (Diplosphaerillo) panningi Arcangeli, 1934 

(replacement name for Diploexochus nanus sensu 

Panning, 1924, not Budde-Lund, 1910): Namibia, 

“Karibib” (1 specimen, leg. Michaelsen); “Seeheim” (4 

specimens, leg. Michaelsen); syntypes. 

3. Diploexochus damarensis Panning, 1924: “Neudamm”, 

42 km ENE of Windhuk (7 specimens, leg. Michaelsen). 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1934) included 4 species the subgenus 

Diplosphaerillo of the genus Spherillo. He neither designated 

a type species, nor indicated that the name was 

new. However, we could not find an earlier citation. 

Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) listed Diplosphaerillo as 

invalid name. 

Dorypoditius Verhoeff, 1942e 


Type species: Dorypoditius zitzmanni Verhoeff, 

1942e (m). 

Localities: Mozambique: near Port Amelia (ZMH 

12823), Naygoro plantation (ZMH 12007) 

(both samples leg. Zitzmann). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1942e) classified this species 

in the Porcellionidae; this may be regarded as 

doubtful due to the absence of pleopodal 

lungs. 

Dryadillo Herold, 1932 


Dryadillo Taiti, Ferrara & Kwon, 1992 


Type species: Dryadillo baliensis Herold, 1932 

(designated by Taiti, Ferrara & Kwon, 1992). 

Locality: Indonesia, Bali, Baturiti, 1150 m, “on 

plants” (� holotype, leg. Thienemann, 14.vi. 

1929). 

Species: 11. 

Distribution: Indonesia, Vietnam, China, Taiwan. 

Dubioniscus Vandel, 1963 

Family: Dubioniscidae. 

Type species: Dubioniscus delamarei Vandel, 

1963 (m). 

Locality: Argentina: La Plata, Punta Lara, 

[marigot] at shore of La Plata River, piece 

of tropical forest (4 �, 3 �, 1 juv., syntypes, 

leg. Delamare-Deboutteville, 03.v.1959, 

MNHN?).

Synonym: Hileioniscus Lemos de Castro, 1967. 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Cuba, Brazil, Argentina. 

Duplocarinatum Verhoeff, 1931a 



Remarks: Verhoeff (1931a) introduced this as a subgenus of 

Armadillidium to replace the “Sectio Duplocarinatae”. 

Verhoeff (1907a) included 6 species in the “Sectio Duplocarinaetae”, 

therefore the type species is not designated. 

Verhoeff (1931a) did not mention any of these 

names. 

Echinarmadillidium Verhoeff, 1901 


Type species: Armadillidium fruxgalii Verhoeff, 

1900 (m). 

Locality: Ombla Valley [probably Croatia, Dubrovacka, 

Rijeka, 42°40’N, 18°04’E] (1 �, 

leg. Verhoeff); S Dalmatia: Lapad peninsula, 

near Gravosa (1 �, leg. Verhoeff). 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Greece, Yugoslavia. 

Echinochaetus Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 1983 

Family: Platyarthridae. 

Type species: Echinochaetus renatae Ferrara & 


Locality: Cameroon, Buea, Tole, stream in dense 

vegetation (� holotype, leg. Ferrara & 

Schmalfuss, 10.ii.1980, SMNS T77). 

Echinodillo Jackson, 1933b 


Type species: Echinodillo montanum Jackson, 

1933b (m). 

Locality: Marquesas Islands: Uahuka, Hitikau 

Ridge, 885 m altitude (1 �, 1 � syntypes, leg. 

LeBronnec & Tauraa, 03.ii.1931); same locality 

(2 �, 1 � syntypes, leg. LeBronnec & 

Tauraa, 04.iii.1931). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Marquesas Islands, Tasmania. 

Ecuadoroniscus Vandel, 1968 


Type species: Ecuadoroniscus orientalis Vandel, 

1968 (m). 

Locality: Ecuador (E. C. 18) Oriente: Forêt 

tropicale à Puyo, 600 m alt., dans l’humus 

(female(s), IRSNB). 


31 

Eleoniscus Racovitza, 1907 


Type species: Eleoniscus helenae Racovitza, 

1907 (m). 

Locality: Spain: Alicante prov: Cueva del Andorial 

(1 �, 04.i.1906, Biospeologica no. 

121). 

Remarks: cited as synonym of Troglarmadillidium 

by Vandel (1944) and Schmölzer 

(1965), but again treated as valid genus by 

Cruz & Dalens (1990a). 

Eluma Budde-Lund, 1879 

Nomen nudum. 

Remarks: the new genus name was introduced together with 

the new species name E. pupurascens, both without any 

description. 

Eluma Budde-Lund, 1885 


Type species: Eluma purpurascens Budde- 

Lund, 1885. 

Localities: Madeira (1 specimen, leg. Galathea 

Expedition; several specimens leg. Sørensen, 

ZMUC); (9 specimens, leg. Metschikoff, 

Coll. Uljanin, of these, 3 � and 1 juvenile 

BMNH 1921:10:18:3769-3772); “Cayenne” 

(several specimens, leg. Jelski); Nicobar Islands 

(8 [?] specimens, leg. Reinhardt, ZMUC 

CRU-758–761). Syntypes. 

Species: 2. 

Geographic distribution: Ireland, France, Spain, 

Portugal, Madeira, Acores, Canary Islands, 

Cayenne (South America), Tasmania. 

Remarks: E. purpurascens was thought to be a 

junior synonym of Armadillidium caelatum 

Miers, 1878, by several authors while others 

obviously regarded this identity as not proven. 

The mention of Mesarmadillo Dollfus, 

1892 (part) and Periscyphops Hilgendorf, 

1893 (part) as synonyms of Eluma by Jeppesen 

(2000) is erroneous; these names were 

cited in the synonymy of Eubelum, not 

Eluma, by Budde-Lund (1898). 

Elumoides Taiti & Ferrara, 1983 


Type species: Elumoides monocellatus Taiti & 


Localities: Seychelles, Ile la Digue, (� holotype, 

7 �, 9 � and 3 juv. paratypes, leg. P. Schau-

32 

enberg, 28.i.1975, MHNG), Mahé, La Blanche 

Bay (1 �, 1 � paratypes, leg. P. Schauenberg; 

MHNG); Réunion, St. Philippe (1 �, 1 � 

paratypes, leg. P. Schauenberg, 15.i.1975, 

MHNG); Mauritius, île des Aigrettes (1 � 

paratype, leg. P. Schauenberg, 24.xii.1974, 

MHNG). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Seychelles, Réunion, Mauritius, 

Kribi?, Ascension. 

Emydodillo Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Emydodillo testudo Verhoeff, 1926 

(m). 

Locality: New Caledonia, Ignambi Forest, 700- 

800 m (3 �, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 08.vii. 

1911). 

Ennurensis Collinge, 1915b 


Type species: Ennurensis hispidus Collinge, 

1915b (m). 

Locality: India: Ennur, near Madras, under stones 

(leg. Annandale, 19.x.1913, IM 8671/10, 1 � 

paratype BMNH 1919:4:26:519); South India, 

Pamben Passage, Mandapam (leg. Annandale, 

IM 8605/10) “in both cases the 

specimens were on bare sand close to the 

seashore”. 

Eoarmadillidium Dollfus, 1904 

Family: ? 

Type species: Eoarmadillidium granulatum 

Dollfus, 1904 (m). 

Locality: France, Bouzigues, près Cette (dept. 

Hérault) (fossil, Tertiary?) (several specimens). 

Eoporcellio Verhoeff, 1923 

Type species: Porcellio (Eoporcellio) exstinctus Verhoeff, 

1923 (m). 

Locality: Rehobot/Jaffa (1 ex., leg. Aharoni, 21.ii.19??), 

Chulda (several ex., leg. Aharoni). 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Porcellio Latreille, 1804. 

Eosphaerillo Vandel, 1980 


Type species: Eosphaerillo kosswigi Vandel, 

1980 (m). 

Locality: Iraq, Haditha (leg. C. Kosswig, vi. 

1958). 


Epimeridium Verhoeff & Strouhal, 1967 


Type species: Ligidium latum Jackson, 1923 (m). 

Locality: California: San Francisco (5 � syntypes, leg. G. 

Eisen, BMNH 1921:10:18:168-174). 

Remarks: Epimeridium was introduced as a separate genus. 

All subsequent authors (Leistikow & Wägele 1999) retained 

the type species in the genus Ligidium, so Epimeridium 

is considered as subgenus or synonym of Ligidium. 

Epironiscellus Strouhal, 1942 

Nomen nudum. 

Epironiscellus Strouhal, 1954 

Synonym of Graeconiscus Strouhal, 1940. 

Type species: Epironiscellus xerovunensis Strouhal, 1954 

(m). 

Locality: Greece: Platanusa (� holotype, leg. Beier, 15.v. 

1932). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Greece, Macedonia. 

Remarks: Strouhal (1961a) reduced Epironiscellus to a synonym 

of Graeconiscus. 

Erophiloscia Vandel, 1972a 


Type species: Erophiloscia longistyla Vandel, 

1972a (o). 

Localities: Colombia (1) Bogotá, above Calle 71, 

ca. 2170 m, montane forest, leaf litter (slides 

with preparations of � lectotype, 14.ii.1969); 

(2) Bosque de Chicó, ca. 1 km E of easternmost 

edge of the city, at same altitude as Calle 

85, ca. 2700-2900 m, montane forest, humus, 

leaf litter (11.i.1968 and 18.iii.1969); (3) 

Montserrate, Paramo forest, ca. 3 km E of 

eastern city border, approx. in prolongation of 

Calle 45, ca. 3200 m, leaf litter, humus, 

Bryophyta (14.x.1968 and 07.ii.1969); (4) 

Paramo Montserrate, Oreobolus obtussangulus 

(23.viii.1968); (5) Paramo Montserrate, 

ca. 3 km E of eastern city border, approx. in 

prolongation of Calle 45, 3200-3300 m 

(26.iv.1969); (6) Montane forest Montserrate, 

ca. 3150 m, humus, under Bryophyta 

(07.iii.1969); (7) Paramo Montserrate, pitfall 

trap (06.ii. and 08.ii.1968); (8) Paramo 

Montserrate, ca. 3 km E of eastern city border, 

approx. in prolongation of Calle 45, 3200- 

3300 m, Espeletia grandiflora, tree trunk 

(12.vii.1968); (9) La Tagua, settlement at the 

Rio Caquetà, ca. 210 km SSE Florencia 

(Caquetà), 50-100 m, tropical rainforest, 11-

17.v.1956); (10) Montane Forest (Robles) between 

La Mesa and Mosquera, 2600-2700 m, 

leaf litter (28.vi.1967); (11) Montane forest 

of Tibabitá, ca. 11 km N Bogotá (Calle 80), 

2600-2800 m (19.vii.1967); (12) Monterodondo, 

Station between Bogotá and Villavicencio, 

east slope of east Cordillera, about 59 

km SE of Bogotá, 1400-1700 m, montane 

forest, leaf litter (24.xii.1955-03.i.1956); (13) 

Subparamo de Guasca, 40 km NE of Bogotá, 

2920 m, Espeletia corymbosa (23.vii.1968); 

(14) Paramo El Palacio, ca. 25 km ENE of 

Bogotá, ca. 3300-3500 m, Espeletia argentea 

(04.i.1968); (15) Macarena, isolated mountain, 

east of eastern Cordillera, up to 2800 m 

altitude; collection site was ca. 100 km from 

Villavicencio, near [Einmündung] of Rio 

Zanza into Rio Güeja, ca. 450-650 m, primary 

tropical rainforest, leaf litter (22.ii.-03.iii. 

1956); (16) Capote, Station in Magdalena 

Valley, ca. 250 km N Bogotá, ca. 40 km SO 

Barracabermeja and Opon; humid tropical 

rainforest (one specimen only); (17) Icononzo, 

puente natural, central Magdalena Valley, 

ca. 75 km SW Bogotá, remains of primary 

forest, leaf litter (1 specimen, 28.ii.1969); all 

samples: leg. H. Sturm; lectotype designated 

by Leistikow (2001a), all others paralectotypes. 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Ecuador, Colombia. 

Remarks: Vandel (1972a) referred to samples 

from 17 localities, without fixing type specimens. 

He included 3 species in the newly 

erected genus, but the sentence “Nous avons 

crée, pour y inclure l’espèce colombienne [E. 

longistyla], un nouveau genre que nous nommons 

Erophiloscia [We have created, in order 

to include the Columbian species, a new genus 

that we denominate Erophiloscia]” here is 

regarded as a designation of the type species. 

Literature: Revision and key to species (Leistikow 

2001a). 

Escualdoniscus Vandel, 1948b 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); Family: Trichoniscidae. 



1. Escualdoniscus triocellatus Vandel, 1948b: France: 

dépt. Basse-Pyrénées: entrance of Ustarbé cave, 700 

m (6 �, 6 �, leg. Coiffait, 25.ix.1946). 


33 

2. Escualdoniscus coiffaiti Vandel, 1948b: France: dépt. 

Basse-Pyrénées: Sare, “grande grotte de Sare” (3 �, 1 

�, leg. Coiffait & Fourès, 19.viii.1946). 

Estereloniscus Vandel, 1943 

Synonym of Nesiotoniscus Racovitza, 1908. 

Type species: Estereloniscus bernardi Vandel, 1943 (m). 

Locality: France, Massif de l’Esterel, Dept. Var, Le Trayas 

(1 �, 29.iii.1942). 

Remarks: Vandel (1947) reduced Estereloniscus to a synonym 

of Nesiotoniscus. 

Ethelumorus Richardson, 1907b 

Synonym of Ethelumoris Richardson, 1907a. 

Remarks: Richardson (1907b) intended to change the name 

Ethelumoris, which was based on an error of transcription; 

This was not followed by any other author. 

Ethelum Budde-Lund, 1899 



Other species: 6 (+19). 

Distribution: Guyana, St. Vincent, Liberia, Cameroon, 

East Africa. 


1. Mesarmadillo americanus Dollfus, 1896: Leeward 

Is., West Indies, “lowland near sea. 

May. Under stones” (1 �, leg. H. H. Smith, 

BMNH 1896:1:11:20); St. Vincent, West 

Indies, “Sugar cane field. March. Under decaying 

cane leaves” (4 �, leg. H. H. Smith, 

BMNH 1896:1:11:21); same data (2 � with marsupium, 

MNHN-Is5438); St. Vincent, West 

Indies, “shady place, under old boards”, 80 m 

(4 �, leg. H. H. Smith, September, BMNH 

1896:1:11:22); Leeward Is., West Indies, 150 m, 

“under rubbish, shady place” (1 �, 1 �, 1 

juvenile, leg. H. H. Smith, March, BMNH 

1896:1:11:23); same data (1 � with marsupium, 

MNHN-Is5439); St. Vincent, West Indies (1 �, 

leg. H. H. Smith, BMNH 1921:10:18:771); Leeward 

or St. Vincent, under old boards, 80 m, 

leg. H. H. Smith, ix.1889-91, MNHN-Is5440) 

[syntypes]. 

2. Mesarmadillo modestus Dollfus, 1896: St. Vincent, 

West Indies, “low ground SE of the 

Island, under rubbish” (1 �, leg. H. H. Smith, 

BMNH 1896:1:11:24); same data (1 � with marsupium, 

MNHN-Is5443) [syntypes]. 

3. Mesarmadillo reflexum (Dollfus, 1896): St. Vincent, 

West Indies, “open swampy land, 

southern end of the island, under rubbish” 

(1 � syntype, leg. H. H. Smith, 27.ix.18??,

34 

BMNH 1896:1:11:9); same data (1 � syntype, 

MNHN-Is). 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1899) introduced Ethelum 

as a subgenus of Eubelum, including 3 

species. 

Ethelumoides Ferrara & Taiti, 1989a 


Type species: Ethelumoides holthuisi Ferrara & 

Taiti, 1989a (o, m). 

Locality: Ivory coast: Mt. Pongui, Man, 1200m 

(� holotype, leg. C. L. Deeleman-Reinhold, 

22.viii.1975, RNHL). 

Ethelumoris Richardson, 1907a 


Type species: Ethelumoris parallelus Richardson, 

1907a (o, m). 

Locality: Liberia, Mt. Coffee (only 1 specimen, 

leg. O. F. Cook, i-v.1893-1895, “type in the 

possession of Dr. O. F. Cook”). 

Synonym: Ethelomorus Richardson, 1907b. 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Liberia, Cameroon, Fernando Poo 

Island. 

Remarks: This genus was originally assigned to 

the family Eubelidae. Schmalfuss & Ferrara 

(1983) placed it in the family Armadillidae. 

Eubelum Budde-Lund, 1885 


Type species: Eubelum lubricum Budde-Lund, 

1885 (m). 

Localities: Southern Africa: Cabinda, “Chinchoxo” 

(numerous specimens, coll. Simon, 

and ZMB 5548); Angola, “Laudana” (5 �, 4 �, 

BMNH 1921.10:18:619-625 and 1956: 

10:10:199-200); West Africa (ZMB 10602); locality 

unknown (ZMB 10606 + slides 3799- 

3805); syntypes. 

Species: 29. 

Distribution: Congo, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Tanzania, 

South Africa. 

Euleptotrichus Verhoeff, 1908 

Synonym./subgenus of Leptotrichus Budde-Lund, 1885. 



1. Porcellio naupliensis Verhoeff, 1901c: Greece, Attika, 

Nauplia (several specimens), Patras (1 �), Kephisia (1 �), 

(1 �, 1 �, 1 juv., leg. Verhoeff, BMNH 1901:9:19:60- 



2. Porcellio syrensis Verhoeff, 1902: Greece, Syra Is. (number 

of specimens not indicated; leg. Leonis). 

3. Porcellio panzerii Audouin & Savigny, 1926: Egypt (no 

further details). 

4. Leptotrichus tauricus Budde-Lund, 1885: Krym, Sebastopol. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1908) introduced this name as “Euleptotrichus 

m.”, which would mean that he had introduced it 

before. We could not find any earlier citation of that name. 

Brian (1932) referred to “Euleptotrichus panzeri”. 

Euphiloscia Packard, 1873 

Synonym of Ligidium Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Euphiloscia elrodii Packard, 1873 (m). 

Locality: USA, Indiana, “cave near Orleans” (2 specimens). 

Remarks: Euphiloscia was reduced to a synonym of 

Ligidium by Richardson (1905). 

Euporcellio Verhoeff, 1907b 

Subgenus of Porcellio. 


Remarks: Verhoeff (1907b) gave a key to the subgenera 

of Porcellio, one of which was “Euporcellio m.”. This 

would suggest that he had already introduced this name. 

We did not find any earlier citation. Verhoeff (1907b) 

included 54 species, which cannot be listed here. These 

species currently belong to the genera Trachelipus and 

Porcellio. 

Euroniscus Vandel, 1973 

Subgenus of Styloniscus Dana, 1853. 

Type species: Trichoniscus commensalis Chilton, 1910. 

Localities: New Zealand, North Island, New Plymouth and 

Mount Egmont, in nests of Amblyopone cephalota and 

Huberia striata (leg. W.W. Smith); Rai Valley, in nests 

of ants (leg. J. Mac Mahon). 

Remarks: Vandel (1973) seems to have seen material from 

Australia, but neither the type specimens nor other 

specimens from the type locality. 

Eurygastor Vandel, 1973 


Eurygastor Green, 1990 


Type species: Eurygastor montanus Vandel, 


Locality: Australia: New South Wales, Carrai 

Plateau, under log (1 �, leg. C. Carter, 

vii.1971). 

Species: 2. 

Euryligia Verhoeff, 1926a 

Subgenus of Ligia Fabricius, 1798. 

Type species: Euryligia latissima Verhoeff, 1926 (m). 

Locality: New Caledonia, Canala Mt., 800-1000 m, under 

palm leaf litter (> 50 specimens, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 

04.xi.1911; 1 � and 1 � syntypes, BMNH 1928:7:4:21- 

22).

Remarks: Described as a separate genus. Jackson (1941) 

reduced it to a synonym of Ligia. 

Exalloniscus Stebbing, 1911 


Type species: Alloniscus coecus Dollfus, 1898 

sensu Stebbing, 1911 (m). 

Localities: Java, Sumatra (Stebbing’s specimens: 

India, Maddathorai, Travancore, leg. Annandale). 

Synonym: Kisuma Budde-Lund, 1912. 

Species: 20. 

Distribution: Sri Lanka, West Malysia, East Malaysia, 

Thailand, Vietnam, China. 

Remarks: Stebbing (1911) had not examined the 

specimens described by Dollfus (1898). 

Literature: Taiti & Ferrara (1988) revised the 

species of the genus and described and figured 

16 species. 

Exzaes Barnard, 1932 

Unavailable name (ICZN art. 13.3); Family: Scleropactidae? 



1. Exzaes bicolor Barnard, 1932: South Africa, Cape Province, 

River Zonder End Mts., Oudebosch Forest (50 �, 2 

juveniles, syntypes, leg. K. H. Barnard, BMNH 1933:1: 

25:292-301, probably more specimens in SAMC?). 

2. Exzaes sylvatica Barnard, 1932: South Africa, Cape Province, 

George Forest (2 � syntypes, leg. K. H. Barnard, 

BMNH 1933:1:25:287-291; probably more specimens 

in SAMC?). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: South Africa, Cape Province. 

Fakoanum Paulian de Félice, 1941 


Type species: Fakoanum agauriae Paulian de 

Félice, 1941 (m). 

Locality: Mt. Cameroon, “sous les écorces 

d’Agauria morts sur pied, 2800-3000 m” 

(Paulian de Félice, 1941). 

Fakoniscus Paulian de Félice, 1940a 

Subgenus of Trichoniscus Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Trichoniscus (Fakoniscus) pterydicola Paulian 

de Félice, 1940a (m). 

Locality: Mt. Cameroon, 1300-1500 m, in decaying logs 

of tree ferns. 


Feadillo Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1983 


Type species: Feadillo principensis Schmalfuss 

& Ferrara, 1983 (o). 


35 

Locality: Principe Island, Roça Infante Don 

Henrique, 100-300 m (� holotype and 37 

specimens, leg. L. Fea, i.-iii.1901, MG). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Principe, Sâo Tomé. 

Filippinodillo Schmalfuss, 1987 


Type species: Filippinodillo maculatus Schmalfuss, 

1987 (o, m). 

Locality: Philippines, Cebu island, Mactan, rocky 

sea-shore (� holotype, leg. Storch, iii.1982; 

SMNS no. T208). 

Finaloniscus Brian, 1951b 


Type species. Marioniscus franciscoloi Brian, 

1951a (m). 

Locality: Italy: Liguria occidentale, Rio Ponci, 

Finalpia, Cave “Arma de fate N. 33 Li” (6 �, 6 

�, leg. Franciscolo, 23.iv.1950). 

Synonym: Marioniscus Brian, 1951a. 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Liguria, Corsica. 

Remarks: Brian (1951b) replaced the name Marioniscus 

Brian, 1951a, because this was preoccupied 

by Marioniscus Barnard, 1932. 

Floridoscia Schultz & Johnson, 1984 


Type species: Floridoscia fusca Schultz & Johnson, 

1984 (m). 

Locality: Southern Florida, Crandon Beach, Key 

Biscane (� holotype, USNM 210496, allotype 

� USNM 210497, paratypes 3 �, 2 � USNM 

210498). 

Formosillo Verhoeff, 1928b 


Type species: Formosillo zimmeri Verhoeff, 

1928b (m). 

Locality: Taiwan, “Hoozon” [Huisun] (3 �, leg. H. 

Sauter, 10.i.1907/09, ZMB 21466); “Kankan” 

(2 �, leg. H. Sauter, 09.vii.1907/09, ZMB 

21467). 

Formososcia Verhoeff, 1928b 

Synonym of Burmoniscus Collinge, 1914. 

Type species: Formososcia ocellata Verhoeff, 1928b (m). 

Localities: Taiwan: “Kankan”(2 �, 1 �, leg. H. Sauter, vii. 

1909); “Kosempo” [Jiaxianzhuang, village near Kaohsi-

36 

ung] (2 �, 5 �, leg. H. Sauter, viii.1909, ZMB 21463); 

“Akau” [Pingtung?] (leg. H. Sauter, 01-10.xii.1907, 

ZMB 21462) and “Takau” [Kaohsiung] (leg. H. Sauter, 

24.xi.1907, ZMB 21464, 21465) the latter two samples 

with 30 specimens together; Taiwan (1 �, BMNH 1928: 

7:4:9). all specimens are syntypes. 

Remarks: Taiti & Ferrara (1986) reduced Formoscia to a 

synonym of Burmoniscus. 

Fossoniscus Strouhal, 1965 


Type species: Fossoniscus nubicus Strouhal, 

1965 (o, m). 

Localities: Sudan, Nile oasis near Wadi Halfa 

[21°55’N, 31°20’E] (� holotype and 1 � 

paratype, leg. Nubien-Expedition, 29.i.1962, 

NHMW); same locality (2 �, 4 �, leg. 

Nubien-Expedition, 20.i.1962); edge of the 

oasis (1 �, 1 �, leg. Nubien-Expedition, 

25.i.1962, NHMW). 

Gabunillo Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1983 


Type species: Gabunillo coecus Schmalfuss & 


Localities: Gabon, Lastourville, Grotte de Pahau 

(� holotype and 179 specimens, leg. V. 

Aellen and P. Strinati, 6.viii.1957, MHNG); 

Grotte de N’Doumbou, Lastourville (92 

specimens, leg. V. Aellen and P. Strinati, 

4.viii.1957, MHNG). 

Gabunoscia Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1978 


Type species: Gabunoscia feai Schmalfuss & 

Ferrara, 1978 (m). 

Locality: Gabun, Lambarené (1 �, leg. Fea, 1902, 

MG). 

Gedania Budde-Lund, 1912 

Synonym of Trichorhina Budde-Lund, 1908b. 

Type species: Alloniscus tomentosus Budde-Lund, 1893 

(designated by Van Name 1936). 

Locality: Venezuela, Las Trincheras (� holotype, leg. Meinert, 

xii.1891, ZMUC CRU-419). 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1912) instituted this genus instituted 

for Alloniscus papillosus Budde-Lund, 1893 and Alloniscus 

ambiguus Budde-Lund, 1893. Both species were 

included in Trichorhina by Van Name (1936). 

Gelsana Budde-Lund, 1910 


Type species: Gelsana abnormis Budde-Lund, 

1910 (m). 


Locality: Kilimanjaro (1 �, 2 �, syntypes, BMNH 

1921:10:18:790-792), (5 syntypes, NHRS 5838, 

after Jeppesen 2000). 

Geoligia Dollfus, 1893b 


Type species: Geoligia simoni Dollfus, 1893b (m). 

Locality: Venezuela, Cumbre de Valencia, 1200 m, moist 

forest (� holotype, leg. Simon, i.1888, MNHN-Is4918). 

Remarks: Described as a distinct genus, reduced to a subgenus 

of Ligia by Jackson (1922). 

Gephyroniscus Verhoeff, 1949b 

Subgenus of Porcellionides Miers, 1878. 

Type species: Metoponorthus (Gephyroniscus) divergens 

Verhoeff, 1949b (o, m). 

Locality: Turkey, Cilicia, Adana (1 �, 4 �, leg. C. Kosswig, 

1942?). 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Metoponorthus Budde- 

Lund, 1885, which is a synonym of Porcellionides. 

Gerufa Budde-Lund, 1909 


Type species: Gerufa hirticornis Budde-Lund, 

1909 (m). 

Locality: South Africa: Cape Flats (some � specimens, 

leg. Schultze, 2 � syntypes BMNH 

1921:10:18:1468-1469) (5 syntypes, ZMB 

12618). 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: South Africa, Cape Province. 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Porcellio. 

Gerutha Budde-Lund in Lönnberg & Budde- 

Lund, 1912 




1. Eubelum pila Budde-Lund, 1898: Locality, 

Runsoro, 2600 m, in a bamboo forest (1 �, 

2 �, leg. Stuhlmann, 09.vi.1891, BMNH 

1921:10:18:724-725). 

2. Gerutha laevis Budde-Lund, 1912: “British 

East Africa, Escarpment station” (2 syntypes, 

leg. Lönnberg, 11.i.1911, BMNH 1921:10: 

18:717-718); same data? (4 syntypes, NHRS 

2126). 

Species: 6? 

Distribution: Congo, Ethiopia, Congo, Kenya. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1912) gave a diagnosis of 

the genus Gerutha, followed by a dichotomous 

key. In this key, Gerutha pila and 4

other species are mentioned, but only for one 

of the new species is a description given. 

Thus, only 2 species can be considered as 

originally included. 

Globarmadillo Richardson, 1910a 


Type species: Globarmadillo armatus Richardson, 

1910a (o, m). 

Locality: Guatemala: Trece Aquas (2 specimens, 

leg. O. F. Cook; USNM 40082). 

Remarks: Considered as subgenus of Synarmadillo 

Dollfus, 1892, by Arcangeli (1927). 

Glomerulus Budde-Lund, 1909 

Synonym of Cubaris Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Armadillo microps Budde-Lund, 1904 (m). 

Localities: Borneo, Telang (leg. Grabowski, not in ZMB, 

probably lost); New Holland (= Australia, Queensland), 

Peak Downs (not in ZMH); Australia, Queensland, Peak 

Downs (2 � and 1 �, BMNH 1921:10:18:1181-1183, 

syntypes). 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1904) divided the genus Armadillo 

into 7 groups; Budde-Lund (1909) considered them as 

subgenera. The “Sektio III” received the name Glomerulus. 

It was reduced to a synonym of Cubaris by Taiti 

et al. (1998). 

Graeconiscus Strouhal, 1940 

Family: Trichoniscisdae. 

Type species: Cyphoniscellus (Calconiscellus) 

tricornis Strouhal, 1936 (o, m). 

Locality: Greece: Kerkira, Gastouri (� holotype, 

leg. M. Beier, 02.iv.1929, NHMW?). 

Synonym: Epironiscellus Strouhal, 1954. 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Greece, Giura, Kerkira, Epirus. 

Remarks: Strouhal (1940) mentioned the name 

Graeconiscus tricornis in a key. In the text 

preceding this key (p. 15), the name is introduced 

as “nov. gen.”. 

Guineodillo Verhoeff, 1942f 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); Family: Eubelidae. 


Species included: 

1. Guineodillo ubangius Verhoeff, 1942f: Congo: Ubangi 

district, Duma (leg. A. Schubatz, 28.ix.1910, ZMH 

23481). 

2. Guineodillo habetatus Verhoeff, 1942f: Guinea: Muni 

River, Koko beach, 20 km “above” Eloby (leg. C. 

Manger, ZMH 23249). 

3. Guineodillo munganus Verhoeff, 1942f: Cameroon: 

Mungo River, near Mundama (leg. R. Rolsde, ZMH 

23114). 


37 

Gymnoderma Budde-Lund, 1908b 

Subgenus of Porcellio Latreille, 1804. 

Type species: Porcellio laevis Latreille, 1804 (o). 

Locality: “Under stones”. 

Remarks: Instituted as a subgenus of Porcellio Latreille, 

1804. Vandel (1951, 1955) referred to it as Porcellio 

“groupe nord-africain” or “groupe laevis”. 

Haloarmadillidium Arcangeli, 1929a 

Synonym of Armadillidium Brandt in Brandt & Ratzeburg, 

[1831]. 

Type species: Haloarmadillidium dudichi Arcangeli, 1929a 

(m) (synonym of Armadillidium album Dollfus, 1887). 

Locality: Italy, Campania, Pesto, sandy beach (12 �, 4 �, 

leg. Dudich, 08.iii.1925). 

Remarks: Haloarmadillidium dudichi was reduced to a 

synonym of Armadillidium album by Vandel (1960). 

Haloniscus Chilton, 1920 


Type species: Haloniscus searlei Chilton, 1920. 

Locality: Australia: Victoria: Lake Corangamite, 

in salt water (1 specimen, leg. W. A. Howel) 

(8 specimens, leg. J. Searle, iii-iv.1918). 

Species: 5. 

Distribution: Southern part of Australia, Tasmania, 

New Caledonia. 

Literature: Review and key to species (Taiti & 

Humphreys 2001). 

Halophiloscia Verhoff, 1908c 

Family: Halophilosciidae. 

Type species: Philoscia couchii Kinahan, 1858 

(o). 

Locality: England, Cornwall, Talland Cove, under 

stones and decaying seaweed. 

Species: 6 or 7. 

Distribution: Mediterranean, Crimea, Bermuda, 

Canary Islands, USA, Argentina. 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1929) considered Halophiloscia 

as synonym of Philoscia, but this has 

not been followed by subsequent authors. 

Haloporcellio Verhoeff, 1917b 

Synonym of Burrana Budde-Lund, 1908. 



1. Porcellio echinatus Lucas, 1849 (as P. echinatus B. L.): 

Algeria, near Oran. 

2. Haloporcellio penicilliger Verhoeff, 1917b: Palaestina, 

Rehobot near Jaffa (� holotype, leg. Aharoni, BMNH 

1921:6:10:78). 

3. Porcellio moebiusi Verhoeff, 1901a: Dalmatia, Ombla 

banks near Ragusa (2 � syntypes, BMNH 1901:9:19:95- 

96).

38 

4. Porcellio lamellatus Budde-Lund, 1885: Algeria, “Bona” 

(9 syntypes, leg. Meinert, ZMUC CRU-1647); same 

data (1 syntype, ZMB 6636). 

5. Porcellio gerstaeckeri Verhoeff, 1908d: Sicilia, Ognina 

near Catania, under pieces of lava (1 �, 1 �, leg. 


Other species: 1. 

Distribution: Italy, Yugoslavia, Israel. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1917b) split the subgenus Nasigerio of 

Porcellio into Nasigerio s. str. and Haloporcellio. As 

explained above, the name Burrana Budde-Lund, 1908b 

is considered to have priority over Haloporcellio. However, 

all subsequent authors used the latter name. Budde- 

Lund (1885) cited the species Porcellio lamellatus Uljanin, 

but Uljanin did not describe a species under this 

name. Therefore, Budde-Lund has to be regarded as author 

and the specimens from Algeria examined by him 

are the syntypes. 

Hanoniscus Budde-Lund, 1912 

Family: Oniscidae. 

Type species: Hanoniscus tuberculatus Budde- 

Lund, 1912 (m). 

Localities: Australia, stat. 106, South Perth; stat. 

123, Cannington; stat. 135, York; W. Australia 

(1 �, 3 �, BMNH 1921:10:18:5735-5738, 

syntypes); Western Australia (2 �, 1 � 

syntypes, leg. Michaelsen & Hartmeyer, 10.v. 

or 5.x.1905, ZMB 16790). 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: Australia. 

Remarks: Described as a subgenus of Phalloniscus 

Budde-Lund, 1908 b, elevated to generic 

rank by Vandel (1973). 

Haplarmadillo Dollfus, 1896a 


Type species: Haplarmadillo monocellatus Dollfus, 

1896a (m). 

Locality: St. Vincent: Richmond valley, 340 m, 

under rotting leaves (� holotype, leg. H. H. 

Smith, 18.i.1889–1891, BMNH 1896:1:11: 

25). 

Remarks: Subgenus of Synarmadillo Dollfus, 

1892 (after Arcangeli 1927). 

Haplophiloscia Schultz, 1973 

Synonym of Papuaphiloscia Vandel, 1970. 

Type species: Haplophiloscia laevis Schultz, 1973 (m). 

Locality: Hawaii: Kaumana, Kaumana Cave, dark zone on 

rock 100 m in cave, 290 m altitude (� holotype and 2 

� paratypes, leg. Howarth, 27.vii.1971, BPBM S8041 

and 00289). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Papuaphiloscia by 

Taiti & Ferrara (1991). 


Haplophthalmus Schöbl, 1860a 


Type species: Haplophtalmus elegans Schöbl, 

1860a (m) (synonym of Itea mengii Zaddach, 

1844). 

Locality: St. Ivan, near Karlstein [probably 

Czech Republic, Karlstein, 49°56’N, 14° 

11’E]. 

Species: 55. 

Distribution: Mediterranean, introduced to Tasmania 

and North America. 

Hawaiiodillo Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Armadillo perkinsi Dollfus, 1900 

(designated by Jackson 1941). 

Locality: Hawaii: Maui, Haleakala, 1500 m (� 

holotype, leg. Perkins, iv.1894, BMNH 

1904:11:5:10). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Hawaii, Maui and Kauai. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1926a) founded the genus on 

3 species. The name appeared only in a key. 

Jackson (1941) mentioned Armadillo perkinsi 

as type species. 

Hawaiioscia Schultz, 1973 


Type species: Hawaiioscia parvituberculata 

Schultz, 1973 (m). 

Locality: Hawaii, Maui island, La Perouse Bay, 

Keoneoio Kalua O Lapa Cave, dark zone on 

ceiling near drip point, 120 m (� holotype 

and 1 � paratype, leg. Gagné & Howarth, 

11.xii.1971, BPBM S8042 and 00449). 

Hekelus Barnard, 1932 


Type species: Hekelus episinus Barnard, 1932 

(m). 

Locality: South Africa: Table Mountain, Kalk 

Bay Mountain, Nordhoek forest, 150 m (3 

�, 14 �, 13 juveniles, leg. K. H. Barnard, 

BMNH 1933:1:25:278-286, syntypes; probably 

more specimens in SAMC?). 

Helenoniscus Legrand, 1943 


Type species: Helenoniscus prenanti Legrand, 

1943 (o, m).

Locality: France, Lot, Villeneuve-sur-Lot (1 �, 1 

�). 

Remarks: This genus was described in a paper 

that appeared in two parts with different publication 

dates; the date of the second part, 

1943 is the correct publication year (not 

1942). 

Helenoscia Vandel, 1977c 

Synonym of Littorophiloscia Hatch, 1947. 

Type species: Helenoscia alticola Vandel, 1977c (m). 

Localities: St. Helena, Diana’s Peak, beaten from fern 

fronds (leg. C. R. Wallace, 27.vi.1959); Central Ridge, 

Mt. Actaeon, 790-820 m (16.xi.1965, 8.xii.1965, 

11.xii.1965, 17.xii.1965, 5-8.i.1966); High Central 

Ridge, 700-790 m (ii.1967); High Peak, dead trunk of 

Dickinsonia, 730-850 m (23-27.ii.1967); Sandy Bay 

Beach (11.i.1966); holotype in MRAC. 

Remarks: Vandel (1977c) wrote that the holotype is in 

MRAC, but he did not indicate which of the specimens is 

the holotype. Reduced to a synonym of Littorophiloscia 

by Taiti & Ferrara (1986). 

Hellenonethes Frankenberger, 1939a 


Type species: Hellenonethes vejdovskyi Frankenberger, 

1939a (m). 

Locality: Greece; in caves near Naoussa (N Greece) (numerous 

specimens, leg. Maran & Taborsky, 1937/38; 

National Museum Prague). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Alpioniscus by Tabacaru 

(1993b). 

Helleria von Ebner, 1868 

Family: Tylidae. 

Type species: Helleria brevicornis von Ebner, 

1868 (m). 

Synonyms: Syntomagaster Costa, 1882; Syngastron 

Costa, 1883; Syspastus Budde-Lund, 

1879. 

Locality: Corsica, near Ajaccio (3 �, leg. J. Mann, 

NHMW?). 

Distribution: Italy, Elba, Corsica, Sardinia, southern 

France. 

Hemilepistoides Borutzky, 1945 


Type species: Hemilepistoides messerianus Borutzky, 

1945 (o, m). 

Locality: Turkmenia, between Kysyl-Atrek and 

Karadegish, under stones (� holotype, 1 � 

paratype, leg. Borutzky, 12.iii.1942, ZMMU 

833). 


39 

Hemilepistus Budde-Lund, 1879 


Type species: Porcellio klugii Brandt, 1833 (designated 

by Budde-Lund 1908b). 

Locality: Caucasus (no specimens are in the 

Brandt collection, ZMB, most probably they 

are lost). 

Synonym: Paraniambia Collinge, 1914. 

Species: 18. 

Distributon: Algeria, Tunisia, Libya, Egypt, Israel, 

Syria, Iran, Pakistan, Turkmenia. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1879) listed the name 

“Hemilepistus n. g.” with 7 species included. 

Since 6 of them were already described by 

other authors and cited with their authors’ 

names, Hemilepistus Budde-Lund, 1879 is 

not a nomen nudum. According to ICZN Art. 

12.2.5 the mentioning of these names serves 

as “indication”. 

Literature: Lincoln (1970) reviewed the species 

of the subgenus Hemilepistus s. str. and gave 

a key to species (9, one of them new). Unfortunately, 

male pleopod characters are not considered 

in the diagnoses. Borutzky (1945) 

gave a key to all species known at that time 

from the USSR, including 8 species assigned 

to the subgenus Desertellio. Borutzky (1958) 

provided a key to 10 species of the subgenus 

Hemilepistus. 

Heminagara Jackson, 1933a 


Type species: Porcellio (Heminagara) tahitiensis Jackson, 

1933 (o, m). 

Locality: Tahiti, Fautaua Valley, 230 m (1 �, leg. Adamson, 

BPBM). 

Remarks: Dalens (1988) included the type species in the 

genus Nagurus, without any comment. This means that 

he reduced Heminagara to a synonym of Nagurus. 

Hemiporcellio Collinge, 1915b 

Synonym of Agnara Budde-Lund, 1908b. 

Type species: Hemiporcellio carinatus Collinge, 1915b (o). 

Locality: India: “under stones and dead water weeds at edge 

of Chilka Lake, Rambha, Ganjam, Madras Pres.” (leg. 

An-nandale, 27.xii.1913, ZSIC 8692/10 [in original 

description as “type in the collection of the Indian 

Museum”, with number cited here], 1 paratype � BMNH 

1919:4:26: 458). 

Remarks: The type species is Hemiporcellio carinatus Collinge, 

1915b, because according to ICZN Art. 68.2.1 the 

use of “gen. et sp. nov.” is equivalent to the designation 

of a type species. Collinge (1915b) also included H. 

hispidus Collinge, 1915b and Porcellio immsi Collinge,

40 

1914c. Ferrara & Argano (1989) reduced Hemiporcellio 

to a synonym of Agnara. 

Heroldia Verhoeff, 1926a 




1. Heroldia digitifera Verhoeff, 1926a: New Caledonia, 

on top of Humboldt Mt., 1600 m (1 �, 

1 �, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 18.ix.1911). 

2. Heroldia reticulata Verhoeff, 1926a: New Caledonia, 

Ignambi Mt., 1300 m (several poorly 

preserved specimens, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 

15.iv.1911). 

3. Heroldia humboldti Verhoeff, 1926a: New Caledonia, 

top of Humboldt Mt., 1600 m (7 specimens, 

leg. Sarasin & Roux, 18.ix.1911). 

4. Heroldia canalensis Verhoeff, 1926a: New 

Caledonia, Panié Mt., 500 m (several specimens, 

leg. Sarasin & Roux, 27.vi.1911); 

Canala Mt., 800 m (2 �, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 

4.xi.1911). 

5. Heroldia appressa Verhoeff, 1926a: New Caledonia, 

Tchalabel (1 �, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 

5.v.1911); Hienghiène (1 � with marsupium, 

leg. Sarasin & Roux, 5.vi.1911). 

6. Heroldia monticola Verhoeff, 1926a: New 

Caledonia, Ignambi Mt., 600-900 m, forest 

(3 � with marsupium, v.1911 and several 

further specimens, ix.1911, leg. Sarasin & 

Roux). 

Hesca Budde-Lund, 1908b 

Nomen dubium. 



1. Philougria nitida Miers, 1878: Peru or Guiana (6 � 

syntypes, BMNH 1879:21). 

2. Philoscia debilis Budde-Lund, 1893: Venezuela: Caracas, 

La Moka (4 � syntypes, leg. F. Meinert, viii.1891, 

BMNH 1921:10:18:2236-2239), St. Estéban. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1908) united the South American 

species Philoscia nitida and Philoscia debilis in the subgenus 

Hesca (genus Philoscia). Van Name (1936) and 

Vandel (1952) reported that Hesca is identical with 

Ischioscia Verhoeff, 1928, but despite the priority of 

Hesca they preferred to maintain Verhoeff’s name, because 

the latter was accompanied by a description. Their 

opinion, despite being contrary to the ICZN, had been 

adopted by apparently all subsequent authors. Since there 

are female specimens only, the identity of the species can 

not be stated with certainty, and the names of both species 

and, in consequence, also the genus name, can be regarded 

as nomina dubia. Schmalfuss (1980a) pointed out that 


Hesca cannot be taken as a senior synonym of Ischioscia, 

because the two species are not identifiable. 

Hiallelgon Paulian de Félice, 1945 


Type species: Hiallelgon jeanneli Paulian de 

Félice, 1945 (m). 

Localities: Kenya, Mt. Elgon, Camp III, st. 18, 

alpine zone 3500 m (leg. R. Jeannel, 3.i. 1933); 

Camp IV, in the crater, 4000 m (leg. R. Jeannel, 

7.i.1933). 

Hiallides Richardson, 1909 


Type species: Hiallides minutus Richardson, 

1909 (o, m). 

Locality: Southern Ethiopia, near Ourbon 

(MNHN). 

Hiallum Budde-Lund, 1899 


Type species: Eubelum hilgendorfi Budde- 

Lund, 1898 (m). 

Locality: East Africa: Runsororo, “Bamboo forest” 

(1 �, 1 � syntypes, leg. Stuhlmann & 

E. Pasha, 9-13.vi.1891, BMNH 1921:10:18: 796- 

770); East Africa (3 syntypes, ZMB 9658 + 

slides 3795-98). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Cameroon, Kenya. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1899) did not indicate the 

name Hiallum as new. 

Hiatoniscus Barnard, 1932 




Species: 2. 

1. Hiatoniscus griseus Barnard, 1932: South Africa: Cape 

Province: Table Mountain (29 �, 28 � and juveniles, 

BMNH 1933:1:25:234-245, syntypes). 

2. Hiatoniscus contractus Barnard, 1932: South Africa: 

Cape Prov.: Swellendam, Langeberg Mts., Riversdale (4 

� and 3 �, leg. K.H. Barnard, BMNH 1933:1:25:246- 


Hileioniscus Lemos de Castro, 1967 

Synonym of Dubioniscus Vandel, 1963. 

Type species: Hileioniscus goeldii Lemos de Castro, 1967 

(m). 

Locality: Brazil: Pará: Belém, Parque do Museo Goeldi, 

under plant detritus in humid soil (12 �, 6 �, leg. Arlé 

& Schubart, iii-iv.1965). 

Remarks: Lemos de Castro (1968) reduced Hileioniscus to

a synonym of Calycuoniscus Collinge, 1915. Schultz 

(1995) reduced Hileioniscus to a synonym of Dubioniscus. 

Hirtiligia Van Name, 1936 


Type species: Ligia baudiniana Milne-Edwards, 1840 (o, m). 

Locality: Mexico, around San Juan de Ulloa. 

Remarks: Van Name (1936) wrote that “Verhoeff (1926)” 

had used the name Ligyda for a section to which L. 

baudiniana belongs. because Ligyda is a synonym of 

Ligia, he regarded Ligyda as “not available as a subgeneric 

name”. Then he created the name Hirtiligia for 

this subgenus and designated Ligia baudiniana as type 

species. Verhoeff (1926a) did not define a section in 

which he placed L. baudiniana, nor did the name Ligyda 

appear in his paper. 

Hoctunus Mulaik, 1960 

Family: Philosciidae? 

Type species: Hoctunus vespertilio Mulaik, 1960 

(o, m). 

Locality: Mexico, Yukatan: Cueva de Hoctun (� 

holotype, 1 �, 1 � paratypes, leg. B. F. Osorio 

Tafall, specimens in Escuela Nacional de 

Ciencias biológicas en Mexico, D. F.). 

Hondoniscus Vandel, 1968 

Family: “Trichoniscidae”. 

Type species: Hondoniscus kitakamiensis Vandel, 

1968 (m). 

Locality: Japan: Honshu: Iwate prefecture, Imaizumi-cho, 

Kitakami Mts., “Ryusen-do” cave 

(1 �, 1 ovigerous �, leg. Ueno, 26.vii.1968). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Japan. 

Hora Barnard, 1932 


Type species: Hora damae Barnard, 1932 (m). 

Locality: South Africa, Cape Province, Swellendam, 

Langeberg Range, 1070-1220 m (2 � and 

1 � syntypes, leg. K. Barnard, 1925, BMNH 

1933:1:25:60-62). 

Huntonia Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Huntonia montana Vandel, 1973 

(m). 

Locality: Australia: at crossing of Jacobs River by 

Buchan-Jindabyne Road. Under wood (leg. G. 

Hunt, 07.iii.1970). 


Hybodillo Herold, 1932 


41 

Hybodillo Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998 


Type species: Hybodillo colocasiae Herold, 


1998). 

Locality: W Java, Gedeh, Tjiböröm waterfalls, 

1700 m, in Colocasia (1 �, 5 �, leg. Thienemann). 

Species: 7. 

Distribution: Java, Sumatra, Bismarck Archipelago, 

Japan. 

Remarks: Herold (1932) introduced Hybodillo 

with 2 species included, without indicating a 

type species. 

Hyloniscus Verhoeff, 1908d 


Type species: Itea riparia C. L. Koch, 1841b (o). 

Locality: Unknown, probably in or near Regensburg 

(Germany). 

Species: 27 (after Tabacaru 1996). 

Distribution: Central, southern, south-eastern 

Europe, eastern North America, Japan. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1908d) mentioned as type 

species “Hyloniscus vividus C. K. (= germanicus 

Verh.)”. Gruner (1966) in the synonymy 

list of Hyloniscus riparius listed 

Hyloniscus vividus Verhoeff, 1908d as not 

conspecific with Itea vivida C. L. Koch, 1838, 

but with Itea riparia C. L. Koch, 1838, which 

means that Verhoeff misidentified the species. 

According to ICZN Art. 69.2.4 in such a 

case the type species is the actual species to 

which the author made reference, but under 

their correct name. Since Verhoeff’s Hyloniscus 

vividus was a misidentification of Itea 

riparia, the latter is the type species. 

Hypergnathus Richardson, 1905 

Synonym of Rhyscotus Budde-Lund, 1885. 

Type species: Hypergnathus texensis Richardson, 1905 (m). 

Locality: Texas (leg. H. S. Barber, USNM 32075). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Rhyscotus by Budde- 

Lund (1908b). 

Iberoniscus Vandel, 1952 


Type species: Iberoniscus breuili Vandel, 1952 

(m).

42 

Localities: Gibraltar: Cueva de San Miguel (Biospeologica 

no. 507) (4 �, 1 �, leg. Breuil, 

06.iv.1912); same locality (9 �, 15 �, leg. T. 

R. Shaw, 06.iii.1951, BMNH 1951:3:30:7- 

26); Spain, Prov. Malaga, Cueva del Cerro 

de la Pileta (Biospeologica no. 508) (1 �, 2 

ovigerous �, 1 �, leg. 15.iv.1912); Spain, 

Prov. Cadiz, Jerez de la Frontera, Cueva de 

las Motillas (Biospeologica no. 509) (1 �, leg. 

Breuil, 19.iv.1912); all syntypes. 

Iglesius Costa, 1883 

Synonym of Platyarthrus Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Iglesius coccineus Costa, 1883 (m). 

Locality: Sardegna (no further information). 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1950) reduced Iglesius to a synonym 

of Platyarthrus. 

Ignamba Budde-Lund, 1910 




1. Ignamba brevis Budde-Lund, 1910: Kilimanjaro, 

1700-2000 m (4 � syntypes, leg. Y. 

Sjöstedt, BMNH 1921:10:18:778-770); same 

data? (4 syntypes, NHRS 5829). 

2. Ignamba microps Budde-Lund, 1910: Kilimanjaro, 

3000 m (7 � syntypes, leg. Y. Sjöstedt, 

ii.1906, BMNH 1921.10:18:782-789); same 

data? (6 syntypes, NHRS 5820). 

Species: 5. 

Distribution: Tanzania, Malawi. 

Illyricosphaera Verhoeff, 1933c 

Synonym of Paraschizidium Verhoeff, 1919. 

Type species: Illyricosphaera subterranea Verhoeff, 1933c 

(o, m). 

Locality: West Istria, Madonna del Carso, “under large 

limestone plates on [red soil], beside the ground of a wall, 

near field with olive trees, 80 m altitude, rainfall” (2 �, 

1 �, leg. K. Strasser, 26.iv.1933). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1933c) introduced the name Illyricosphaera 

for a subgenus of Troglarmadillidium. Karaman 

(1966) referred to it as a separate genus. Manicastri & 

Taiti (1994) reduced Illyricosphaera subterranea to a 

synonym of Paraschizidium coeculum (Silvestri, 1897). 

Taiti & Ferrara (1996) included with certainty only the 

species coeculum and olearum sensu Vandel in Paraschizidium. 

In consequence, Illyricosphaera subterranea 

formally remains in this genus, but a further examination 

will show whether this can be maintained or whether 

Illyricosphaera will be regarded as a valid genus name 

or fall in the synonymy of another genus. 


Illyrionethes Verhoeff, 1927c 


Type species: Illyrionethes strasseri Verhoeff, 1927c (m). 

Locality: Istria, Mt. Spaccato, cave (several �, 1 �, 2 juv. leg. 

K. Strasser, 03.iv.1927; 7 � and 1 � syntypes, BMNH 

1928:7:4:55, 1939:5:26:76-79, 1937:7:6:132-135). 


Remarks: The genus Illyrionethes was introduced by Verhoeff 

(1927c), reduced to a synonym of Alpioniscus by 

Kesselyák (1930), again regarded as a distinct genus 

by Verhoeff (1931c) and Arcangeli (1940), and finally 

again reduced to a synonym of Alpioniscus, after Vandel 

(1950). 

Inchanga Barnard, 1932 


Type species: Inchanga natalensis Barnard, 1932 

(m). 

Locality: South Africa: Natal: Inchanga (5 �, 11 

�, leg. Barnard, 1917, BMNH 1933:1:25: 228- 


Species: 2. 

Distribution: South Africa, Natal and Cape Province. 

Remarks: Barnard (1932) described a new genus 

Inchanga, including the new species natalensis 

and another new species (virgiliae) that 

was only tentatively assigned to this genus. 

Therefore natalensis has to be regarded as 

type species by monotypy. 

Indoniscus Vandel, 1952 


Type species: Trichoniscus mauritiensis sensu 

Vandel, 1952 (not Barnard, 1936) (m) (synonym 

of Indoniscus vandeli Barnard, 1958). 

Locality: Mauritius, Les Mares and Botanical Garden, 

Curepipe (� and ovigerous �, leg. Lawrence, 

xii.1934-i.1935). 

Remarks: Vandel (1952) introduced Indoniscus as 

subgenus of Styloniscus, and later elevated it 

to generic rank (Vandel 1973b). Taiti & Ferrara 

(1983) found that only the species I. vandeli 

can be retained in the genus; the 3 other species 

belong to Styloniscus. 

Irakoniscus Vandel, 1980 


Type species: Irakoniscus kosswigi Vandel, 1980 

(m). 

Locality: Western Iraq: Haditha, in the Euphrates 

valley (several � and �, leg. C. Kosswig, in 

MNHN?).

Irmaos Ferrara & Taiti, 1983 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); Family: Scleropactidae? 



1. Irmaos seychellarum Ferrara & Taiti, 1983: Seychelles: 

Mahé, Centre, Morne Séchellois, 750-800 m, endemic 

forest (7 specimens, leg. Benoit & Van Mol, 13-17.vii. 

1972, MRAC 53658); Bon Espoir, 300 m (1 juv. leg. 

Benoit & Van Mol, 21.vi.1972, MRAC 54655); Morne 

Blanc, 667 m, endemic forest (7 specimens, leg. Benoit & 

Van Mol, 08-09.viii.1972, MRAC 53644); Silhouette, 

Mont Dauban, east slope, 600 m, endemic altitudinal 

forest (specimens, leg. Benoit & Van Mol, 05-07.vii. 

1972, MRAC 53677); Mare aux Cochons, 500 m, 

endemic forest (4 specimens, leg. Benoit & Van Mol, 

02-08.vii.1972, MRAC 53685); syntypes. 

2. Irmaos lobatus Ferrara & Taiti, 1983: Seychelles: Mahé, 

Centre, Morne Seychellois, 750-800 m, endemic forest 

(� holotype, leg. P. L. G. Benoit & J. J. Van Mol, 13- 

17.vii.1972, MRAC). 

Remarks: Ferrara & Taiti (1983) described two species of the 

new genus Irmaos without designating a type species. 

Isabelloscia Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Isabelloscia heroldi Vandel, 1973 

(o, m). 

Localities: Salomon Archipelago: Santa Isabel 

Island: Lilihinials, 1000 ships Bay, forest litter 

(1 �, 5 �, 5 juv., leg. P. N. Lawrence, 

20.ix.1965, BMNH 1970:427:9 and BMNH 

1970:429:2); Santa Isabel Is., Tatamba, litter 

under Casuarina (2 �, 12 �, 6 juv., leg. P. N. 

Lawrence, 27.ix.1965, BMNH 1970:428:15); 

syntypes. 

Ischioscia Verhoeff, 1928a 


Type species: Ischioscia lobifera Verhoeff, 1928a 

(m) (synonym of Philoscia variegata Dollfus, 

1893). 

Localities: Venezuela (� lectotype, 1 � paralectotype, 

leg. E. Simon, MNHN-Is3779); Caracas 

(15 �, 7 � with marsupium, 4 � paralectotypes, 

leg. E. Simon, i.1888, MNHN- 

Is3780); Corozal, Petare, Cumbre de Valencia 

(preparations of a � on 8 slides, paralectotype, 

leg,. E. Simon, 1887/88, MNHN- 

Is3780); same data (1 �, 2 � paralectotypes, 

MNHN-Is3781); Caracas (2 �, 1 � with 

marsupium, paralectotypes, leg. E. Simon, 

MNHN-Is5776); La Cumbre de Valencia (1 

� and 1 � with marsupium, paralectotypes, 

leg. E. Simon, i.1888, MNHN-Is5777). 


43 

Synonyms: ?Hesca Budde-Lund, 1908b; Proischioscia 

Vandel, 1968. 

Species: 12. 

Distribution: South America. 

Remarks: See remarks under Hesca. Among the 

type specimens, the samples MNHN-Is3779 

and MNHN-Is3781 could not be found in the 

respective museum; they are probably lost. 

Literature: Schmalfuss (1980a) redescribed 6 

previously known species and described 4 

new species. Leistikow (1997, 1999b) described 

a further 4 new species, raising the 

number to 14. A key to species is not yet 

available. 

Italoarmadillidium = misspelling of Haloarmadillidium. 

Italoniscus Schmölzer, 1962 


Type species: Italoniscus paradoxus Schmölzer, 

1962 (o, m). 

Locality: Italy, above the Lago di Albano, on the 

slope of Monte Cavo, 450 m, under a stone (1 

�, leg. Dr. A. Bator, 06.iv.1952). 

Remarks: The specimens were described by 

Schmölzer (1953) under the name “Haplophthalmus 

spec.” 

Itea C. L.Koch, 1838 

Status: Uncertain. 


Remarks: Koch (1838) included two species, Itea rosea C. L. 

Koch, 1838 and Itea riparia C. L. Koch, 1838. Itea rosea 

C. L. Koch, 1838 was later made type species of Androniscus 

Verhoeff, 1908, Itea riparia C. L. Koch, 1838 was 

designated as type species of Hyloniscus Verhoeff, 1908. 

Given this situation, Itea is an older synonym of either 

Androniscus or Hyloniscus and, according to the ICZN, 

one of these names should fall into the synonymy of Itea. 

In spite of the priority of Itea, nearly all subsequent 

authors used Androniscus and Hyloniscus and the name 

Itea was completely abandoned. Furthermore, the name 

Itea has been used at least by Budde-Lund (1909) as a 

subgenus of Titanethes, with Itea rosea Koch and Trichoniscus 

microps Budde-Lund, 1906 included. He also 

seems to have regarded Androniscus as a synonym of Itea, 

since he wrote “Zu diesem Subgenus gehören wahrscheinlich 

die von Verhoeff unter dem Namen “Androniscus” 

beschriebenen Trichoniscus-Arten”. In our opinion the 

widely used names Androniscus and Hyloniscus should 

be conserved. ICZN Art. 23.9.3 requires a decision of the 

International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. 

Japanoniscus Verhoeff, 1928a 

Synonym of Alloniscus Dana, 1854.

44 

Type species: Japanoniscus balssi Verhoeff, 1928a (m). 

Locality: Japan, Aburatsubo near Misaki (numerous � and 

�, leg. H. Sauter, 13.x.1904, ZMB 21650); same data 

(1 �, BMNH 1928:7:4:1); (probably other specimens 

in ZSM); syntypes. 

Remarks: Recognized as synonym of Alloniscus by Arcangeli 

(1960). 

Javanoscia Schultz, 1985 


Type species: Javanoscia elongata Schultz, 1985 

(o, m). 

Locality: Java: Semuluh Cave (� holotype 

BMNH 1984:250, allotype � BMNH 1984: 

251). 

Jimenezia Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Jimenezia heteroclita Vandel, 

1973 (m). 

Locality: Cuba, Prov. Oriente, Cueva de Majana, 

the entrance is near the village of Rio Miel, 

a few km E of Baracoa (� and �, leg. Expédition 

biospéologique cubano-roumaine, iiivi.1969). 

Kamerunillo Verhoeff, 1942e 


Type species: Kamerunillo sulcatus Verhoeff, 

1942e (m). 

Locality: Cameroon: Buca (1? �, leg. C. Brigge, 

ZMH 23247). 

Kameruthelum Verhoeff, 1942e 


Type species: Kameruthelum stylifer Verhoeff, 

1942e (m). 

Locality: North Cameroon, Esosung-Bakossi (1 

�, leg. C. Räthke, ZMH 23119). 

Katascaphius Verhoeff, 1936a 


Type species: Katascaphius sturanus Verhoeff, 

1936a (m). 

Locality: Alps, Valley below Ala di Stura, 950 m (1 

�, leg. Verhoeff, 27.ix.1932). 

Kefalloniscus Schmalfuss, 1986b 

Synonym of Xeroporcellio Strouhal, 1954. 

Type species: Kefalloniscus hauseri Schmalfuss, 1986b (o, 

m) (synonym of Xeroprcellio pandazisi Strouhal, 1954). 

Locality: Greece, Kefallinia island, beside the road between 


Sami and Argostoli (1 � Holotype MHNG, Paratypes: 

1 �, 8 �, 12 juv., MHNG, 2 �, 3 �, 2 juv. SMNS T207, 

leg. Hauser, 11.iv.1970); Kefallinia, Sami, above M. 

Agrilio (1 juv. paratype, leg. Hauser, 12.iv.1970). 

Remarks: Recognised as a synonym of Xeroporcellio by 


Kenyoniscus Schmölzer, 1974 


Type species: Kenyoniscus paradoxus Schmölzer, 

1974 (m). 

Locality: Tanzania: Mt. Meru, western slope, 

near Olkokola, 2800 m (1 �, leg. Prof. Franz, 

09.vi.1962). 

Kimberleydillo Dalens, 1993a 


Type species: Kimberleydillo waldockae Dalens, 

1993a (o, m). 

Locality: Western Australia: Kimberley, Tunnel 

Creek cave, 17°37’S, 12°09’E, dark zone on 

calcite extrusion (� holotype, WAM 128-91, 

1 � WAM 129-91 and 1 � WAM 130-91, 

and 1 � in Coll. Dalens, paratypes, leg. J. M. 

Waldock, 11.viii.1991). 

Kisuma Budde-Lund, 1912 

Synonym of Exalloniscus Stebbing, 1911. 

Type species: Kisuma papillosa Budde-Lund, 1912 (m). 

Locality: Java, Batavia [Jakarta] (2 specimens, ix.1908, 

RNHL I 713); Semarang (1 �, 1 � syntypes, leg. E. 

Jacobsen, xii.1909, BMNH 1921:10:18:5139-5140). 

Remarks: In the original description the new species was 

introduced with “sp. nov.” without any hint that the 

genus also was new. 

Kithironiscus Schmalfuss, 1995 


Type species: Kithironiscus paragamiani 


Locality: Greece, Kithira Island S Peloponnes, 

Milopotamos, Ayia Sofia Cave (leg. Paragamian, 

18.vii.1990): � holotype (SMNS 

T321), 18 paratypes. (SMNS T322), 4 paratypes. 

(NMW), 2 paratypes (MZUF). 

Kivudillo Ferrara & Taiti, 1976 


Type species: Kivudillo benoitti Ferrara & Taiti, 

1976 (m, o). 

Localities: Congo, Kivu, terr. Mwenga, poste 

Kitutu, vallée de l’Elila, 650 m, secondary 

forest, in humus, n. 10 (� holotype and �

allotype, leg. Leleup, 06.iv.1958, MRAC 

50219); paratypes: Kivu, Kalehe Bungakivi, 

1040 m, in humus (1 �, leg. Leleup, ix.1953, 

MRAC 40519–40526); Kivu, terr. Mwenga, 

poste Kitutu, vallée de l’Elila, 650 m, secondary 

forest, in humus, n. 6 (1 �, 2 �, leg. 

Leleup, iv.1958, MRAC 50211); Kivu, terr. 

Mwenga, poste Kitutu, 650 m, secondary forest, 

n. 4 (4 �, 4 �, leg. Leleup, 01.iv.1958, 

MRAC 50218); Kivu, terr. Mwenga, poste 

Kitutu, tête de source Bilumanzi, 650 m, “herbeuse”, 

n. 8 (3 �, leg. Leleup, 05.iv.1958, 

MRAC 50213); Kivu, terr. Mwenga, poste 

Kitutu, vallée de l’Elila, 650 m, primary 

swamp forest, under bark of dead tree (1 �, 

leg. Leleup, 08.iv.1958, MRAC 50215); 

Kivu, terr. Mwenga, poste Kitutu, pont de 

Kitango, 650 m, primary forest, in humus, n. 

12 (1 �, 2 �, leg. Leleup, 09.iv.1958, MRAC 

50212); Kivu, terr. Mwenga, poste Kitutu, 

650 m, mud bank of the river Lubuskwa, 

temperature 20°C, n. 14 (1 �, leg. Leleup, 

12.iv.1958, MRAC 50217); Kivu, terr. 

Mwenga, poste Kitutu, Maueima, 1250 m, 

swamp/forest with numerous “Pandanus”, n. 

15 (1 �, 1 �, leg. Leleup, 24.iv.1958, MRAC 

50205); Kivu, terr. Mwenga, poste Kitutu, 

Maueima, 1250 m, swamp/forest with numerous 

“Pandanus”, n. 15 (3 �, 3 �, leg. Leleup, 

24.iv.1958, MRAC 50206); Kivu, terr. Kalehe, 

3 km N of Irangi [en aval vers Hombo 

tête de source du ruiss. Nangundu], montane 

forest, in humus, B. 3 (1 �, leg. A. Musanda & 

M. Kangeta, 16.viii.1960, MRAC 50961); 

Kivu, terr. Kalehe, [tête de source] at a tributary 

of the river Luhaho, bush forest, in humus, 

B. 7 (2 �, leg. A. Musanda & M. Kangeta, 

21.viii.1960, MRAC 50957); Kivu [récidu 

forestière de la riv. (rivière) Hyanga], in 

humus, B. 153 (4 �, 3 �, leg. A. Musanda 

& M. Kangeta, 26.viii.1960, MRAC 50949); 

Kivu: terr. Kalehe, Kalambi, under bark of 

dead trees in a banana plantation, B. 24 (4 �, 

5�, leg. A. Musanda & M. Kangeta, 30. 

ix.1960, MRAC 50952); Kivu, terr. Mwenga, 

Kiwanza, Tengatenga River, in humus, B. 155 

(1 �, leg. Leleup, vi.1961, MRAC 50990); 

Kivu, terr. Mwenga, Kiwanza, Tengatenga 

River, in humus, B. 160 (1 �, leg. Leleup, 

vi.1961, MRAC 50993); Kivu, terr. Mwenga, 


45 

Kiwanza, in humus, B. 153 (1 �, leg. Leleup, 

vi.1961, MRAC 50994); Kivu, terr. Mwenga, 

Kiwanza, in humus, B. 157 (1 �, leg. Leleup, 

vi.1961, MRAC 50996). 

Kogmania Barnard, 1932 


Type species: Kogmania depressa Barnard, 1932 

(m). 

Locality: South Africa: Cape Province: Klogmans 

Kloof, Montagu, under stone in a termite nest 

(males and females, leg. K. H. Barnard, 1922, 

1 � and 1 �, BMNH 1933:1: 25:44-45, 

syntypes). 

Komatia Barnard, 1932 


Type species: Philoscia (Komatia) marginata Barnard, 

1932 (m) (synonym of Philoscia maculicornis Budde- 

Lund, 1898). 

Locality: Mosambique: Wanetsi River (a tributary of 

Komati River) (1 �, leg. H. W. Bell-Marley, BMNH 

1933:1: 25:86, syntype); more specimens in SAMC? 

Remarks: Taiti & Ferrara (1980) cited Komatia as a genus. 

Ferrara & Taiti (1984) examined a syntype specimen 

of Philoscia marginata and reduced it to a synonym of 

Philoscia maculicornis, which they placed in the genus 

Aphiloscia. Therefore Komatia became a synonym of 

Aphiloscia. 

Koreoniscus Verhoeff, 1937 


Type species: Porcellio (Lucasius?) racovitzai 

Arcangeli, 1927 (m). 

Locality: Korea: Heijo [error for “Keijo” = Seoul, 

after Kwon 1993] (2 �, 2 imm. �, paralectotypes, 

leg. F. Silvestri, 02.x.1925, DEAP); 

Heijo [= Pyongyang], together with ants (3 �, 

9 �, paralectotypes, leg. Silvestri, 04.x.1925, 

DEAP); Fusan [=Pusan] (� lectotype, 1 � 

paralectotypes, leg. F. Silvestri, 29.ix.1925, 

DEAP); China, Beijing (8 �, 4 �, paralectotypes, 

leg. Silvestri, 10.x.1925); Japan, 

Okitsu (1 � paralectotype, leg. F. Silvestri, 

20.viii.1925, DEAP); Lectotype designated 

by Kwon (1993). 

Remarks: Verhoeff did not examine the type specimens, 

but other material from Korea. 

Koshiniscus Nunomura, 1990 

Synonym of Armadilloniscus Uljanin, 1875. 

Type species: Koshiniscus notojimensis Nunomura, 

1990 (o, m).

46 

Locality: Japan: Ishikawa Prefecture, Kashimagun, 

Notojima Island, Notojima-cho, on artificial 

stone wall, supratidal zone on Yatsugasaki-shore 

(� holotype, leg. Nunomura, 

30.vi.1984; TOYA 9100). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Armadilloniscus 

by Kwon (1995). 

Kosswigius Verhoeff, 1941d 




1. Kosswigius delattini Verhoeff, 1941d: Turkey, cave near 

Inkayaköyü village near Brussa, in bat guano. 

2. Kosswigius bilselii Verhoeff, 1941d: Turkey: Trakya, 

Yarim Burgas cave. 

Remarks: Vandel (1975) reduced Kosswigius to a synonym 

of Monocyphoniscus Strouhal, 1939. However, the 

name Kosswigius is unavailable. 

Koweitoniscus Vandel, 1975 


Type species: Koweitoniscus ahmadii Vandel, 

1975 (o, m) (synonym of Periscyphis tamei 

Omer-Cooper, 1923). 

Locality: Kuwait, “Al Ahmadi, in house no. 10, I 

street, 14.xi.1972”. 

Synonym: Eosphaerillo Vandel, 1980. 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Arabian Peninsula, Mesopotamia, 

Ethiopia. 

Remarks: Koweitoniscus ahmadii was reduced to 

a synonym of Periscyphis tamei by Ferrara & 

Taiti (1986a). 

Krantzia Bernard, 1932 


Type species: Krantzia poecila Barnard, 1932 

(m). 

Locality: South Africa: Natal: Krantzkop, Pietermaritzburg 

and Inchanga (1 � and 3 �, leg. 

K.H. Barnard, 1917, BMNH 1933:3:18:7-11, 

syntypes). 

Krimonethes Absolon, 1933 

Synonym of Typhloligidium Verhoeff, 1916, synonym or 

subgenus of Ligidium Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Ligidium coecum Carl, 1904 (m). 

Locality: Krym, Kisil Cave (leg. Lebedinsky; no further details 

mentioned). 

Remarks: Carl (1904) described a Ligidium coecum. Absolon 

(1933) referred to “Krimonethes coecus Carl-Lebedinsky”; 

by this citation he introduced the name Krimonethes 


as a new genus name, although he probably was not aware 

of it. Besides, he strangely combined the names of the 

author and of Lebedinsky, who, after Carl (1904), had 

misidentified this species as Titanethes albus in two 

papers (Lebedinsky 1900 and 1903, both not seen, no 

citation found). Borutzky (1949) reduced Krimonethes 

to a synonym of Typhloligidium, but erroneously cited 

Absolon’s paper as 1938, not 1933. 

Kuscheloniscus Strouhal, 1961b 


Type species: Kuscheloniscus vandeli Strouhal, 

1961b. 

Locality: Juan Fernandez Is., Más a Tierra (� 

holotype, 1 � paratype, leg. G. Kuschel, xii. 

1954-iii.1955); Más a Tierra, Camote, 600 m 

(1 � paratype, leg. G. Kuschel, 28.xii.1954). 

Labyrinthasius Verhoeff, 1929 

Synonym of Bathytropa Budde-Lund, 1885. 

Type species: Labyrinthasius graecus Verhoeff, 1929 (m) 

(synonym of Bathytropa granulata Dollfus, 1887). 

Locality: Creta, “Labyrinth 1” (numerous � and �, matures 

and imm., ZMB 21898); Creta (1 �, leg. ?, 7.i.1929, 

BMNH 1930:5:6:26, syntypes). 

Remarks: Labyrinthasius graecus was listed as a synonym 

of Bathytropa granulata by Schmalfuss (1979). 

Laevophiloscia Wahrberg, 1922 




1. Philoscia (Laevophiloscia) dongarrensis 

Wahrberg, 1922: Australia, Dongarra, brackish 

swamp (4 �, 7 �, leg. Hamburger südwestaustralische 

Forschungsreise, 1905, 

ZMH). 

2. Philoscia (Laevophiloscia) perlata Wahrberg, 

1922: Australia, Cannington, Bunburry, Guilford, 

Collie, Rottnest, Lion Mill, Albany, 

Mundaring Weir, Boyanup, Bridgetown, 

North Freemantle, South Perth, Karrakatta, 

Denham (8 �, 38 �, leg. Hamburger südwestaustralische 

Forschungsreise, 1905, ZMH). 

3. Philoscia (Laevophiloscia) karrakattensis 

Wahrberg, 1922: Australia, Karrakatta (2 �, 

leg. Hamburger südwestaustralische Forschungsreise, 

1905, ZMH). 

4. Philoscia (Laevophiloscia) yalgoonensis 

Wahrberg, 1922: Australia, Yalgoo, Day 

Dawn (2 �, 1 �, leg. Hamburger südwestaustralische 

Forschungsreise, 1905, ZMH).

5. Philoscia (Laevophiloscia) hirta Wahrberg, 

1922: Australia, Moonyoonooka (2 �, leg. 

Hamburger südwestaustralische Forschungsreise, 

1905, ZMH). 

6. Philoscia (Laevophiloscia) longicaudata 

Wahrberg, 1922: Australia, Northhampton, 

Bridgetown (2 �, leg. Hamburger südwestaustralische 

Forschungsreise, 1905, ZMH). 

7. Philoscia (Laevophiloscia) brevicorpore 

Wahrberg, 1922: Australia, Jarrahdale (1 �, 

leg. Hamburger südwestaustralische Forschungsreise, 

1905, ZMH). 

8. Philoscia (Laevophiloscia) myrmecophila 

Wahrberg, 1922: Australia, Queensland, Logan 

village, together with Camponotus nigriceps 

(1 �, leg. Möbjerg, 1910-13, NHRS). 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: Western Australia. 

Lanceochaetus Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1978 


Type species: Lanceochaetus camerunicus 

Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1978 (o, m). 

Locality: Cameroon, 20 km W Victoria (3 �, 1 �, 

leg. Kohler, 10.iii.1973; MZUF, � holotype 

no. 164, allotype � no. 165, paratypes no. 

166). 

Laninoniscus Reca, 1973 


Type species: Laninoniscus giambiagiae Reca, 

1973 (o, m). 

Locality: Argentina, prov. Neuquén, Parque 

Nacional Lanín, lago Huechulafquén (1 �, 

06.xii.1960); (53 � with marsupium, 3 � 

without marsupium, and 17 �, 25.ii.1972) 

holotype �, allotype � and 72 paratypes in 

MACN. 

Lapilloniscus Brian, 1938 


Type species: Lapilloniscus patrizii Brian, 1938 

(m). 

Locality: Italia: Sasso, between Lago di Bracciano 

and the coast (leg. Patrizi, 27.ii.1932). 

Laureola Barnard, 1960 


Type species: Akermania paucispinosa Barnard, 

1949 (o). 


47 

Locality: South Simbabwe, Vumba, in humus of 

“indigenous forest” (1 �, leg. R. F. Lawrence, 

ii.1948). 

Synonyms: Praelaureola Vandel, 1974; Paralaureola 

Vandel, 1973b. 

Species: 11. 

Distribution: St. Helena, Simbabwe, Principe Is., 

Australia. 

Leonoscia Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 1985 


Type species: Leonoscia bicolorata Ferrara & 


Localities: Sierra Leone: Freetown, Pepel Town 

(� holotype and 3 �, 10 �, 2 � with marsupium, 

paratypes, leg. Olu & Pitt, iv.1977, 

MRAC 54425); Freetown, Murray Town Village, 

C. M. S. Grammar School (3 �, leg. Olu 

& Pitt, i.1977, MRAC 54225); same data (1 �, 

1 � with marsupium (MRAC 54227). 

Lepidoniscus Verhoeff, 1908c 


Type species: Philoscia germanica Verhoeff, 

1896 (o). 

Synonym of Oniscus minutus C. L. Koch, 1838. 

Localities: (Philoscia germanica) Germany, 

Siebengebirge, Petersberg, auf einer Waldwiese 

am Fuß des Berges, unter Stein (1 �, leg. 

Verhoeff, 01.xi.1895); Löwenburg, unter 

Weidenrinde (3 �, leg. Verhoeff, 17.xi. 

1895); (Oniscus minutus): Germany, Regensburg 

[im Stadtgraben an feuchten Mauern]. 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Germany, Switzerland, Austria, 

northern Italy, Czech Rep., Slowakia, Yugoslavia. 

Remarks: Introduced as subgenus of Philoscia. 

Lepinisticus Manicastri & Taiti, 1983 


Type species: Lepinisticus vignai Manicastri & 

Taiti, 1983 (o, m). 

Locality: Italy, Monti Lepini, Lazio, Mt. Semprevisa, 

1200 m (1 � holotype; 1 �, 6 �, 2 � 

with eggs, leg. Taglianti, 06.vi.1975); (4 �, 

1 � with eggs, leg. Manicastri, Argano & 

Gravina, 19.vi.1980); (1 � with marsupium, 

leg. Taiti, 25.vi.1980). Depositories of these 

type specimens: Holotype and 7 paratypes in

48 

Coll. Argano, MZUR; 5 paratypes MHNG; 2 

paratypes MZUF; 1 paratype SMNS). 

Leptophiloscia Herold, 1932 





1. Leptophiloscia baliensis Herold, 1932: Indonesia: Bali: 

Baturiti (ZMB 22990 + slides 4058-4059). 

2. Leptophiloscia javana Herold, 1932: Indonesia: Java: 

Sarangan, 1887. 

3. Leptophiloscia mira Herold, 1932: Indonesia: Flores: 

Rana Mese (ZMB 23006 + slides 4071-4072). 

Leptotrichus Budde-Lund, 1879 


Type species: Porcellio panzeri Audouin, 1826 

(designated by Budde-Lund, 1908b). 

Locality: Egypt (no further details). 

Species: 25. 

Distribution: Mediterranean, Irak, Bermudas, Japan, 

South Africa, Somalia. 

Remarks: The name is available with the publication 

date 1879 because three previously described 

species were included (see ICZN Art. 

12.2.5). 

Lereboulletia Vandel, 1945 

Synonym of Buchnerillo Verhoeff, 1942. 

Type species: Lereboulletia littoralis Vandel, 1945 (m, o). 

Locality: Corscia, Sisco, Marine de Sisco (3 �, 12 �, 19 

juveniles, leg. Remy, 01.ix.1942). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Buchnerillo by Vandel 

(1960). 

Leucocyphoniscus Verhoeff, 1900 

Family: Trichoniscidae, Cyphoniscinae. 

Type species: Leucocyphoniscus verruciger 

Verhoeff, 1900 (m). 

Locality: Switzerland/Italy, near Lake Lugano, 

Mt. Generoso [45°57’N, 9°01’E] (1 � only, 

holotype). 

Synonym: Pleurocyphoniscus Verhoeff, 1901b. 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: Switzerland, Italy, Karawanken 

Mts. 

Remarks: Described as a genus. Verhoeff (1927) 

included it as subgenus in Cyphoniscellus 


Leucodillo Vandel, 1973b 


Type species: Leucodillo endogaeus Vandel, 1973b (o, m). 


Locality: Papua New Guinea: Morobe District: Bulolo, in 

moist soil near forestry station (leg. B. Gray, 18.i.1970). 

Remarks: Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) reduced Leucodillo 

to a synonym of Synarmadillo. 

Leucophiloscia Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Leucophiloscia endogaea Vandel, 

1973 (o, m). 

Locality: Papua New Guinea: Morobe District: 

Wau, S of Bulolo (leg. B. Gray & J. Dobunaba, 

02.iv.1970). 

Libanillo Arcangeli, 1957b 

Synonym of Armadillo Latreille, 1802. 

Type species: Armadillo troglophilus Vandel, 1955 (o). 

Localities: Libanon, caves near Beirut: “Grotte d’Arnchite” 

(17 �, 25 �, 04.x.1951); “Grotte de Ghita” (1 �, 1 juv., 

17./28.x.1951); “Grotte d’Antelias” (2 �, 2 �, 30.ix.1951 

/ 7 �, 10 �, 3 juv., 09.x.1951 / 1 �, 1 �, 30.xi.1951 / 2 

�, 3 �, 1 juv., 09.x.1951 / 8 �, 16 �, 22.x.1951); “Grotte 

de Djezzine (1 �, 06.x.1951); all syntypes, leg. Coiffait, 

at least in part in MNHN. 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1957b) instituted Libanillo as a subgenus 

of Venezillo, without a definition and without 

having seen specimens. Schmalfuss (1986), after reexamination, 

found the species clearly belongs to Armadillo 

s. str. 

Libanonethes Vandel, 1955a 


Type species: Libanonethes probosciferus Vandel, 

1955a (o, m). 

Localities: Libanon: Ghita cave, N of Beirut (27- 

28.x.1951): “Plage Maxwell” (1 �, 1 �), “Le 

Dortoir” (3 �, 4 �); Anchite cave, between 

Beirut and Tripoli (1 �, 04.x.1951); all syntypes 

(leg. H. Coiffait). 

Species: 2. 

Libanoniscus Vandel, 1955a 

Remarks: Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3) because no 

species name was included. 

Ligia Fabricius, 1798 

Family: Ligiidae. 

Type species: Oniscus oceanicus Linné, 1767. 

Locality: Not specified. 

Synonym: Ligyda Rafinesque, 1814. 

Species: 42. 

Distribution: Worldwide, littoral. 

Remarks: Linné mentioned as locality only “habitat 

in oceano”. 

Literature: Jackson (1922) revised the species

and gave a key to 15 species. The male 

pleopod 2 endopodites, which are essential 

for species identification, are not described or 

figured in that paper. 

Ligidium Brandt, 1833 


Type species: Ligidium persooni Brandt, 1833 

(o). 

Synonym of Oniscus hypnorum Cuvier, 1792. 

Locality: “Europa, Germania etc.” 

Synonyms: Zia Koch, 1841b; Euphiloscia Packard, 

1873; Typholigidium Verhoeff, 1916; 

Caucasoligidium Borutzky, 1950. 

Species: 59. 

Distribution: Asia, Europe, North America. 

Literature: Jackson (1923) revised the species and 

gave a key to 10 species. The illustrations are 

partly (especially those of male pleopod 2 

endopodites) insufficient. Besides, a number 

of species were described subsequently, so 

the paper is outdated. 

Ligidioides Wahrberg, 1922 


Type species: Ligidioides intermedius Wahrberg, 

1922 (m). 

Locality: Australia: Queensland, Atherton (1 �, 

leg. Mjöberg, NHRS). 

Ligyda Rafinesque, 1814 

Synonym of Ligia Fabricius, 1798 (after Barnard 1932). 

Littorophiloscia Hatch, 1947 


Type species: Philoscia richardsonae Holmes & 

Gay, 1909 (o, m). 

Locality: California: San Diego, on moist swampy 

ground (3 syntypes, USNM 39049). 

Synonyms: Bilawrencia Vandel, 1973; Vandeloscia 

Roman, 1977; Helenoscia Vandel, 

1977c; Sayoscia Schultz, 1983. 

Species: 24. 

Distribution: Atlantic coast of North America, 

East Africa, South-east Asia, Egypt, St. Helena, 

Ivory Coast. 

Literature: Taiti & Ferrara (1986) revised 10 species 

and described 6 new species. 

Lobethelum Ferrara & Taiti, 1989 



49 

Type species: Lobethelum congolense Ferrara & 

Taiti, 1989 (o, m). 

Localities: Congo: Kindamba Meya, Louolo 

River (� holotype and 59 � and � paratypes, 

leg. J. Balogh and A. Zicsi, 10.xi.1963, 

HNHM 148; same data, 4 � and 2 �, MZUF 

1981); paratypes: Kindamba, Meya, near 

Adam cave (1 �, leg. J. Balogh and A. Zicsi, 

7.xi.1963, HNHM 116); Kindamba, Meya, 

settlement (1 �, leg. J. Balogh and A. Zicsi, 

13.xi.1963, HNHM 192); Kindamba, Meya, 

cave entrance (8 �, 8 �, leg. J. Balogh and 

A. Zicsi, 1.xi.1963; HNHM 60); Sibiti, Soso 

River (1 �, leg. J. Balogh and A. Zicsi, 

1.xii.1963, HNHM 313). 

Lobodillo Herold, 1932 


Lobodillo Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998 


Type species: Lobodillo flavus Herold, 1932 (designated 


Locality: Bali, Baturiti (leg. Rensch, 27.viii.1929 or 

1930, ZMB 23011). 

Species: 7. 

Distribution: Western Australia, New Guinea, 

Salomon Is., Fiji Is., Marshall Is. 

Loboscia Schmidt, 1998 


Type species: Loboscia shaji Schmidt, 1998 (o, 

m). 

Locality: Malaysia, Sarawak, Mulu National Park, 

04°N, 114°E, on the way to Lang/Deer Cave 

(� holotype and 1 � paratype, 25.xii. 1995, 

ZMA Is. 203.799). 

Lucasoides Arcangeli, 1952 


Lucasioides Kwon, 1993 


Type species: Porcellio gigliotosi Arcangeli, 

1927 (designated by Kwon 1993). 

Localities: Korea: Pusan (� lectotype, leg. Silvestri, 

29.ix.1925, DEAP); Japan, Kobe (1 

� paralectotype, leg. Silvestri, 24.vi.1925, 

DEAP); China, Shanghai (2 �, 2 �, paralectotypes, 

leg. Silvestri, 19.v.1925, DEAP). 

Lectotype designated by Kwon (1993).

50 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: China, Korea, Japan. 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1952) instituted Lucasioides 

as a subgenus of Protracheoniscus. Vandel 

(1969, “South Korea”) elevated it to generic 

rank. Kwon (1993) validated the name by 

designating a type species. 

Lucasius Kinahan, 1859 


Type species: Porcellio myrmecophilus Lucas, 

1853 (m). 

Locality: Algeria, Medeah, in the nest of “Myrmica 

testaceo-pilosa”. 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: Madeira, Italy, Sardinia, Rhodos, 

Algeria, Tunisia. 

Lusitoniscus Vandel, 1946 


Type species: Porcellio cingendus Kinahan, 1857 (o, m). 

Locality: Ireland, Dublin. 

Species: 2. 

Remarks: The name Lusitoniscus was introduced by Vandel 

(1946) as subgenus of Metoponorthus, to include M. 

cingendus (Kinahan, 1857). The new species M. mirabilis 

Vandel, 1946 was assigned to the subgenus only with 

doubt, so M. cingendus is regarded as type by monotypy. 

Vandel (1962) also mentioned M. cingendus as type 

species. 

Lyprobius Budde-Lund, 1879 

Nomen nudum. 


with the new species name L. pusillus, both without any 

description. 

Lyprobius Budde-Lund, 1885 

Synonym of Agabiformius? 



1. Lyprobius pusillus (Budde-Lund, 1885): California: Sacramento 

(1 damaged specimen, coll. Schaufuss). 

2. Lyprobius lentus (Budde-Lund, 1885): Algeria, Msila 

(leg. Simon). 

3. Lyprobius modestus (Budde-Lund, 1885): central America, 

“Corientes” (2 syntypes, ZMUC CRU-1586). 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1885) instituted the genus Lyprobius 

for 3 species of small, Porcellio-shaped isopods. He 

subsequently (Budde-Lund 1908 b) excluded all species 

except for: Lyprobius pusillus Budde-Lund, 1885; this 

is not equivalent to the designation of that species as 

the type species (ICZN Art. 69.4), therefore the typespecies 

is still not designated. The type specimens of 

L. pusillus seem to have been stored in the SMTD and 

were destroyed during World War II. 


Macaroniscus Karaman, 1961 

Subgenus of Epironiscellus Strouhal, 1954. 

Type species: Epironiscellus (Macaroniscus) multicostatus 

Karaman, 1961. 

Locality: Macedonia, near T. Veles, cave Makarovac (25 

� and 40 �, leg. G. Karaman & M. Petkovi, 17.vii.1958; 

syntypes). 

Macedoniscus Buturovic, 1954 


Type species: Macedoniscus vardarensis Buturovic, 1954 

(m). 

Locality: Macedonia, Pecina (cave) Bela Voda, near Demir 

Kapije, on the way to Djevdjelija (8 �, 20 �, leg. St. 

Karaman & T. Petkovski, 07.vii.1953). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Alpioniscus by Tabacaru 

(1993b). 

Macrotelsonia Arcangeli, 1939c 

Family: Tendosphaeridae. 

Type species: Echinarmadillidium strouhali 

Frankenberger, 1938b (o, m). 

Locality: Montenegro, cave “Studenacka pecina” 

near Niksic (1 �, leg. Kratochvíl, 06.ix. 

1936). 

Synonym: Ctenodillium Frankenberger, 1940. 

Madoniscus Paulian de Félice, 1950 


Type species: Madoniscus termitis Paulian de 

Félice, 1950 (m). 

Locality: Madagascar, Tampolo forest on the east 

coast; in galleries of Eutermes nigrita Wasman, 

associated with Coptotermes truncatus 

Wasman (leg. Millot). 

Madrasdillo Arcangeli, 1957 


Type species: Armadillo elevatus Verhoeff, 

1936c (m). 

Locality: India, Madras (� and �, exact number 

not indicated, but referred to as “common”, 

leg. S. Jones). 

Maghreboniscus Vandel, 1959b 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); Family: Spelaeoniscidae. 



1. Maghreboniscus palmetensis Vandel, 1959b: Morocco: 

Foum el Hassane, dans le Djebel Bani, au nord de l’Oued 

Draa, 492 m, dans la palmeraie (2 �, leg. Remy, 18.ix. 

1953). 

2. Maghreboniscus trapezoidalis Vandel, 1959b: Morocco, 

Berguent, au sud d’Oujda, 910 m, jardin (1 �, leg. Remy,

19.ix.1950); Foum el Hassane, dans le Djebel Bani, au 

nord de l’Oued Draa, 492 m, dans la palmeraie (2 �, leg. 

Remy, 18.ix.1953); Bou Izkarene, à l’est d’Ifni et au 

nord de Goulimine, jardin (1 �, leg. Remy, 20.ix.1950), 

pal-meraie (1 �, 1 �, leg. Remy, 21.viii.1950). 

Mahehia Budde-Lund, 1913a 




1. Mahehia maculata Budde-Lund, 1913a: Seychelles: 

Mahé, Mt. Alphonse (2 specimens, 

leg. “Sealark Expedition”, 03.xii.1905, 1 � 

syntype BMNH 1913:1:8:50); (2 specimens, 

leg. Dr. Brauer, 02.v.1900, ZMH 16858); Mahé, 

Top of Mt. Morne, 820 m (1 �, BMNH 

1921:10.18:1021, syntype). 

2. Mahehia laticauda Budde-Lund, 1913a: Seychelles: 

Mahé, montagne Alphonse, cascade, 

1800 m (many specimens, 30.xi., 02.xii. and 

04.xii.1905); same data, + “in base of 

Pandanus leaf” (6 �, 1 �, leg. “Sealark Expedition”, 

BMNH 1913:1:8:58-63, syntypes); 

Praslin, 305 m, under dead palm leaves (3 

specimens). 

3. Mahehia bicornis Budde-Lund, 1913a: Seychelles: 

Mahé (1 specimen from mountain forest, 

xi.1905 [depository?]); Silhouette (5 

specimens [depository?]); (25 syntypes, leg. 

Dr. Brauer, 02.v.1901, ZMH 16857); Silhouette 

Is. (1 � and 2 �, leg. “Sealark Expedition”, 

BMNH 1913:1:8:64-66, syntypes); Silhouette 

Is. (7 �, 7 �, BMNH 1921:10:18: 997-1008, 

syntypes). 

Malaccadillo Arcangeli, 1957 


Type species: Armadillo (Malaccadillo) jacobsoni 

Arcangeli, 1957 (m). 

Locality: West Malaysia, Kedah (1 �, leg. P. J. v. 

d. Does de Bue, 19.i.1900). 

Mamusa Budde-Lund, 1910 

Synonym of Halophiloscia Verhoeff, 1908. 

Type species: Philoscia longicornis Budde-Lund, 1885 (o, 

m). 

Localities: Mauretania, El Araish (W. Sørensen); Mallorca 

(Schaufuss); France, Dépt. Somme, Gruissan, Toulon; 

Corsica; Algeria, “Ouled-Anteurs” (Simon); Egypt, Alexandria 

(Letourneux); Sebastopol (Uljanin); (2 syntypes, 

ZMUC CRU-581); Algier (1 syntype, ZMB 6753); (4 

�, 1 � syntypes, BMNH 1921:10:18:2232-2235). 

Remarks: Aubert & Dollfus (1890) listed Ph. longicornis 


51 

as a synonym of Philoscia couchi, which now is the type 

species of Halophiloscia. 

Manibia Barnard, 1932 




1. Niambia (Manibia) lata Barnard, 1932: S. Rhodesia: 

Sangati Valley (� holotype, leg. R. H. Stevenson, 

BMNH 1933:1:25:191). 

2. Niambia (Manibia) microps Barnard, 1932: Mozambique: 

Marixe (4 � syntypes, leg. R. F: Lawrence, BMNH 

1933:1:25:192-194). 

Remarks: Was described as subgenus of Niambia Budde- 

Lund, 1908. 

Marginiferum Verhoeff, 1931a 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); subgenus of Armadillidium. 


Remarks: Verhoeff (1931a) instituted this subgenus to replace 

the “Sectio Marginiferae”. Verhoeff (1907a) included 

57 species; therefore the type species is not designated. 

Marinoniscus Nunomura, 1986 

Synonym of Olibrinus Budde-Lund, 1913a. 

Type species: Marinoniscus tomiokaensis Nunomura, 

1986 (o). 

Locality: Japan: Kumamoto prefecture, Reikohu-chô, 

Tomioka. Intertidal zone of Shiraiwazaki, on muddy 

bottom between rocks (� holotype, 1 � allotype and 

3 �, 2 � paratypes, leg. Nunomura, 29.vii.1980; 

holotype and allotype TOYA 5319, 1 paratype OMNH 

5322, 1 paratype YCM, 1 paratype NSMT). 

Species: 5. 

Distribution: Japan, Okinawa, Tokunoshima Is., Sabiwa. 

Remarks: Nunomura introduced also a new family Marinoniscidae 

Nunomura, 1986 to include the genus Marinoniscus. 

Reduced to a synonym of Olibrinus by Taiti & 

Ferrara (1991a). 

Marioniscus Barnard, 1932 


Type species: Marioniscus spatulifrons Barnard, 

1932 (m). 

Locality: South Africa, Cape peninsula, Hout Bay 

(10 �, 12 �, leg. K. H. Barnard, BMNH 

1933:1:25:67–74, syntypes). 

Remarks: This genus was described as close to 

Alloniscus, and included in the Oniscidae, 

which was defined much more widely than 

today. Ferrara & Taiti (1979) placed it provisionally 

in the Scyphacidae. 

Marioniscus Brian, 1951a 

Preoccupied by Marioniscus Barnard, 1932; replacement 

name: Finaloniscus Brian, 1951b.

52 

Type species: Marioniscus franciscoloi Brian, 1951. 

Locality: Italy, Liguria occidentale, Rio Ponci, Finalpia, 

Cave “Arma de Fate N. 33 Li” (6 �, 6 �, leg. Franciscolo, 

23.iv.1950). 

Massaiscia Verhoeff, 1942e 


Type species: Massaiscia obstii Verhoeff, 1942e (m) 

(synonym of Aphiloscia maculicornis (Budde-Lund, 

1898); after Taiti & Ferrara 1984). 

Locality: Tanzania: Umfiumi (1 �, leg. Dr. E. Obst, 09.xii. 

1911; ZMH 23408). 

Remarks: Taiti & Ferrara (1984) reduced Massaiscia obstii 

to a synonym of Aphiloscia maculicornis and thus the 

genus name Massaiscia also fell into the synonymy of 

Aphiloscia. 

Matazonellus Juarrero de Varona & 

de Armas, 1996 


Type species: Matazonellus eglisi Juarrero de 

Varona & de Armas, 1996 (o). 

Locality: Cuba, provincia Guantánamo, El Salvador, 

El Jagüeyón, Finca La Matazón (� holotype 

and 6 � and 4 � paratypes, leg. L. F. de 

Armas & E. Alonso, 23.v.1993, IESH). 

Species: 2. 

Mauritaniscus Vandel, 1959a 


Type species: Protracheoniscus pierrei Vandel, 

1950 (m). 

Locality: Algeria, “Beni-Abbès, crue de la Saoura, 

detritus” (4 �, leg. F. Pierre, 27.iii.1948). 

Remarks: Schultz et al. (1982) gave 1949 as the 

publication year of the type species; actually, 

this paper was published in 1950. 

Megaligia Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Ligia exotica Roux, 1828 (m). 

Locality: France, Marseille (locality given by Roux, after 

Budde-Lund 1885). 

Remarks: The new genus was introduced in a dichotomous 

key. 

Megatrichoniscus Brian, 1921 

Subgenus of Trichoniscus? 



1. Trichoniscus feneriensis Parona, 1880: Italy, Piemonte, 

Val Sesia, Mt. Fenera, in a cave (leg. Parona, viii.1879). 

2. Trichoniscus dispersus Racovitza, 1907: France, Dépt. 

Alpes Maritimes, Castillon, Grotte du Laura (1 �, 2 �, 

25.ix.1890), Grotte d’Albarea, Sospel (11 �, 7 �, 25. 

ix.1905). 


3. Trichoniscus alzonae Brian, 1921: Sardegna, Grotta di 

Todeitto, between Dorgali and Cala di Luna, along E 

coast of island (3 �, 3 �, 1 juv., leg. C. Alzona, 

26.v.1929) [� 7 mm, � 14 mm]. 

Remarks: Brian (1921) described Megatrichoniscus as a 

subgenus of Trichoniscus and included 3 species. 

Megatrichoniscus Jackson, 1938 

Preoccupied by Megatrichoniscus Brian, 1921; synonym 

of Styloniscus Dana, 1852. 

Type species: Philygria thomsoni Chilton, 1886 (o). 

Locality: New Zealand, South Island, Spar Bush (leg. Thomson). 

Remarks: Green (1961) reduced Megatrichoniscus Jackson, 

1938 to a synonym of Styloniscus. 

Megepimerio Verhoeff, 1907b 

Synonym/subgenus of Trachelipus Budde-Lund, 1908b. 

Type species: Porcellio trilobatus Stein, 1859 (m). 

Locality: Romania, left bank of Czerna River, near Mehadia, 

under stones or on moist rocks (14 specimens?). 

Remarks: Introduced as subgenus of Porcellio. 

Melanesillo Verhoeff, 1838a 


Melanesillo Jackson, 1941 

Synonym of Spherillo. 

Type species: Spherillo hebridarum Verhoeff, 1926a (designated 

by Jackson 1941). 

Locality: New Hebrides, Banks Island. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1938a) included Sphaerillo hebridarum 

Verhoeff, 1926a and the two new species bocki and 

scamnorum. Jackson (1941) mentioned Spherillo hebridarum 

as type species. Vandel (1973) considered this 

to be a synonym of Lobodillo Herold, 1932. Lehtinen, Ferrara 

& Taiti (1998) moreover designated as neotype of 

Spherillo vitiensis the holotype specimen of Melanesillo 

scamnorum Verhoeff, 1938a, which makes the latter 

a junior objective synonym of the former. 

Meriogaster = misspelling of Metriogaster Vandel, 1973. 

Merulana Budde-Lund, 1913 


Type species: Armadillo rugosus Budde-Lund, 

1885 (designated by Jackson 1941). 

Locality: Australia (2 specimens, leg. Sonder, not 

in ZMB?). 

Species: 12. 

Distribution: Australia, New Caledonia, Chatham 

Islands. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1913) introduced Merulana 

as subgenus of Spherillo, as a name for 

his “sectio X” (Budde-Lund 1904), to comprise 

Merulana bicarinata B.-L., 1913, Spherillo 

iniquus B.-L., 1904, S. impressifrons B.-

L., 1904 and S. rugosa B.-L., 1904. Monod 

(1935) and Ferrara (1977) regarded Merulana 

as a synonym of Pyrgoniscus. The mention 

of Armadillo rugosus as type species of 

Merulana by Jackson (1941) is regarded as 

designation of the type species, according to 

ICZN Art. 69.1.1. Since the two genera are 

based on different type species, Merulana is 

at least not an objective junior synonym of 

Pyrgoniscus. For resolving this question, reexamination 

of the type specimens of both 

type species, and probably of other species is 

required. 

Merulanella Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Merulanella carinata Verhoeff, 

1926a (designated by Jackson 1941). 

Localities: New Caledonia: Canala, 30.x.1911; 

Négropo-Tal, 03.iii.1912; La Foa, 16.i.1911 

(leg. Sarasin & Roux). 

Species: 7. 

Distribution: New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands, 

Seychelles. 

Remarks: The genus was introduced with 7 species 

included. Jackson (1941) mentioned 

Merulanella carinata as the type species. 

Mesarmadillo Dollfus, 1891 




1. Mesarmadillo alluaudí Dollfus, 1891: “Assinie” 

(1 �, 1 �, syntypes, leg. Alluaud, viiviii.1886, 

MNHN-Is5735). 

2. Mesarmadillo marginatus Dollfus, 1891: 

“Assinie” (� holotype, leg. Alluaud, viiviii.1886). 

3. Mesarmadillo tuberculatus Dollfus, 1891: 

“Assinie” (6 specimens, � and �, leg. Alluaud, 

vii-viii.1886; 1 � syntype in BMNH 

1921:10:18:735). 

Species: 17. 

Distribution: Nigeria, Cameroon, Fernando Poo, 

Togo, Liberia, Ghana, Congo, Ivory Coast. 

Mesodillo Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Mesodillo eremitus Verhoeff, 

1926a (m). 


53 

Locality: New Caledonia, Yaté, forest, 200 m (1 �, 

leg. Sarasin & Roux, 21.iii.1911). 

Mesoniscus Carl, 1906 

Family: Mesoniscidae. 

Type species: Mesoniscus cavicolus Carl, 1906 

(m) (synonym of Titanethes alpicola Heller, 

1858). 

Locality: Alps, “Campo dei fiori” above Varese, in 

a cave near Tre Crocette. 

Synonyms: Schioedtia Budde-Lund, 1906; 

Nematoniscus Verhoeff, 1930a. 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Alps, Carpathian Mountains. 

Remarks: The synonymy of the type species was 

found by Dahl (1916). 

Literature: Gruner & Tabacaru (1963) revised the 

family Mesoniscidae and found it includes 

only two valid species of genus Mesoniscus, 

which were redescribed. 

Mesoporcellio Verhoeff, 1907 


Type species: Porcellio laevis Latreille, 1804 (m). 

Locality: Unknown (Latreille mentioned only that it “is 

found under stones”, which is not a geographic locality). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1907b) instituted this subgenus for 7 

species, 6 of them in the “Sectio Proporcellio” and 1 

of them in the “Sectio Mesoporcellio”. According to 

ICZN Art. 10.4, a name given to a “section” of a genus 

has to be treated as a subgenus name. The latter, 

Porcellio laevis Latreille, 1804, therefore is regarded 

as type species by monotypy (ICZN Art. 68.3). 

Metalloniscus Arcangeli, 1960 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3): subgenus of Alloniscus 

Dana, 1854. 



1. Alloniscus pigmentatus Budde-Lund, 1885: Madagascar 

(12 syntypes, ZMB 6642). 

2. Alloniscus gerardi Arcangeli, 1960: Daressalam (7 �, 

12 � syntypes, leg. v.1930). 

3. Alloniscus priolensis Arcangeli, 1960: Priole Island, east 

of the southern part of Sumatra (15 �, 9 � syntypes, 

leg. P. Buitendyk, xi.1926). 

4. Alloniscus schaedleri Arcangeli, 1960: “Kisser Iles Zuid 

Wetter”, small island near northeast of Timor (10 �, 

5 � syntypes, leg. Schädler, RNHL). 

5. Alloniscus oahuensis Budde-Lund, 1885: Hawaii , Oahu 

Island (1 holotype, ZMUC Cru 545). 

Distribution: Madagascar and islands of the Indian and Pacific 

Oceans. 

Metaperiscyphops Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 

1976 

Family: Eubelidae.

54 

Type species: Metaperiscyphops insulanus Ferrara 

& Schmalfuss, 1976 (m). 

Locality: Principe Island (5 � and 14 � in 

MSNG). 

Metaprosekia Leistikow, 2000b 


Type species: Metaprosekia nodilinearis Leistikow, 

2000b. 

Locality: Venezuela, E slope of the Andes, “La 

Campana”, 8°51.92’N, 70°37.14’W, 1500 m 

(±200 m), leg. 29.iii.1998 (� holotype ZMB, 

1 �, 1 � with marsupium, paratypes UCV, 

1 � paratype MNRJ, 2 �, 1 �m coll. Leistikow). 

Metastenoniscus Taiti & Ferrara, 1982b 

Family: Stenoniscidae. 

Type species: Metastenoniscus osellai Taiti & 

Ferrara, 1982b. 

Locality: Bali, Kuta Bali, beach (� holotype, 10 

� and 64 �, paratypes, leg. G. Osella, 19- 

20.xi.1981, MCSNV). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Bali, Venezuela, Nicobar Islands. 

Metatrichoniscoides Vandel, 1943 


Type species: Metatrichoniscoides nemausiensis 

Vandel, 1943 (m). 

Locality: France: Dépt. Gard, Nîmes, jardin de 

la Fontaine, au-dessous de la Tour Magne, 

under stone in clay soil (1 �, leg. Vandel, 

16.ix.1942). 

Species: 5. 

Distribution: Southern England, France, Germany, 

Sweden, Finland. 

Literature: Vandel (1952a) provided descriptions 

and figures of diagnostic characters of the 4 

species known until then. 

Metoponorthus Budde-Lund, 1879 

Synonym of Porcellionides Miers, 1877. 

Type species: Porcellio pruinosus Brandt, 1933 (designated 

by Budde-Lund 1908b). 

Locality: “Germania” (6 � and 2 � syntypes Brandt Collection, 

ZMB, mounted on insect pins). 

Remarks: Metoponorthus Budde-Lund, 1879 is an available 

name, because some of the included species were already 

described (see ICZN Art. 12.2.5). 

Metriogaster Vandel, 1974 



Type species: Metriogaster jenolanensis Vandel, 

1974 (m) 

Localities: Australia, New South Wales: (1) 

Mount Emperor, Boyd Plateau, near Jenolan, 

1433 m, leaf and bark litter, snowgum woodland; 

(2) Mount Canobolas, near Orang, under 

logs, beside Boree Creek; (3) Bungonia 

Caves area, via Groulborn, in moist doline 

of Drum Cave, under wood and stones [all 

syntypes]. 

Metriogastor 

Mentioned in Vandel (1973b), apparently a misspelling of 

Metriogaster Vandel, 1974. 

Mexiconiscus Schultz, 1964 


Type species: Mexiconiscus tlamayensis Schultz, 

1964 (m) (synonym of Cordioniscus laevis 

Rioja, 1955). 

Synonym: Xilitloniscus Bowman, 1965. 

Locality: Mexico, San Luis Potosi, Xilitla (town), 

Tlamaya (smaller town), “in a cave on a ranch 

at El Sontano de Huizmolotitla about 2 km 

west of Tlamaya”, on the bottom of a shallow 

pool near the bottom of the entrance drop (111 

m) (1 � specimen, USNM 247047). 

Species: 2. 

Remarks: Schultz (1968a) synonymized Xilitloniscus 

with Mexiconiscus and Mexiconiscus 

tlamayensis with Cordioniscus laevis. He 

cited the latter species as described by Rioja 

(1956). Since on the front page of the journal 

the year 1955 is indicated and we do not have 

any additional information concerning a later 

publication date, this is changed here. 

Mexicostylus Verhoeff, 1933a 

Synonym of Trichorhina Budde-Lund, 1908), after Mulaik 

(1960). 

Type species: Mexicostylus squamatus Verhoeff, 1933a (m). 

Locality: Mexico, Guerrero near Chilopa, in humus in the 

montane forest (2 �, 1 � with 6–7 embryos and 1 other 

�, leg. Schultze, x.1929). 

Remarks: Mulaik (1960) reduced Mexicostylus to a synonym 

of Trichorhina. By this action, T. squamata (Verhoeff, 

1933a) became a junior homonym of T. squamata Verhoeff, 

1926 from the Loyalty Islands. 

Mica Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Porcellio tardus Budde-Lund, 

1885 (o).

Locality: Algeria, Tlemcen (2 specimens, leg. 

Simon; 1 � syntype BMNH 1911:11:8: 

10533). 

Literature: Caruso & Di Maio (1996) redescribed 

the only species and discussed its synonymy, 

geographic distribution and affinities. 

Microcercus Budde-Lund, 1910 


Type species: Cubaris anomala Gerstäcker, 1873 

(designated by Omer-Cooper 1926). 

Locality: East Africa, Jipe Lake (1 specimen without 

cephalothorax, leg. von der Decken). 

Synonym: Anexopoditius Verhoeff, 1942. 

Species: 22. 

Distribution: West Africa, East Africa, Madagascar. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1910) mentioned 7 described 

and 6 undescribed species. Omer- 

Cooper (1926) designated the type species. 

Ferrara (1971) listed 21 species and provided 

a key only for the 6 species known from 

Somalia. 

Microdillo Verhoeff, 1933a 

Synonym of Venezillo Verhoeff, 1928a. 

Type species: Microdillo mexicanus Verhoeff, 1933a (m). 

Locality: Mexico, Guerrero, near Chilopa, in humus of the 

montane forest, some specimens between roots of an 

epiphytic plant, 1 � in the flower of the same plant (8 

�, 19 �, and some juv., leg. Schultze, x.1929). 

Remarks: Van Name (1936) reduced Microdillo to a synonym 

of Cubaris, subgenus Venezillo. Arcangeli (1956) 

considered Microdillo to be a subgenus of Venezillo 

Verhoeff, 1928a. Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) confirmed 

that Microdillo is a synonym of Venezillo. 

Microniscus Dollfus, 1890a 

Preoccupied by Microniscus F. Müller, 1871 (Isopoda, Cymothoidea, 

Bopyridae). 

Type species: Microniscus monocellatus Dollfus, 1890a (m). 

Locality: Juan Fernandez Island, beach (� holotype, leg. 

“Challenger Expedition”, 18??, BMNH 1927:5:14:41). 

Remarks: Green (1961) cited Oligoniscus Dollfus, 1890b 

as a synonm of Styloniscus. Oligoniscus was introduced 

as a replacement name for Microniscus Dollfus, 1890a. 

Microphiloscia Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Microphiloscia trichoniscoides 

Vandel, 1973 (m). 

Locality: Cuba, Prov. Oriente, on S slope of Sierra 

Maestra, Cueva de la Colorada del Maso 


55 

(� and �, leg. Expédition biolspéologique 

cubano-roumaine, iii–vi.1969). 

Microsphaeroniscus Lemos de Castro, 1984 


Type species: Microsphaeroniscus pallidus Lemos 

de Castro, 1984 (o). 

Locality: Brazil, Rio de Janeiro State, litoral do 

Estado de Rio de Janeiro, Ilha de Itacuruçá, 

Praia de Viola (� holotype, 1 � allotype and 

7 � and 13 � paratypes, leg. Lemos de Castro 

& Prazeres, 18.xi.1973); other samples referred 

to in the original description are not 

types. 

Distribution: Southeast Brazil. 

Species: 5. 

Microtitanethes Pljakic, 1977 


Type species: Microtitanethes licodrensis Pljakic, 

1977 (m). 

Locality: West Serbia, 5 km E of Krupanj, Stojkovići, 

near Liperović village, Lukia cave (2 

adult �, 1 imm. �, 2 adult �, 3 juv. �, leg. 13.i., 

19.i. and 04.iv.1975). 

Remarks: The detailed information on the specimens 

is not in the main text of Pljakić (1977), 

but only in the French summary on p. 169. 

Miktoniscus Kesselyak, 1930 


Type species: Trichoniscus linearis Patience, 

1908 (o, m). 

Locality: Kew Gardens, London. 

Species: 22. 

Distribution: USA, UK, Madeira, Azores. 

Minca Pearse, 1916 


Type species: Minca ruthveni Pearse, 1916 (o, m). 

Locality: Colombia, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, “Cincinnati 

Coffee Plantation”, under logs (181 specimens., 

leg. Pearse 17.vii.1913: Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool. 

Cat. No. 45949; USNM 47945). 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1927b) reduced Minca to a synonym 

of Coxopodias Richardson, 1910b and regarded the 

latter as a subgenus of Synarmadillo. 

Mingrelloniscus Borutzky, 1974 


Type species: Mingrelloniscus inchhuricus Borutzky, 

1974 (o, m).

56 

Locality: Caucasus, western Grusija, Riki Mts., 

Gegechkor district, on the left bank of Abash 

River in Inchuria (2 � paratypes, leg. Dzhanashvili, 

04.v.1967; � holotype, 8 � and 1 

juv. paratypes, leg. Dzhanashvili, 18.ii.1973, 

ZMMU). 

Minoscellus Vandel, 1957b 


Type species: Minoscellus caecus Vandel, 1957b 

(m). 

Locality: Crete, Dept. Rethymno, Spilion Lamia, 

6 km from Margaritès (1 �, leg. Lindberg, 

iii-iv.1956); Dept. Heraklion, Khalepa Mts., 

Sarkhos cave, 20 km SE of Candie (1 �, leg. 

Lindberg, iii-iv.1956). 

Mirtana Leistikow, 1997 


Type species: Mirtana costaricensis Leistikow, 

1997 (o, m). 

Type locality: Costa Rica, Heredia, Cerro Zurqui 

(leg. C. Valerio, i.1980: � holotype and 6 � 

paratypes UCR 2071b, 1 � paratype, coll. 

Leistikow). 

Mongoloniscus Verhoeff, 1930c 


Type species: Protracheoniscus (Mongoloniscus) 

koreanus Verhoeff, 1930c (o, m). 

Locality: Korea (1 �, leg. Jacot) [no further information]. 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: China, Korea, Japan. 

Monitus Lewis, 1998a 


Type species: Monitus testudinatus Lewis, 1998a 

(m). 

Type locality: Australia, New South Wales, 

Mount Warning, 28°24’S, 153°16’E (� holotype, 

1 � allotype, 1 � and 2 � paratypes, 

leg. A. Reid, vi.1993, AM P50641, P50642, 

P50643). 

Remarks: The family placement probably is incorrect 

and needs reexamination. 

Monocyphoniscus Strouhal, 1939c 



Type species: Monocyphoniscus bulgaricus 

Strouhal, 1939c (m). 

Locality: Bulgaria, “Dupkata Rozjen” cave, Loc. 

1114 of “Biospeologica balcanica” (� holotype, 

leg. K. Absolon, 9.viii.1924). 

Synonym: Kosswigius Verhoeff, 1941d. 

Species: 5? 

Distribution: Creta, Macedonia, Bulgaria. 

Moserius Strouhal, 1940 


Type species: Moserius percoi Strouhal, 1940. 

Locality: Slovenia, NE of Triest, Bellinca Jama 

cave near Storje (1 �, leg. L. C. Moser, 

18.x.1885). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: near Trieste, Toscana, Elba. 

Murgeoniscus Arcangeli, 1939d 


Type species: Murgeoniscus anellii Arcangeli, 

1939d (m). 

Locality: Italy, Bari province, comune di Noci, 

Grotta Gemmabella, N. 6 Pu. (2 �, leg. Anelli, 

24.i.1938); comune di Castellana, Grave di 

Castellana, N. 8 Pu. (6 �, 5 �, leg. Anelli, 

iv.1938, and 3 �, leg. Anelli, 10.ix.1938). 

Synonym: Sanfilippiella Brian, 1952. 

Musconiscus Arcangeli, 1930b 


Type species: Musconiscus romanorum Arcangeli, 

1930b (m). 

Locality: Cyrenaica, Wadi Tolmetta (1 �, leg. 

Silvestri 11.iv.1922). 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1930b) did not indicate any 

family placement. 

Myrmecethelum Verhoeff, 1942d 


Type species: Myrmecethelum camponotorum 

Verhoeff, 1942d (m). 

Locality: Uganda, Entebbe, in a nest of Camponotus 

maculatus Fabricius var. schultzei 

Forel (1 specimen, leg. Schultze, ZMH). 

Myrmecodillo Arcangeli, 1934 


Type species: Diploexochus hypselos Barnard, 

1932 (m).

Locality: South Africa: Natal, Krantzkop, in ants’ 

nests under stones (leg. K. H. Barnard, 1917). 

Species: 5. 

Distribution: Tonga, Hawaii, Mauritius, Réunion, 

Sulawesi. 

Myrmeconiscus Verhoeff, 1941d 

Subgenus of Porcellionides? 

Type species: Porcellio myrmecophilus Stein, 1859 (designated 

by Vandel 1962). 

Locality: Dalmatia, near Cattaro, in ants’ nests (“Atta 

structor”). 

Species: 2 (after Vandel 1962). 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Metoponorthus, with 6 

species included. The mention of Porcellio myrmecophilus 

as type species of Myrmeconiscus by Vandel 

(1962) is regarded as designation of the type species, 

according to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. Vandel wrote that only 

one more species (delattini Verhoeff, 1941d) was 

included with certainty. 

Myrmekiocellio Verhoeff, 1936d 

Family: ? 

Type species: Myrmekiocellio squamatus Verhoeff, 

1936d (m). 

Locality: Bulgaria, Skakavitza, with Tetramorium 

caespitum (exact number of specimens not 

given, at least 1 �, 1 �, leg. Atanassov, 

15.ii.1934). 

Myrmicellio Verhoeff, 1942b 

Synonym of Trichorhina Budde-Lund, 1908b. 

Type species: Myrmicellio buchnerorum Verhoeff, 1942b 

(m). 

Locality: Italy, near S. Agnello di Sorrento, “Il pecorello” 

valley near “Il Pizzo” park (parts of 1 � mounted on 

2 slides, 2 �, and one slide with 3 specimens and 

fragments of a �; leg. P. Buchner & G.Buchner, 

15.ix.1940/41, ZSM). 

Nagara Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Porcellio cristatus Dollfus, 1889 (o). 

Locality: Surinam (2 � syntypes, leg. ten Kate, MNHN- 

Is2177). 

Remarks: Preoccupied by Nagara Walker, 1865 (Insecta, 

Lepidoptera); Holthuis (1949) replaced it by Nagurus. 

Nagaroides Wahrberg, 1922 

Family: “Trachelipodidae”. 



1. Porcellio (Nagaroides) gracillima Wahrberg, 

1922: Australia, Queensland, Yarrabah (1�, 

10 � syntypes, NHRS). 

2. Porcellio (Nagaroides) tumida Wahrberg, 


57 

1922: Australia, Queensland, Mt. Tambourine, 

associated with Rhytidoponera convexa 

Mayr (3 �, 5 � syntypes, NHRS). 

3. Porcellio (Nagaroides) decliva Wahrberg, 

1922: Australia, Queensland, Herberton, 

Atherton (9 �, 5 � syntypes, NHRS). 

4. Porcellio (Nagaroides) longiflagellata Wahrberg, 

1922: Australia,. Queensland, Herberton 

(1 � holotype, NHRS). 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: Australia, Sunda Islands. 

Nagurus Holthuis, 1949 


Type species: Porcellio cristatus Dollfus, 1889 

(o). 

Locality: Surinam (2 � syntypes, leg. ten Kate, 

MNHN-Is2177). 

Synonyms: Nagara Budde-Lund, 1908b; Heminagara 

Jackson, 1933; Bifrontonia Radu, 1960; 

Australoniscus Vandel, 1973. 

Species: 60? 


Literature: Kwon & Taiti (1993) gave diagnostic 

characters of 2 east Asian species; Schmalfuss 

(1994) described or redescribed 3 species 

occuring in Greece. For most other species, 

no sufficient descriptions are available. 

Nahia Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Philoscia hirsuta Budde-Lund, 

1906 (m). 

Localities: South Africa, Simons town, mountain 

slope, under stones (6 specimens, 19.vi. 1903), 

(1 specimen, 22.vi.1903); Millers Point, under 

moist leaf litter, and besides a wall under grass 

(6 specimens); leg. Deutsche Südpolar-Expedition 

1901-1903.; “syntypes mixed with other 

non-type specimens collected by Schultze in 

Cape Town” (BMNH 1921:10:18:2022-2033); 

(4 syntypes, ZMB 11423); 5 syntypes (ZMH 

18430-18431). 

Remarks: Elevated to generic rank by Stebbing 

(1910). 

Naliota Budde-Lund, 1908b 

Synonym of Chaetophiloscia Verhoeff, 1908. 

Type species: Philoscia pulchella Budde-Lund, 1885 (o, m). 

Localities: France, Corsica (Simon), Italy (Bergsøe), Sicilia 

(Museum St. Petersburg), Crimea (Uljanin), Algeria

58 

(Meinert, Simon): numerous specimens, syntypes [unknown 

which of them are still extant]; (several 

syntypes, ZMUC CRU-1588); locality unknown (3 � 

syntypes, BMNH 1912:10:18:2017-2019). 

Distribution: Southern Europe, northern Africa, Corsica, 

Crimea, Albania. 

Remarks: The first citation of this name that we could find 

is in Budde-Lund (1908b, p.290): “Naliota (Philoscia) 

pul-chella (Taf.16 Fig.5)”. It is also found in a list of 

genera in Budde-Lund (1910). Vandel (1962) included 

Philoscia pulchella as a synonym of Chaetophiloscia 

elongata (Dollfus, 1884), and reduced Naliota a 

synonym Chaetophiloscia. 

Namiboniscus Schmidt, 2001 

Crinocheta, Olibrinidae. 

Type species: Namiboniscus brevicornis 

Schmidt, 2001. 

Localities: Namibia, 23°14’S, Paaltjies IV (1 � 

holotype and 1 � paratype, leg. J. Laudien, 

24.iv.1998, ZMB 27344 (a) + slides 4677- 

4681); Namibia, 23°14’S, Paaltjies IV (1 � 

paratype, leg. J. Laudien, 10.x.1999, ZMB 

27344 (b)); Namibia, Langstrand, 23°10’S, 

Gezeitenbereich/Sandstrand (1 � paratype, 

leg. J. Laudien, 10.v.1998, ZMB 27344 (c) + 

slides 4682-4683). 

Nasigerio Verhoeff, 1907 

Synonym of Trachelipus Budde-Lund, 1908b. 


Locality: Dalmatia, Zadar. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1907) instituted Nasigerio as a subgenus 

of Porcellio, to include the species Porcellio rhinocerus 

Budde-Lund, 1885, echinatus Lucas, 1849, moebiusi 

Verhoeff, 1901 and lamellatus Uljanin, 1875. Verhoeff 

(1917b) left only P. rhinocerus in Nasigerio and transferred 

the other species to Haloporcellio. However, according 

to ICZN Art. 69.4, the exclusion of all but one species 

is not equivalent to a designation of a type species. Therefore 

the type species is regarded as not designated. P. 

rhinoceros belongs to the genus Trachelipus; therefore 

Nasigerio is considered a synonym of that name. 

Nataldillo Verhoeff, 1942d 

Nomen nudum. 

Nataldillo Verhoeff, 1942f 

Unavailable name, according to ICZN § 13b. 

Nataldillo Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998 


Type species: Nataldillo brauni Verhoeff, 1942f 

(designated by Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998) 

(synonym of Cubaris burnupi Collinge, 1917) 

after Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998). 


Locality: South Africa, Natal, near Pietermaritzburg, 

Fort Napier (leg. R. Braun, 1917; 

ZMH?). 

Species: 12. 

Distribution: South Africa: Natal. 

Verhoeff (1942d) when introducing the genus 

referred to 10 species mentioned by Collinge 

(1917), without citation of their names. The 

names are given in Verhoeff (1942f), together 

with one new species, but no type species 

was designated. Taiti & Harding (1985) referred 

to Nataldillo burnupi (Collinge, 1917) 

as “comb. nov.”, which was incorrect, because 

Verhoeff (1942f) had already transferred 

Cubaris burnupi to the genus 

Nataldillo. Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) validated 

the name by choosing a type species, 

and reduced Nataldillo brauni to a synonym 

of Cubaris burnupi. 

Nataloniscus Ferrara & Taiti, 1985 


Type species: Nataloniscus lawrencei Ferrara & 

Taiti, 1985 (o, m). 

Locality: South Africa: Natal, Mazongwan Forest 

(� holotype, 4 � paratypes, leg. R. F. Lawrence, 

xi.1940; NMP 2511); junction between 

Black and White Umfolozi (1 � paratype, leg. 

I. Trägårdh, 30.vi.1905, ZIUL 3367); NMP 

type no. 2754 (unclear to which specimens 

this number refers). 

Natalscia Verhoeff, 1942 

Synonym of Nahia Budde-Lund, 1908b. 

Type species: Philoscia warreni Collinge, 1917 (o, m). 

Locality: South Africa, Natal, Umbilo Bush, near Durban 

(type in the Natal Museum; leg. E. Warren, 16.ix.1915). 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: South Africa. 

Remarks: According to Barnard (1932), Philoscia warreni 

is a synonym of Nahia hirsuta (Budde-Lund, 1906). 

Taiti & Ferrara (1980) propose to accept this view but 

they do not seem to have examined the type specimens. 

Nematoniscus Verhoeff, 1930a 

Synonym of Mesoniscus Carl, 1906. 

Type species: Trichoniscus prenjanus Verhoeff, 1901 (designated 

by Gruner & Tabacaru 1963). 

Locality: [Bosnia and Herzegovina], Mt. Prenj, 1400 m. 

Remarks: Gruner & Tabacaru (1963) demonstrated that both 

species of Nematoniscus were founded on juvenile specimens 

of Mesoniscus graniger (Frivaldsky, 1865). They 

referred to Trichoniscus prenjanus as type species by 

original designation. As we could not find any sign of

this original designation in Verhoeff (1930a), we 

consider the type species being designated by Gruner & 

Tabacaru (1963). 

Neodillo Dalens, 1990 


Type species: Neodillo simplex Dalens, 1990 

(m). 

Locality: Papua New Guinea, Western Province, 

cave Selminum tem (19 �, 33 �, 10 immatures, 

leg. Beron & Chapman, 21–30.viii. 1975; 

holotype NMNHS, paratypes MNHN, other 

paratypes MAGNT). 

Species: 2. 

Remarks: In the original description a large number 

of samples are mentioned, but only the 

above cited is designated as “série type”. 

Neophiloscia Strouhal, 1929 

Synonym of Chaetophiloscia Verhoeff, 1908c. 

Type species: Neophiloscia magnopunctata Strouhal, 1929 

(m) (synonym of Philoscia cellaria Dollfus, 1884). 

Locality: Creta: Merades village near Kastelli Kisamu (1 

�, leg. A. Schulz, 07.iii.1925). 

Remarks: Neophiloscia was reduced to a synonym of Chaetophiloscia 

by Schmalfuss (1972). The species names 

were synonymized by Schmalfuss (1990a). 

Neosanfilippia Brian, 1957 


Type species: Neosanfilippia venezuelana Brian, 

1957 (m). 

Locality: Venezuela, Estado Falcón, Cueva de 

Rio Gueque (ca. 40 km SE Coro), 1200 m 

(15 �, 6 �, 4 juveniles, leg. Sanfilippo, 

12.vii.1956; MG). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Venezuela, Ecuador. 

Neotrichoniscus Brian, 1959 


Type species: Neotrichoniscus manninoi Brian, 

1959 (m). 

Locality: Italia, Prov. di Palermo, Grotta Conza 

(� holotype, leg. G. Mannino). 

Neotroponiscus Arcangeli, 1936c 


Type species: Neotroponiscus carolii Arcangeli, 

1936c (m). 

Locality: Brazil, Sao Paulo, Pirajù (2 �, 1911). 

Synonym: Brasilocellio Verhoeff, 1941a. 


59 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: South America. 

Literature: Lemos de Castro (1970a) gave a review 

of 4 species. Although few details of the appendages 

were figured, the species seems to 

be easily recognized by the surface sculpture 

and the shape of the cephalic lobes and the 

pleotelson. Lemos de Castro (1970b) described 

4 new species. 

Nesiotoniscus Racovitza, 1908 


Type species: Nesiotoniscus corsicus Racovitza, 

1908 (o, m). 

Locality: Corsica, “Grotte de Pietralbello”, Biospéologica 

no. 187 (12 � and 20 adult and 

immature �, 09.i.1907; 1 � and 1 � syntypes, 

BMNH 1910:1:10:12-13). 

Synonym: Estereloniscus Vandel, 1942. 

Species: 5 (after Taiti & Ferrara 1996). 

Distribution: Southern France, Corsica, Capraia 

Island. 

Nesodillo Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Nesodillo sarasini Verhoeff, 

1926a (designated by Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 

1998). 

Localities: New Caledonia: Tchalabel, numerous 

specimens under limestone stones, 04.v. 

1911; Oubatche, iii.1911; Hienhène, 05.vi. 

1911; Koné, 04.viii.1911; at Koné River, 

18.viii.1911; Loyalty Islands: Maré (1 � with 

mancas, 14 mm, 01.xii.1911); Lifou, Képenee, 

25.iv. and 05.v.1911; Nathalo. 01.v.1911 (all 

samples: leg. Sarasin & Roux); “New Caledonia” 

(1 � and 1 � syntype, BMNH 1928:7:4:17 

and 1938:7:7:58). 

Synonym: Triadillo Vandel, 1973b. 


Distribution: New Guinea. 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Cubaris 

Brandt, 1833 by Vandel (1946); Taiti, Paoli & 

Ferrara (1998) again considered it as a valid 

genus. 

Nesolidium Verhoeff, 1942 

Synonym of Alloschizidium Verhoeff, 1919. 

Type species: Troglarmadillidium buchnerorum Verhoeff, 

1942 (m).

60 

Locality: Ischia, Castiglione, in decaying wood (leg. P. 

Buchner & G. Buchner, 23.i.1940/41). 

Remarks: Described as a subgenus of Troglarmadillidium 

Verhoeff, 1900. Taiti & Ferrara (1996) reduced Nesolidium 

to a synonym of Alloschizidium. 

Nesoligia Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Ligia novaezealandiae Dana, 1853 (as Ligia 

novi-zealandiae) (m?). 

Locality: New Zealand, North Island, Bay of Islands, along 

shore, under kelp etc. 

Remarks: Described as a separate genus. 

Nesoniscus Verhoeff, 1926a 

Family: Philosciidae 



1. Nesoniscus longicornis Verhoeff, 1926: New 

Caledonia: Ignambi Mt., 700 m (4 specimens, 

leg. Sarasin & Roux, 8.vii.1911). 

2. Nesoniscus noduligerus Verhoeff, 1926: New 

Caledonia: Ignambi Mt., 500-600 m (1 �, 1 

� with marsupium, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 

7.ix.1911); Panié Mt., 500 m, forest (2 �, leg. 

Sarasin & Roux, 27.vi.1911). 

Nesophiloscia Vandel, 1968 


Type species: Philoscia culebroides Van Name, 

1924 (m). 

Locality: Galapagos, Tower Island, on the underside 

of a slab of lava (1 �, leg. “Harrison 

Williams Expedition”, 28.iv.1923; AMNH 

4838). 

Niambia Budde-Lund, 1904 


Type species: Leptotrichus squamatus Budde- 

Lund, 1885 (designated by Schmalfuss & Ferrara 

1978). 

Localities: Southern Africa, “Laudana” (1 specimen, 

coll. Simon), “Chinchoxo” (2 specimens); 

(2 syntypes, ZMB 5548); Congo[?], 

Laudana (1 � syntype, BMNH 1921:10:18: 

1453). 

Synonym: Thomsenia Panning, 1924. 

Species: 20. 

Distribution: Southern Africa. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1904) included 3 species. 

The mention of Leptotrichus squamatus as 

type species of Niambia by Schmalfuss & 

Ferrara (1978) is regarded as designation of 


the type species, according to ICZN Art. 

69.1.1. 

Nippoligidium Borutzky, 1950 


Type species: Ligidium japonicum Verhoeff, 1918 (o, m). 

Locality: Japan, Hokkaido (“64 specimens and 1 albino female”, 

leg. Sauter, ZSM). 

Nippononethes Tabacaru, 1996 


Type species: Hyloniscus uenoi Vandel, 1968. 

Localities: Japan, Tokushima prefecture, Kaminaka-cho, 

cave Himise-do (1 �. leg. M. 

Kiuchi, 23.xi.1965; 2 �, leg. S. Ueno, 2- 

3.iv.1967; 2 �, leg. M. Kiuchi, 10.xii.1967; 1 

�, 6 �, leg. S. Ueno, 02.v.1968); Tokushima 

prefecture, Anan-shi, Kurogo, Mt. Tairyujisan, 

cave Ryu-no-iwaya (1 �, leg. Kiuchi, 

05.xi.1967; 1 �, 3 �, leg. Ueno, 02.v.1968); 

Tokushima prefecture, Kisawa-mura, Takano, 

Mt. Hizuka-yama, cave Togen-daiichi-do 

(2 �, leg. M. Yoshida, 23.vii.1967); all syntypes. 

Notoniscus Chilton, 1915 


Type species: Haplophthalmus helmsi Chilton, 


Locality: New Zealand: Greymouth (1 specimen, 

leg. R. Helms). 

Species: 7? 

Distribution: New Zealand, Tasmania, Juan Fernandez 

Is. 

Novamundoniscus Schultz, 1995a 


Type species: Phalloniscus vandeli Lemos de 

Castro, 1959 (o). 

Localities: Brazil: Rio de Janeiro State, Carmo 

do Rio Claro, Minas Gerais (leg. J. C. M. 

Cavalho, 1952); Três Rios, Rio de Janeiro 

(leg. Lemos de Castro, 01.iv.1951). 

Species: 6-12. 

Distribution: Brazil, Venezuela. 

Ocelloscia Schultz & Johnson, 1984 

Synonym of Atlantoscia Ferrara & Taiti, 1981. 

Type species: Philoscia floridana Van Name, 1940. 

Locality: Florida, Counties: Levy, St. Johns (leg. F. E. Lutz, 

ii.1939, � holotype AMNH 9023, � paratype AMNH 

9024).

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Atlantoscia by Taiti 

& Ferrara (1991b). 

Ochetodillo Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Ochetodillo sulcatus Verhoeff, 

1926a (m). 

Locality: New Caledonia, Humboldt mountain, 

1100-1600 m (6 specimens, � and �, leg. 

Sarasin & Roux, 17-18.ix.1911). 

Okeaninoscia Vandel, 1977a 


Type species: Philoscia olivieri Chilton, 1911 

(m). 

Localities: Kermadec Archipelago, Sunday Island, 

Expedition Hill and Mount Junction (several 

specimens, leg. W. R. B. Oliver, 1908). 

Remarks: Vandel never saw the specimens on 

which Chilton had based his description. His 

assumption that his own material is conspecific 

with Chilton’s species is based on 

nothing more than that they occur in the same 

habitat. 

Olibrinus Budde-Lund, 1913a 

Family: Olibrinidae. 

Type species: Trichoniscus antennatus Budde- 

Lund, 1902 (designated by Taiti, Ferrara & 

Kwon, 1992). 

Locality: Malay Peninsula, no further information 

(several specimens, leg. “Skeat Expedition”). 

Synonyms: Camorta Barnard, 1932; Marinoniscus 

Nunomura, 1986. 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: West Malaysia, Okinawa, Japan, 

Somalia, Soloman Islands, Madagascar, Nicobar 

Islands. 

Oligoniscus Dollfus, 1890b 

Synonym of Styloniscus Dana, 1852. 

Type species: Microniscus monocellatus (Dollfus, 1890a) 

(m). 

Locality: Juan Fernandez Island, beach (� holotype, leg. 

“Challenger Expedition”, 18??, BMNH 1927:5:14:41). 

Remarks: Synonym of Styloniscus (after Green 1961). Oligoniscus 

was introduced by Dollfus (1890b) as a replacemant 

name for the preoccupied name Microniscus. 

Green (1961) reduced it to a synonym of Styloniscus. 

Omanodillo Taiti, Ferrara & Davolos, 2000 

Classification: Crinocheta, Eubelidae. 


61 

Type species: Omanodillo gardneri Taiti, Ferrara 

& Davolos, 2000. 

Localities: Oman, Wadi Bani Auf, Jabal Akhdar, 

23°12’N, 57°23’E, 800 m, on rocks in wadi 

pools, leg. A. S. Gardner, 04.vi.1998 (� holotype 

MZUF, 18 �, 32 � paratypes ONHM); 

Sharfat al-Alamayn, Jabal Akhdar, 23°09. 

70’N, 57°25.80’E, 2100 m, under stones by 

the road (3 �, 14 � paratypes, leg. A. S. 

Gardner, 19.ix.1997, MZUF). 

Oniscomorphus Jackson, 1938 

Family: Philosciidae? 

Type species: Cerberoides (Oniscomorphus) bicornis 

Jackson, 1938 (m). 

Locality: Rapa, northeast ridge of Mt. Perahu, 

400-460 m (leg. Zimmermann, 15.vii.1934). 

Remarks: The type species was described as a 

subgenus of Cerberoides Jackson, 1938, but 

Jackson did not designate a type species for 

that genus; thus the name Cerberoides is 

unavailable according to ICZN Art. 13.3. It is 

replaced by the available subgenus name, 

which therefore “automatically” rises to generic 

rank. 

Oniscophiloscia Wahrberg, 1922 


Type species: Philoscia (Oniscophiloscia) mirifica 

Wahrberg, 1922 (m). 

Locality: Chile, Juan Fernández Island, Masatierra. 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Juan Fernández Islands and adjacent 

coast of Chile. 

Oniscus Linné, 1758 


Type species: Oniscus asellus Linné, 1758 (designated 

by Audouin 1823). 

Locality: Sweden, Uppsala, Linneträdgården (� 

neotype, BMNH 1994.3341, designated by 

ICZN Opinion 1837). 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: Northern part of Iberian Peninsula; 

O. asellus is widespread in Europe except for 

the Mediterranean. 

Remarks: In Linné’s original description, no information 

on the geographic distribution was 

given, only some details on the habitat. Bilton

62 

(1994) wrote that he had examined a specimen 

from the Linné collection, with the label 

“asellus”, which belongs to the species now 

called Porcellio scaber. In order to avoid confusion, 

he proposed to designate a neotype 

from Linnéträdgården, Uppsala, Sweden. 

Literature: Bilton (1992) provided a key to species 

and described several new species (1992, 

1997). 

Oreades Vandel, 1968 


Type species: Oreades lativentris Vandel, 1968 

(m). 

Locality: Ecuador (E. C. 18), Oriente, Forêt tropicale 

à Puyo, 800 m alt., humus, iv.1965 (1 � 

with marsupium, IRSNB). 

Oregoniscus Hatch, 1947 


Type species: Oregoniscus nearcticus (Arcangeli, 

1932) (o, m). 

Locality: USA, Oregon, Mac Leay Park, Portland 

(1 �, leg. Silvestri, 28.viii.1930). 

Oritoniscus Racovitza, 1908 


Type species: Trichoniscoides pyrenaeus Racovitza, 

1907a (o). 

Localities: Pyrenean Mts: Spain, Prov. Huesca, 

Villanua, “Cueva de abaho del Collarada”, 

Biospéologia no. 52 (9 adult and 4 immature 

�, 3 adult and 6 imm. �, 30.viii.1905); France, 

Dépt. Basses-Pyrénées, Lees-Athas, “Grotte 

du Plan à Barbe”, Biospéologica no. 58 (1 � 

and 1 �, 02.ix.1905); France, Dépt. Basses- 

Pyrénées, Les Eaux-Chaudes, “petite grotte 

des Eaux-Chaudes”, Biospéologica no. 61b 

(1 �, 04.ix.1905); France, Dépt. Basses- 

Pyrénées, Arudy, “Grotte d’Arudy”, Biospéologica 

no. 73 (10 adult and immature �, 22 �, 

3 of them ovigerous, 3 juv., 06.ix.1905). 

Species: 12. 

Distribution: Northwestern Mediterrenean, western 

Europe, Crete (?). 


Orodillo Verhoeff, 1926a 



Type species: Orodillo collaris Verhoeff, 1926a 

(m). 

Localities: New Caledonia, Ignambi forest, 700- 

800 m (08.vii.1911); Ignambi, 1300 m (15. 

iv.1911); Panié Mt., 1400 m (28.vi.1911, leg. 

Sarasin & Roux, “several specimens”). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: New Caledonia, Taiwan. 

Oroniscus Verhoeff, 1908c 


Type species: Oniscus helveticus Verhoeff, 1896 

(o). 

Locality: Switzerland: Zermatt (2 � and 2 �, leg. 

Verhoeff, ix.1892). 

Species: 7? 

Distribution: Slovenia, Dalmatia, Austria, Switzerland. 

Oropactes Ferrara & Taiti, 1982 


Type species: Oropactes novus Ferrara & Taiti, 

1982 (o). 

Localities: Tanzania, Uluguru Mountains, Lukwangule 

Plateau, 2400-2600 m (1 �, 3 �, leg. 

L. Berger, N. Leleup & J. Debecker, 2- 

22.vii.1971, MRAC 55185); Vallée Ulubu- 

Ndogo, 1500 m (5 �, 5 �, leg. P. Basilewsky 

& N. Leleup, 8.v.1957, MRAC 55181); same 

data (1 �, MRAC 55191); Bunduki, gorge 

Mungula, 1500 m, transitional forest, in humus 

(1 �, 2 �, leg. P. Basilewsky & N. 

Leleup, 1-6.v.1957, MRAC 51225); same 

data (3 �, 2 �, MRAC 55182); Bunduki, 1300 

m (1 �, leg. P. Basilewsky & N. Leleup, 

2.v.1957); Bunduki, 1300 m, “vestige de forêt 

ombrophile”, humus (4 �, 6 �, leg. P. Basilewsky 

& N. Leleup, 2.v.1957, MRAC 

51201); syntypes. 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Tanzania, Uluguru Mts. 

Oroscia Verhoeff, 1926a 




1. Oroscia squamuligera Verhoeff, 1926a: New 

Caledonia: Ngoi Valley, 200 m (2 specimens, 

leg. Sarasin & Roux, 17.ix.1911), Humboldt

Mt., 1100 m (20 specimens, leg. Sarasin & 

Roux, 17.ix.1911). 

2. Oroscia paniensis Verhoeff, 1926a: New Caledonia: 

Panié Mt., 500 m (leg. Sarasin & Roux, 

27.vii.1911), 1000-1400 m (leg. Sarasin & Roux, 

28.vii.1911). 

Orthodillo Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Orthodillo chiltoni Vandel, 1973 

(m). 

Locality: Lord Howe Island, 31°33’S, 159°05’E 

(leg. Yaldwin & Griffin). 

Orthometopon Verhoeff, 1917 


Type species: Metoponorthus dalmatinus Verhoeff, 

1901 (designated by Schmalfuss 1993). 

Localities: S Dalmatia, Metkovic (1 �, 1 �, leg. 

Verhoeff); Corfu (leg. Verhoeff [number of 

specimens not stated]). 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: Greece, southern France, Switzerland, 

Austria, Italy, Sicily, Istria, Dalmatia, 

Hungary, Turkey. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1917) included the 2 species 

planus Budde-Lund and dalmatinus Verhoeff, 

1901. 

Literature: Schmalfuss (1993) redefined the genus, 

gave a list of species and described or 

redescribed the Greek species (7, incl. 3 new). 

The mention of Metoponorthus dalmatinus as 

type species of Orthometopon by Schmalfuss 

(1993) is regarded as designation of the type 

species, according to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. 

Orthonus Miers, 1878 

Invalid name. 

Remarks: Miers (1877) introduced Orthonus as a new genus 

and placed Armadillo sensu Brandt (1833) and Milne- 

Edwards (1840) in its synonymy. Orthonus included Armadillo 

officinalis Duméril, 1816 and Armadillo inconspicuus 

Miers, 1876. The International Commission of 

Zoological Nomenclature (1998) placed Orthonus Miers, 

1878 on the Official Index of Rejected and Invalid Generic 

Names in Zoology, as a junior objective synonym 

of Armadillo Latreille, 1802 (which also means, that 

the Commission regarded Armadillo officinalis as the 

type species of Orthonus. In the paper of Miers the date 

“June 19, 1877” is indicated, although the Commission 

cited this as Miers [1878]. Probably the date refers only 

to a session of the Zoological Society. 


63 

Orthotrigonium Verhoeff, 1933b 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); subgenus of Armadillidium 

Brandt in Brand & Ratzeburg, [1931]. 



1. Armadillidium (Orthotrigonium) teramense Verhoeff, 

1933b: Italy, Teramo (1 �, 5 �, leg. Verhoeff, 16.ix. 

1931). 

2. Armadillidium ephesiacum Strouhal, 1927: Ephesos (1 

�, 5 �, leg. F. Werner, v.1901). 

Ourachoerus White, 1847 

Type species: Ourachoerus caudatus White, 1847 (m). 

Remarks: Both genus and species names are nomina nuda 

without any description. 

Ourachaerus Kinahan, 1859 


Type species: Ourachaerus caudatus Kinahan, 

1859 (m). 

Locality: Unknown (1 specimen without posterior 

segments, holotype, BMNH 1973: 

514:1). 

Oxalaniscus Leistikow, 2000c 

Classification: Crinocheta. 

Type species: Philoscia ctenoscoides Mulaik, 

1960. 

Localities: Mexico, Chiapas, Ruinas de Palenque 

(� holotype, several paratypes, incl. 1 �, leg. 

C. & M. Goodnight, 13.vii.1949); Chiapas, 

Finca Guautimoc (several paratypes, leg. C. 

& M. Goodnight, 2.vii.1950); Tabasco, Emiliano 

Zapata (several paratypes, leg. 15.viii. 

1945); Quintana Roo, Puerto Morelos (several 

paratypes, leg. B. F. Osorio Tafall, xi. 1947); 

Quintana Roo, Isla Cozumel (several paratypes, 

leg. B. F. Osorio Tafall, 24.xi. 1947, 

IPNM 1628). 

Remarks: Leistikow (2000c) redescribed Philoscia 

ctenoscoides on the basis of the type 

specimens. From his paper it seems that the 

museum number refers to all material mentioned 

above. 

[Oxyuropoda Carpenter & Swain, 1908 

Type species: Oxyuropoda ligioides Carpenter & Swain, 

1908 (m). 

Remarks: This Devonian fossil is, despite its odd ligioid 

habitus, not a member of the Isopoda. However, Vandel 

(1946) referred to it as the oldest fossil documentation 

of the Oniscidea.] 

Pachyderes Budde-Lund, 1908 b 

Subgenus of Porcellio Lateille, 1804.

64 

Type species: Porcellio obsoletus Budde-Lund, 1885 (o). 

Localities: Cyprus (1 specimen “in Mus. Schaufuss”); Istanbul 

(2 specimens “Mus. Uljanin”); Krym (many specimens; 

“Mus. Petersburg”); (8 syntypes, BMNH 1921:10: 

18:5002-5007). 

Pachydillo Arcangeli, 1934 


Pachydillo Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998 


Type species: Diploexochus rhodesiensis Barnard, 


1998). 

Localities: Zimbabwe (Rhodesia), Bulawayo and 

Salisbury (leg. R. W. E. Tucker); Namibia, 

Damaraland (leg. K. H. Barnard, 1921); Great 

Namaqualand (leg. K. H. Barnard, 1925). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Southern Africa. 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1934) included 2 species. 

Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) validated the 

name by choosing a type species. 

Pacroscia Vandel, 1981 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3.); Family: “Philosciiidae”. 

Type species: Not fixed by the author, ICZN Art. 13.3.: 

unavailable name. 

Species orignally included: 

1. Pacroscia decoui Vandel, 1981: Cuba, prov. Oriente, 

Hoyo de Faniá, in litter (leg. Decou & Negrea, 13.iv. 

1973). 

2. Pacroscia elongata Vandel, 1981: Cuba, prov. Matanzas, 

Cueva La Pluma, on guano (leg. Orghidan, 30.iv.1973). 

Pagana Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Metoponorthus dimorphus Dollfus, 

1895a (o). 

Locality: Réunion (2 �, 1 � with marsupium, 2 �, 

leg. Ch. Alluaud, iv-viii.1893, MNHN-Is5746); 

same data (1 � syntype, MNHN-Is5747); 

same data (2 �, 2 � with marsupium, 

syntypes, MNHN-Is5748). 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: Mauritus, Seychelles, Réunion. 

Palaioscia Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Palaioscia alticola Vandel, 1973 

(m, o). 

Localities: New Guinea: near Goroka, 1550 m; 


Mt.Wilhelm, on the shore of Aunde lake, 3625 

m (leg. P. Jolivet). 

Panningillo Verhoeff, 1942e 


Type species: Panningillo schultzei Verhoeff, 

1942e (m). 

Locality: Cameroon, Compo River (1 � with 

empty marsupium, leg. A. Schultze, 11.vii. 

1911, ZMH). 

Papuadillo Vandel, 1973c 


Type species: Nesodillo papuae Jackson, 1930 

(o). 

Locality: Western New Guinea, Angi Gita (Arfak), 

on Asplenium, in mixed forest with Araucaria 

at 2100 m altitude, leg. Prince Leopold of Belgium, 

10.iii.1929. 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: New Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, 

New Ireland. 

Papuaphiloscia Vandel, 1970 


Type species: Papuaphiloscia insulana Vandel, 

1970 (m). 

Localities: Japan, Riu-Kiu Archipelago, Okinoerabu 

Island, China-chô, Shinjô, ‘Yaja-gô’ 

cave (� and �, leg. Ueno & Morimoto, 

05.viii.1958; NSMT, MNHN). 

Synonym: Haplophiloscia Schultz, 1973. 

Species: 11. 

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago; China: Hubei, 

Hainan Dao; Guadalcanal; Hawaii; New 

Guinea; Japan: Okinawa; New Zealand. 

Papuasoniscus Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Papuasoniscus holthuisi Vandel, 

1973 (o, m). 

Localities: Western New Guinea: (1) Cap 

Suadja, NE of Humboldt Bay, 2°32’S, 

140°48’E, forest litter, on top of limestone hill 

(05.i.1954); (2) Hollandia-Binnen, near Hôtel 

du Gouvernement, 2°37’S, 140°42’E, secondary 

forest litter [sur un sol de serpentine] 

(22.i.1954); (3) Colline Jarremoh, near “Polimacweg” 

road near Hollandia, 2°33’S, 

140°46’E, forest litter, on limestone soil 

(31.xii.1953); (4) Jautefa Bay, near Hollandia,

2°37’S, 140°45’E, rather dry forest, litter 

at base of north slope (26.xii.1953); (4) Kameri, 

Numfoor island, in Geelvinck Bay, N of 

western New Guinea, 0°58’S, 134°52’E 

(02.iii.1955) (preceding samples leg. Holthuis 

or van der Hammen, in RNHL); (5) Bismarck 

Archipelago, New Britain, Valoka, at 

the seashore, at the end of Cape Hoskins 

“Berlese sample Nr 72-83”, primary forest 

(leg. T. Wolff, 1962, 2 specimens, ZMUC 

CRU-6738, ZMUC CRU-9373). – Solomon 

Archipelago: Santa Isabel: (6) Cockatao island, 

shore litter (1 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 

19-20.ix.1965, BMNH 1970:406:1); (7) SE 

of Cockatao Is. (2 �, 1 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 

19-20.ix.1965, BMNH 1970:409:3); (8) Lilihinia 

Is., shore litter (1 �, 7 �, leg. P. N. 

Lawrence, 21.ix.1965, BMNH 1970:407:7); 

(9) Pt. Raja, Fulakora, forest litter (1 �, 1 

�, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 30.ix.1965, BMNH 

1970:405:2); (10) Tatamba, native gardens 

(1 �, 1 damaged �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 

06.x.1965, BMNH 1970:408:16, part); (11) 

Tatamba, coconut and Casuarina litter (2 �, 

leg. P. N. Lawrence, 28-29.ix.1965, BMNH 

1970:408:16, part); (12) Tatamba Raja, forest 

litter (2 �, 6 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 

30.ix.1965, BMNH 1970:408:16, part). – Solomon 

Archipelago: Guadalcanal: (13) Mt. 

Austen near Honiara, forest litter (1 �, leg. P. 

N. Lawrence, 24.viii.1965; BMNH 1970:411:1); 

(14) Near Mt. Gallego, 9.6 km SW Tamboko, 

disturbed forest litter (1 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 

04.vii.1965, BMNH 1970: 412:1); (15) 

Umasami River, 8 km SW Tamboko, Areca 

palm and litter (1 �, 1 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 7- 

10.vii.1965, BMNH 1970:410:2). – Solomon 

Archipelago: San Cristobal: (16) 11.3 km S 

Wainoni, litter of palms, vines and ferns (2 �, 

1 �, leg. P. N. Lawrence, 02.vii.1965, BMNH 

1970:413:3); (17) Warahito-Pagato confluent, 

arboreal litter, 100 m. 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: New Guinea, Solomon Archipelago, 

Tonga, Samoa, Taiwan. 

Remarks: Vandel did not designate type specimens, 

therefore all specimens are syntypes. 

Parachaetophiloscia Cruz & Dalens, 1990b 



65 

Type species: Parachaetophiloscia levantina 

Cruz & Dalens, 1990b. 

Locality: Spain: Cueva del Perro, Cox Alicante 

(1 �, leg. A. Capdepón & J. A. Zaragoza, 

8.vi.1986); same cave (1 �, leg. A. Sendra & 

A. Zaragoza, 26.x.1986) MZB 30SXH8423 

[according to the text, the type specimens are 

deposited in the collections of the authors]. 

Parcirconiscus Verhoeff, 1941 

Synonym of Circoniscus Pearse, 1917. 

Type species: Parcirconiscus ornatus Verhoeff, 1941 (m) 

(synonym of Circoniscus gaigei Pearse, 1917). 

Locality: Guyana, near Paramaribo (1 � without cephalothorax, 

parts of a � mounted on slides, leg. A. Heyne, 

syntypes, ZSM). 

Remarks: Schmalfuss (1980b) reduced Parcirconiscus ornatus 

to a synonym of Circoniscus gaigei. 

Paracubaris Collinge, 1918 

Synonym of Circoniscus Pearse, 1917. 

Type species: Paracubaris spinosus Collinge, 1918 (m) 

(synonym of Circoniscus gaigei Pearse, 1917). 

Locality: Guyana, Mazakuvi River, in decaying wood (2 

specimens, leg. Bodkin, v.1916). 

Remarks: Van Name (1925) reduced Paracubaris to a synonym 

of Circoniscus. Arcangeli (1927b) regarded Paracubaris 

spinosus as a synonym of Circoniscus gaigei. 

Paracyphoniscus Brian, 1958 

Family: Trichoniscidae, Haplopthalminae. 

Type species: Paracyphoniscus meggiolaroi 

Brian, 1958 (m). 

Locality: Italia, Refrontolo (Conegliano), Grotta 

Ca’ Brisotto (1 �, 3 �, syntypes, leg. Meggiolaro, 

06.v.1956). 

Paraguascia Schultz, 1995a 


Type species: Paraguascia pigmentata Schultz, 

1995a (o, m). 

Localities: Paraguay: Misiones prov. 30 km San 

Juan Bautista (road to San Ignacio) near Ao. 

Aguaray, sifting forest litter (� holotype, leg. 

MHNG Expedition, 14.x.1982); Caaguazu 

prov. 20 km N Colonel Oviedo, sifting bamboo 

leaves (2 � paratypes, leg. MHNG Expedition, 

07.x.1979). 

Parakermania Vandel, 1973c 


Type species: Parakermania minima Vandel, 

1973c (o, m).

66 

Locality: Bismarck Archipelago: Dyaul Island, a 

small island NW of New Ireland: Sumuna, in 

the north of the island (leg. Wolff, 02.iii.1962, 

Berlese No. 3, 6 specimens, ZMUC CRU- 

7266). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Bismark Archipelago; south China 

(Hainan Dao). 

Remarks: Vandel did not indicate the number of 

specimens he had examined; there is at least 1 

male, since male pleopods are figured. 

Paralaureola Vandel, 1974 

Nomen nudum. 

Remarks: Vandel (1974) referred to this name without description 

or any species included. From the context, it 

becomes obvious, that he used it erroneously for Praelaureola 

Vandel, 1973b. 

Paraleptotrichus Arcangeli, 1927a 


Type species: Porcellio (Paraleptotrichus) teodori 

Arcangeli, 1927a (m). 

Locality: China, Beijing (2 �, leg. Silvestri, 10.x. 

1925). 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1952) referred to Paraleptotrichus 

teodori incorrectly as “n. g. n. sp.”. 

Paraniambia Collinge, 1914a 

Synonym of Hemilepistus Budde-Lund, 1885. 

Type species: Paraniambia tuberculata Collinge, 1914a 

(m) (synonym of Hemilepistus reaumurii (Audouin & 

Savigny, 1826)) (after Brian 1930, Lincoln 1970). 

Locality: Algeria (leg. J. W. Clark, 1873; type in the 

University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge). 

Remarks: The synonymy was established by Brian (1930). 

Paranotoniscus Barnard, 1932 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3.); Family: Styloniscidae. 

Type species: not designated. 


1. Paranotoniscus capensis Barnard, 1932: South Africa, 

Cape Province, Table Mountain, 610-915 m (3 �, 2 �, 

leg. K. H. Barnard, BMNH 1933:1:25:934-393, syntypes). 

2. Paranotoniscus tuberculatus Barnard, 1932: South 

Africa, Cape Province, Langeberg Range, 610 m (1 �, 

leg. K. H. Barnard, 1927, BMNH 1933:1:25:957, 

syntype). 

3. Paranotoniscus montanus Barnard, 1932: South Africa, 

Cape Province, Hottentots Holland Mts., 1220 m (3 �, 

7 �, leg. K. H. Barnard, 1916, BMNH 1933:1:25:943- 


4. Paranotoniscus latus Barnard, 1932: South Africa, Cape 

Province, River Zonder End Mts., Oudebosch River (3 

�, leg. K. H. Barnard, 1916, BMNH 1933:1:25:940- 



5. Paranotoniscus ornatus Barnard, 1932: South Africa, 

Cape Province, Wellington Mts., 610-1070 m (approx. 7 

specimens in fragments, mainly ovigerous �, leg. K. H. 

Barnard, 1922, BMNH 1933:1:25:951-956, syntypes). 

Parapacroscia Vandel, 1981 


Type species: Parapacroscia negreai Vandel, 

1981 (m). 

Locality: Cuba, prov. Oriente, Río Yumurí, in litter 

(leg. Negrea & Decou, 20.ii.1973). 

Paraperiscyphis Stebbing, 1911 

Synonym of Adinda Budde-Lund, 1904. 

Type species: Paraperiscyphis travancorensis Stebbing, 

1911 (m). 

Locality: India, Travancore, Maddathorai (2 specimens, 

leg. Annandale). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Adinda by Omer- 

Cooper (1926). 

Paraperiscyphops Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 1976 


Type species: Paraperiscyphops vandeli Ferrara 

& Schmalfuss, 1976 (o, m). 

Locality: Cameroon, Victoria, N’dag-Bessol 

(types: 3 � and 2 � in MZ Torino). 

Paraphiloscia Stebbing, 1900 


Type species: Paraphiloscia stenosoma Stebbing, 

1900 (m). 

Locality: New Britain Is. 

Synonym: Pseudophiloscia Budde-Lund, 1904 

(partim). 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: Soloman Islands, Samoa, New Guinea. 

Paraphiloscia Verhoeff, 1908c 

Preoccupied by Paraphiloscia Stebbing, 1900. 


Remarks: Paraphiloscia Verhoeff, 1908c, was described as 

a subgenus of Philoscia, to include the species pyrenaica 

Dollfus, 1897b, squamuliger Kölbel and apenninorum 

Verhoeff, 1908d. Later on Verhoeff added the species 

pygmaea Budde-Lund and esterelana Verhoeff; Verhoeff 

(1926b) replaced the name with Tiroloscia. 

Paraporcellio Verhoeff, 1917a 




1. Porcellio marginenotatus Budde-Lund, 1885: Algeria, 

Bona (1 � lectotype, leg. Fr. Meinert, BMNH 1921:10: 

18:4500); (1 � paralectotype, BMNH 1956:10:10:223);

(11 paralectotypes, ZMUC CRU-1652-1654); the 

lectotype was designated by Schmalfuss (1989d). 

2. Porcellio (Paraporcellio) medionotatus Verhoeff, 1917a: 

Algier (2 �, 7 �, leg. Ribaut?). 

Remarks: Verhoeff introduced Paraporcellio as a subgenus 

of Porcellio. 

Pararmadillo Arcangeli, 1934 

Invalid name (ICZN Art. 13.3). 


Remarks: Arcangeli (1934) assigned 46 species from South 

Africa to the new subgenus Pararmadillo of the genus 

Armadillo. The species were previously described in Armadillo, 

Cubaris or Diploexochus. Now the genus Armadillo 

is restricted to Mediterranean species; Cubaris 

includes with certainty the cosmopolitan C. murina, while 

the other nominal species need re-examination; and Diploexochus 

is restricted to the type species from Brazil. In 

consequence, none of these species can remain in their 

original genus with any certainty; Pararmadillo can not 

be regarded as a subgenus of Armadillo and also can not 

be regarded as a valid genus, since the name is unavailable. 

The best solution seems not to try to validate 

it, but to keep it under “unavailable names”. Taiti, Paoli 

& Ferrara (1998) listed Pararmadillo as invalid name. 

Paraschizidium Verhoeff, 1919 


Type species: Armadillidium (Paraschizidium) 

olearum Verhoeff, 1919 (m) (synonym of 

Armadillidium coeculum Silvestri, 1897). 

Locality: Italy, Liguria, San Remo (4 � and �, leg. 


Synonyms: Illyricosphaera Verhoeff, 1933; Titanosphaera 


Species: 2. 

Distribution: Southern France, NW Italy, Menorca. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1919) described this as subgenus 

of Armadillidium and included olearum 

and probably Armadillidium coeculum 

Silvestri, 1897). The latter being an uncertain 

assignation, P. olearum is considered to be 

the type species, by monotypy. Verhoeff 

(1933b) raised Paraschizidium to generic 

rank. Manicastri & Taiti (1994) reduced P. 

olearum, Illyricosphaera subterranea and 

Titanosphaera myrmicidarum to synonyms 

of P. coeculum, and Taiti & Ferrara (1996) 

included only 2 species with certainty. 

Parasphaerillo Arcangeli, 1934 


Type species: Diploexochus cingulatus Barnard, 

1932 (m). 


67 

Locality: South Africa, Durban, Stella Bush (leg. 

K. H. Barnard, 1912). 

Parastenoniscus Verhoeff, 1908a 

Synonym of Stenoniscus (after Vandel 1944). 

Type species: Parastenoniscus adriaticus Verhoeff, 1908a 

(m). 

Locality: Croatia: Bukkari, under stones, littoral (leg. Verhoeff, 

October 1907). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Stenoniscus by Vandel 

(1944). 

Paratoradjia Ferrara, Meli & Taiti, 1995 


Type species: Paratoradjia beroni Ferrara, Meli 

& Taiti, 1995 (o). 

Localities: Sri Lanka: Kuruwita (� holotype, 

leg. Beron, 1.xii.1984, NMNHS); paratypes: 

same data (1 �, MZUF); Sabaragamuwa 

Prov., Deerwood, Kuruwita, 9.6 km NNW of 

Ratnapura, under logs (1 � and 1 �, leg. 

LUCE, 18-21.ii.1962; ZIUL); same data (1 

�, MZUF); same locality, little gorge (1 �, 

leg. LUCE, 18.ii.1962, ZIUL); Southern 

Province, Haycock Mt., 34 km NNE of Galle, 

300-450 m, under stones (2 �, 1 juv., leg. 

LUCE, 20.i.1962, ZIUL). 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Vietnam, Sri Lanka, New Guinea. 

Literature: Ferrara, Meli & Taiti (1995) described 

or redescribed the species and provided a key 

for their identification. 

Paratylos Verhoeff, 1949a 

Subgenus of Tylos Audouin & Savigny, 1826. 

Type species: Tylos insularis Van Name, 1936 (m). 

Locality: Galapagos, Genovesa Island (= Tower Island), under 

dead wood and slabs of lava (1 � holotype and 1 � and 

3 � paratypes, leg. “Harrison Williams Expedition”, 

29.iv.1923, AMNH 4824 and 4824 A). 

Paraxenodillo Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1983 


Type species: Paraxenodillo singularis Schmalfuss 

& Ferrara, 1983 (o, m). 

Locality: Equatorial Guinea, Annobon Island 

[1°26’S, 5°38’E], 400-500 m (� holotype 

and 5 paratype specimens, leg. L. Fea, v.1902; 

MG). 

Parcylisticus Verhoeff, 1943 

Subgenus of Cylisticus Schnitzler, 1853. 

Type species: Parcylisticus pugionifer Verhoeff, 1943 (o, m).

68 

Locality: Turkey: Ahir Köyü near Elazig (several specimens, 

leg. Kosswig, 1940). 

Remarks: Taiti & Manicastri (1983) reduced Parcylisticus 

to a subgenus of Cylisticus. 

Pardioniscus Arcangeli, 1958b 

Synonym of Balloniscus Budde-Lund, 19008b. 

Type species: Metoponorthus argentinus Dollfus, 1894 (m). 

Locality: Argentina: Buenos Aires Prov. (1 � with marsupium, 

syntype, leg. Borelli, MNHN-Is5751). 

Remarks: Lemos de Castro (1985?) found Pardioniscus argentinus 

to be a synonym of Balloniscus sellowii 

(Brandt, 1833). 

Pareluma Omer-Cooper, 1923 

Synonym of Schizidium Verhoeff, 1901. 

Type species: Pareluma minuta Omer-Cooper, 1923 (o) 

(synonym of Schizidium davidi Dollfus, 1887). 

Locality: Iraq, Amara (9 �, leg. W. E. Evans, 13.xi.1918, 

2 of these � in BMNH 1922:5:18:11-12). 

Remarks: Omer-Cooper (1923) included the type species 

and 6 species previously described in Armadillidium. 

Fran-kenberger (1939b) transferred the type species to 

the genus Schizidium, so Pareluma was included in the 

syn-onymy of Schizidium. Schmalfuss (1988) reduced 

Pare-luma minuta to a synonym of Schizidium davidi 

Dollfus, 1887). 

Parelumoides Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 1983 


Type species: Parelumoides marginatus Ferrara 

& Schmalfuss, 1983 (o, m). 

Locality: SW Cameroon, Fernando Poo, Kribi, 

upper border of beach, under leaf-litter (leg. 

Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 19.ii.1980, SMNS 

T78). 

Parethelum Verhoeff, 1942a 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3.); Family: Eubelidae. 



1. Parethelum insulanum Verhoeff, 1942a: Equatorial 

Guinea, Fernando Poo [now Bioko Is.], near Musola 

[3°26’N, 8°37’E], 570 m (several specimens, incl. � 

and 1 ovigerous �, leg. H. Eidmann, 6.ix.1939/40). 

2. Parethelum montanum Verhoeff, 1942a: Equatorial 

Guinea, Bioko Is., Moca [3°20’N, 8°40’E], Pic St. 

Isabel, 1600 m (1 �, 1 �, leg. H. Eidmann, xii.1939). 

Parischioscia Lemos de Castro, 1967 


Type species: Philoscia omissa Van Name, 1936 

(o, m). 

Localities: Guiana, Kartabo, Bartica district (� 

holotype, leg. W. Beebe, AMNH 5327); paratypes: 

same data (1 �, 2 �, AMNH 5326; 2 


�, AMNH 5328); Kurupung (1 �, 1 �, leg. H. 

Lang, xii.1922, AMNH 6559); Kamakusa (16 

�, 5 �, leg. H. Lang, i.1923, AMNH 6560); 

same data (1 �, 3 �, AMNH 6578); Guiana 

(1 �, leg. H. Lang, i.1923, AMNH 6584); 

Guiana (2 �, 1 �, leg. H. Lang, xii.1922, 

AMNH 6586); Tukeit (1 �, 1 �, leg. F. E. 

Lutz, 16.vii.1911, AMNH 6592); Guiana (2 

�, leg. H. Lang, xii.1922, AMNH 6593); 

Guyana (4 �, leg. H. Lang, i.1923, AMNH 

6599); Dunoon (3 �, leg. A. S. Pearse, 

AMNH 6600). 

Literature: Redescription on the basis of 1 � 

paratype, AMNH 6560 (Leistikow 2001i). 

Parsphaeroniscus Vandel, 1963 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3.), synonym of Scleropactes 

Budde-Lund, 1885. 


Remarks: Vandel (1963) in a footnote introduced the genus 

for the species of Sphaeroniscus excl. the species flavomaculatus, 

gerstaeckeri and portoricensis. Because 

of not designating the type species and also because of 

not citing the names of the species included, the name 

is invalid. Vandel (1968) referred to Parsphaeroniscus 

as a synonym of Scleropactes. 

Patagoniscus Verhoeff, 1939b 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3.), synonym of Styloniscus 

Dana, 1853. 



1. Patagoniscus schwabei Verhoeff, 1939: Chile, Puerto 

Puyuhuapi (numerous specimens, leg. G. H. Schwabe, 

23 and 27.xii.1937, ZMB 25085, syntypes). 

2. Patagoniscus araucanicus Verhoeff, 1939: same data 

as for P. schwabei (ZMB 25262, syntypes). 

3. Patagoniscus simrothi Verhoeff, 1939: Chile, Calbuco, 

La Vega (3.x. and 6.xi.1937, leg. G.H. Schwabe), San Vicente 

near Talcahuano (16.x.1937, leg. G. H. Schwabe) 

(ZMB 25260 and 25261, syntypes); numerous specimens 

in wet moss. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1939) cited this genus as already described, 

but the paper in which he published the original 

description appeared first in 1951, so the date must be 

1939. However, the name is unavailable according to 

ICZN Art. 13.3. The names appearing in the dichotomous 

key (Verhoeff 1939), but not described in the same 

paper, are considered nomina nuda. Vandel (1952b) and 

Green (1961) considered Patagoniscus as synonym of 

Styloniscus. 

Paxodillidium Schmalfuss, 1985 


Type species: Paxodillidium schawalleri 

Schmalfuss, 1985 (o, m).

Locality: Greece, Paxi Is., Gaios [Olivenhain] (� 

holotype, SMNS T152, 1 � and 1 � paratypes, 

SMNS T153, 1 � paratype ZMUF, leg. 

Schawaller & Scheuern, 17-19.iv.1981). 

Pectenoniscus Andersson, 1960 


Type species: Pectenoniscus angulatus Andersson, 

1960 (m). 

Locality: Brazil: Nova Teutonia, Ità, under stones 

(3 � and 8 � syntypes, leg. F. Plaumann, 

01.ii.1939, NHRS). 

Pentheus Koch, 1841b 

Synonym of Armadillo Duméril, 1816. 

Type species: Pentheus punctatus C. L. Koch, 1841b (m). 

Localities: Greece and France. 

Pentoniscus Richardson, 1913 


Type species: Pentoniscus pruinosus Richardson, 

1913 (o, m). 

Localities: Costa Rica, Pithaya S of Cartago (� 

lectotype, leg. C. Picardo, USNM 43771); La 

Mica, mountains SW of Orosi (several specimens, 

leg. C. Picardo, USNM 44291); La 

Estrella, partly collected from bromeliads at 

2000-2500 m (several specimens, leg. C. Picardo, 

USNM 44288). 

Species: 4? 

Remarks: Schultz (1968b) reduced Pentoniscus 

to a synonym of Philoscia Latreille, 1804. 

This cannot be followed, for the name Philoscia 

should be used only for Philoscia muscorum 

and the closest relatives. Leistikow 

(1998b) revalidated the genus. 

Pericephalus Budde-Lund, 1909 


Type species: Armadillo feae Budde-Lund, 1895 

(o). 

Locality: Burma: Tenasserim, Mt. Mooleyit, 500- 

600 m (6 specimens, leg. Fea, iii.1887; out of 

these, 2 � syntypes in BMNH 1921:10:18: 

1612). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Burma, Malaysia. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1904) divided the genus 

Armadillo into 7 groups. Budde-Lund (1909) 

considered them as subgenera; the “Sektio V” 

received the name Pericephalus. 


69 

Perinetia Barnard, 1958 


Type species: Philoscia (Perinetia) reducta Barnard, 

1958 (m). 

Locality: Madagscar, Périnet (26 �, �and juveniles, 

leg. Lawrence, 14.xi.1955, Natal Museum). 

Remarks: Probably synonym of Paraphiloscia 

Stebbing, 1900 (after Taiti & Ferrara, 1980). 

Periscyphis Gerstaecker, 1873 


Type species: Periscyphis trivialis Gerstaecker, 

1873 (m). 

Locality: East Africa, Jipe Lake (3 � syntypes, leg. 

Von der Decken, x.1862, BMNH 1921: 

10:18:1343-1345). 

Synonyms: Cercocytonus Budde-Lund, 1885?; 

Cooperaulax Verhoeff, 1942. 

Species: 39. 

Distribution: East Africa, South Africa, Arabia. 

Literature: Ferrara (1973) gave a key to the species 

occurring in Ethiopia and Somalia (10 

species). Erhard & Schmalfuss (1997) gave a 

key to the species known from Egypt, Israel 

and the Arabian Peninsula (15 species). Taiti, 

Ferrara & Allspach (1997) provided a list of 

38 species. 

Periscyphoides Arcangeli, 1950b 


Type species: Periscyphoides pictus Arcangeli, 

1950b (m). 

Locality: Congo: Luberu (1 damaged �, holotype, 

leg. L. Burgeon 25.viii.1932, MRAC). 

Periscyphops Hilgendorf, 1893 


Type species: Periscyphis (Periscyphops) triarticulatus 

Hilgendorf, 1893 (m). 

Locality: Togo, “Bismarckburg” (3 specimens, 

leg. Büttner, iii.1891, ZMB 8697). 

Species: 24. 

Distribution: West Africa. 

Literature: Ferrara & Schmalfuss (1976) gave a 

key to 8 West African species. 

Periscyphus = misspelling of Periscyphis.

70 

Petroniscus Verhoeff, 1908c 

Subgenus of Oroniscus Verhoeff, 1908c. 



1. Oroniscus dolomiticus Verhoeff, 1908c: Alps, Ampezzo 

region (Dolomiti), under limestones (1 �, slide, BMNH 

1931:4:27:100, 5 �, BMNH 1908:6:1:18, 1921:6:10:39 

and 1937:7:6:121-123, syntypes, leg. Verhoeff, viii. 

1906). 

2. Oroniscus calcivagus Verhoeff, 1908c: Alps, Krain: 

Pod-brdo, 550 m, deciduous forest (2 �, 2 �, leg. 

Verhoeff, ix.1907). 

Phalaba Budde-Lund, 1910 


Type species: Phalaba brevis Budde-Lund, 1910 

(m). 

Locality: Kilimanjaro, Kibonoto, 2000–3000 m 

(2 �, 12 �, 11.xii.1905 and 06.i.1906, 

BMNH 1921:10:18:2091-2103); same data? 

(10 syntypes, NHRS 5840). 

Species: 6? 

Distribution: Tanzania, Ethiopia. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1910) described only P. 

brevis, but below this description there is a 

short note in which he mentions that he knows 

two other new species of this genus. For one, 

a name, but no desciption is given, for the 

other, not even a name is given. Phalaba 

fusca is a nomen nudum, and Phalaba brevis 

is the type species by monotypy. 

Phalloniscus Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Oniscus punctatus Thomson, 1879 


Locality: New Zealand, South Island, Dunedin. 

Species: ca. 26 nominal species. 

Distribution: Western Australia, New Zealand, 

Brazil, Venezuela, Corsica. 

Remarks: Bowley (1935) revised the species, described 

or redescribed 6 species and gave a 

key to the 3 species of the subgenus Hanoniscus 

only. She also discussed the confused 

history of the names that were assigned 

to some samples by the previous authors. The 

mention of Oniscus punctatus as type species 

of Phalloniscus by Jackson (1941) is regarded 

as designation of the type species, according 

to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. Taiti & Ferrara (1996) 

wrote that the genus Phalloniscus is probably 

endemic to New Zealand. 


Pherusa C. L. Koch, 1841b 

Synonym of Titanethes Schiödte. 

Preoccupied by Pherusa Oken, 1805 or 1807 (Annelida: 

Polychaeta: Flabelligeridae). Another senior homonym 

is Pherusa Leach, 1814 (Crustacea: Amphipoda). 

Type species: Pherusa alba C. L. Koch, 1841b (m). 

Locality: Cave “Adelsberger Grotte” in Krain [probably in 

Slovenia]. 

Philongria = misspelling of Philougria Kinahan, 1857; in 

Chilton (1883). 

Philoscia Latreille, 1804 


Type species: Oniscus sylvestris Fabricius, 1793. 

Synonym of Oniscus muscorum Scopoli, 1763. 

Locality: “Carniolia” [probably Austria, Kärnten], 

in forests and gardens, under moss and 

under stones. 

Species: approx. 10. 

Distribution: Europe, Mediterranean. 

Remarks: Most of the species described in the 

genus Philoscia have to be transferred to 

other genera or become nomina dubia; only 

Philoscia muscorum and its closest relatives 

remain in Philoscia. After Schmalfuss 

(1990c), these comprise about 10 species. 

Philoscina Ferrara & Taiti, 1985 


Type species: Philoscina natalis Ferrara & Taiti, 

1985 (o). 

Localities: South Africa: Natal, Trafalgar, South 

Coast (1 � holotype, 1 �, 3 � paratypes, leg. 

R. F. Lawrence, vii.1963, NMP ex8662); near 

Ramsgate, South Coast (1 � and 5 � paratypes, 

leg. R. F. Lawrence, ix.1964, NMP 

8668, 8669, type no. 2752). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: South Africa, Natal. 

Philoscodillo Jackson, 1938 

Family: ? 

Type species: Cerberoides (Philoscodillo) pilosus 

Jackson, 1938 (m). 

Locality: Rapa Island, south of Mt. Tanga, 214 m 

(1 �, leg. D. Anderson, 23.vii.1934). 

Remarks: The type species was described under 

the genus name Cerberoides, but Jackson did 

not designate a type species for that genus; 

thus, the name Cerberoides is unavailable 

according to ICZN Art. 13.3. It is replaced by

the subgenus name, which therefore “automatically” 

rises to generic rank. 

Philougria Kinahan, 1857 

Synonym of Trichoniscus Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Philougria celer Kinahan, 1857 (m). 

Localities: Ireland (Dublin, Wexford, Cork, Kerry), England 

(London, Kent, Chisselhurst). 

Remarks: Chilton (1886) used Philygria instead of Philougria, 

and in a footnote referred to a remark in the Zoological 

Record for 1877, Crustacea, p.24, according to 

which Philygria is “a more correct spelling of the word 

than Philougria”. Barnard (1932) reduced Philougria 

to a synonym of Trichoniscus. 

Philygria = Philougria. 

Phylloniscus Purcell, 1903 


Type species: Phylloniscus braunsi Purcell, 1903 

(m). 

Locality: South Africa: Cape Colony, Willowmore, 

in subterranean galleries of Hodotermes 

viator (3 specimens, leg. Brauns; SAMC 

9863). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: South Africa. 

Phyloscia (misspelling for Philoscia?). 

Phyloscia violacea Filhol, 1885 is a synonym of Scyphax 

ornatus. 

Phymatoniscus Racovitza, 1908 


Type species: Trichoniscus tuberculatus Racovitza, 

1907 (o, m). 

Locality: France, Ariège, Grotte de l’Herm (3 � 

syntypes, leg. Racovitza, 30.ix.1905, BMNH 

1910:1:10:9-11). 

Species: 4. 

Pirgoniscus = misspelling of Pyrgoniscus Kinahan, 1859. 

Pittieroniscus Paoletti, 1989 


Locality: Venezuela. 

Remarks: Pittieroniscus is a nomen nudum, because the 

name is only marked “n. gen., n. sp.”, without any 

species included or any description. 

Platanosphoera Strouhal, 1942 

Nomen nudum. 

Platanosphoera Strouhal, 1956 



71 

Type species: Troglarmadillidium (Platanosphoera) 

beieri Strouhal, 1956 (m). 

Locality: Greece, Epirus, Platanus forest in the 

valley of Kakolangado (1 �, leg. Beier, 

07.vi.1933). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Greece, Epirus, Creta. 

Remarks: The name was introduced by Strouhal 

(1942) as a nomen nudum; in 1956 he placed 

it as a subgenus of Troglarmadillidium, to 

include the species beieri. Vandel (1957) 

elevated Platanosphoera to generic rank. 

Plataoniscus Vandel, 1963 



Plataoniscus Leistikow, 2001 

Family: Balloniscidae. 

Type species: Alloniscus borelli Dollfus, 1897 

(designated by Leistikow, 2001). 

Localities: Argentina, Prov. de Jujuy (3 �, 1 � 

with marsupium, 2 �, leg. Borelli, MNHN- 

Is4977); same data (1 �, 3 � with marsupium, 

3 �, MNHN-Is4978); Prov. de Salta, near 

Salta (4 �, 12 � with marsupium, 5 �, leg. 

Borelli, MNHN-4979); Prov. de Jujuy, San 

Lorenzo (11 �, 20 � with marsupium, 10 �, 

leg. Borelli, MNHN-Is4980); Prov. de Salta, 

Tala (19 �, 9 � with marsupium, 19 �, leg. 

Borelli, MNHN-Is4981); Prov. de Jujuy (1 

�, 3 � with marsupium, 1 �, leg. Borelli, 

MNHN-Is4982); Prov. de Jujuy, San Lorenzo 

(1 �, leg. Borelli, BMNH 1921:10:18:1701); 

same data (1 �, leg. Borelli, BMNH 1956: 

10:10:151); Bolivia, Chaco, Caiza (1 �, 3 � 

with marsupium, 1 �, leg. Borelli, MNHN- 

Is4983) [all syntypes]. 

Species: 3. 

Remarks: Plataoniscus was introduced by Vandel 

(1963) to include the species Alloniscus 

borellii Dollfus, 1897, Alloniscus griseus 

Dollfus, 1897, and Philoscia argentina Giambiagi 

de Calabrese, 1939. Since he did not 

designate one of them as type species, Plataoniscus 

Vandel, 1963 is an unavailable name 

(ICZN Art. 13.3). Leistikow (2001) validated 

the name by choosing Alloniscus borellii 

as type species. He redescribed this species 

on the basis of slide preparations from the 

Vandel Collection (MNHN-CV 4940–4942).

72 

It is not known from which of the above 

samples Vandel made the preparations, or 

whether he examined other (non-type) material. 

The number of species is 3 after Vandel 

(1963), but Leistikow (2001g, h) indicated only 

2 nominal species. 

Platyarthrus Brandt, 1833 


Type species: Platyarthrus hoffmannseggii 

Brandt, 1833. 

Locality: “Germania”. 

Species: 30. 

Distribution: Southern Europe, Turkey. 

Platycylisticus Strouhal, 1971 

Subgenus of Cylisticus Schnitzler, 1853. 

Type species: Cylisticus (Platycylisticus) dobati Strouhal, 

1971 (m). 

Locality: Turkey, near Black Sea coast, cave no. 5 near 

Eregli (5 �, leg. K. Dobat, 05.ix.1962, largest specimen 

is the holotype); (20 �, leg. M. & K. Dobat, 22- 

23.iii.1967, largest specimen is the allotype). 

Platyburmoniscus Schmidt, 2000b 


Type species: Platycytoniscus granulatus Manicastri 

& Taiti, 1987. 

Locality: Sri Lanka, Central Province, Horton 

plains, 6700 ft., 17.7 km SSE Nuwara Eliya 

(holotype �, leg. Lund University Ceylon 

Expedition, 19-20.iii.1962, ZIUL). 

Platycytoniscus Herold, 1931 


Type species: Platycytoniscus spinosus Herold, 

1931 (m). 

Locality: Indonesia: Flores: Geli Mutu, 1300 m 

(1 �, 6 �, 4 � with marsupium, 1 anterior half, 

leg. Sunda-Expedition Rensch, 15-20.vii. 1927, 

ZMB 22991). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Flores, Sri Lanka. 

Pleopodoscia Verhoeff, 1942a 


Type species: Pleopodoscia isabelensis Verhoeff, 

1942a (m). 

Locality: Equatorial Guinea, Fernando Poo [now 

Bioko Is.] (1 specimen, exact location unknown, 

after Verhoeff 1942a). 


Species: 6. 

Distribution: East Africa. 

Pleurarmadillidium Verhoeff, 1900 

Subgenus of Armadillidium Brandt in Brandt & Ratzeburg, 

[1831]. 

Type species: Armadillidium omblae Verhoeff, 1900 (m). 

Locality: Ombla Valley near Gravosa (Italy). 

Pleurocyphoniscus Verhoeff, 1901b 

Synonym of Leucocyphoniscus Verhoeff, 1910. 

Type species: Pleurocyphoniscus bertkaui Verhoeff, 1901 

(m). 

Locality: Uncertain. 

Remarks: Regarded as synonym of Leucocyphoniscus by 

Carl (1910) and Arcangeli (1923). 

Plumasicola Vandel, 1981 


Type species: Plumasicola orghidani Vandel, 

1981 (m). 

Locality: Cuba, prov. Matanzas, Dolina del Campamento 

(“doline située sur le trajet du 2e 

étage de la Cueva de la Pluma”, in litter, leg. 

Decou, 30.iv.1973). 

Plymophiloscia Wahrberg, 1922 


Type species: Philoscia (Plymophiloscia) maxima 

Wahrberg, 1922 (designated by Green 

1961). 

Locality: Australia, Queensland, Bellenden Ker 

(1220 m), Mailanda, Cedar Creek, Blackal 

Range (several �, leg. Mjöberg, 1910-13, 

NHRS). 

Species: 8. 

Distribution: Australia, Tasmania. 

Remarks: Wahrberg (1922) included 2 species. 

The mention of Philoscia (Plymophiloscia) 

maxima as type species of Plymophiloscia by 

Green (1961) is regarded as designation of the 

type species, according to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. 

Pogonoligia Jackson, 1927 


Type species: Ligia (Pogonoligia) muscorum Jackson, 1927 

(o, m) (synonym of Ligia platycephala Van Name, 1925). 

Locality: Trinidad, “in moss under Matacas Waterfall” (1 

� holotype, several fragmented paratypes, leg. Withycombe, 

14.ii.1926, BMNH 1927.4.4.1 and 1927.4.4.2– 

6). 

Remarks: Ligia muscorum was recognised as synonym of 

Ligia platycephala by Van Name (1936).

Polyacanthus Budde-Lund, 1909 


Type species: Armadillo aculeatus Budde-Lund, 

1885 (m). 

Locality: Angola, Cabinda, Chinchoxo (1 syntype, 

ZMB 6662). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Cabinda, Transvaal. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1904) divided the genus 

Armadillo into 7 groups. Budde-Lund (1909) 

considered them as subgenera; the “Sektio 

IV” received the name Polyacanthus. 

Polyplatus Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Porcellio latissimus Budde-Lund, 1885 (o). 

Locality: Sardinia (leg. Keitel); (3 �, 5 � syntypes, BMNH 

1921:10:18:4988–4992). 

Polytretus Vandel, 1946 


Polytretus Vandel, 1962 


Type species: Metoponorthus sexfasciatus Budde-Lund, 

1885 (designated by Vandel 1962). 

Locality: Algeria, Algiers (5 � syntypes, leg. E. Simon, 

BMNH 1921:10:18:4735). Budde-Lund (1885) also 

mentioned localities in Spain and France, and Mallorca 

and Madeira, but this material could not be traced. It is 

prob-ably lost. 

Remarks: Polytretus was described as subgenus of Metoponorthus 

Budde-Lund, 1885, which is a synonym of 

Porcellionides Miers, 1878. Vandel (1946) included 

3 species, without designating a type species. Vandel 

(1962) mentioned M. sexfasciatus sensu Budde-Lund, 

1885 (not C. L. Koch, 1847) as type species, and thus 

made the name available. According to Vandel, Porcellio 

sexfaciatus C. L. Koch, 1847 is identical to Orthometopon 

phaleronensis (Verhoeff, 1901). If this is true, 

then according to the ICZN, the name “Metoponorthus 

sexfasciatus Budde-Lund” should be discarded rather 

than the name Porcellio sexfasciatus C. L. Koch. 

Schmalfuss (1993) discussed the problem and seemed 

to consider Porcellio sexfasciatus C. L. Koch, 1847 as 

a nomen dubium. 

Pondo Barnard, 1937 


Type species: Porcellio (Pondo) poweri Barnard, 

1937 (m). 

Locality: South Africa, Port St. Johns, Pondoland 

(1 �, 1 �, 2 juv., leg. Power, i.1934, NMP or 

SAMC). 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Porcellio 

Latreille, 1804. Ferrara & Taiti (1989b) re- 


73 

ferred to Pondo as a genus probably of Platyarthridae. 

Porcellidium Verhoeff, 1907b 

Synonym of Porcellium Dahl, 1916. 

Type species: Porcellio conspersus C. L. Koch, 1841b. 

Locality: Germany, Hohengebraching [48°58’N, 12°05’E]. 

Remarks: Preoccupied by Porcellidium Claus, 1866 (Copepoda: 

Harpacticoidea), Dahl (1916) introduced Porcellium 

as a replacement name. 

Porcellio Latreille, 1804 

Family: Porcellonidae. 

Type species: Porcellio scaber Latreille, 1804 

(designated by Gruner 1966). 

Locality: Not given in the original description. 

Species: Ca. 300 nominal species. 

Distribution: Mediterranean area, some species 

worldwide . 

Remarks: Latreille (1804) included 3 species, P. 

scaber, P. laevis Latreille, 1804 and Oniscus 

crenulatus Pallas, 1771; the latter now is 

in Hemilepistus. The mention of Porcellio 

scaber as type species of Porcellio by Gruner 

(1966) is regarded as designation of the type 

species, according to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. A 

great number of the nominal species will have 

to be transferred to other genera or become 

nomina dubia. 

Porcellionides Miers, 1878 


Type species: Porcellio (Porcellionides) jelskii 

Miers, 1878 (designated by Schmalfuss & 

Ferrara 1978) (synonym of Porcellio pruinosus 

Brandt, 1833). 

Localities: Guyana, Maraynioe (1 � and 2 � with 

marsupium, syntypes, BMNH 1879:21); Peru, 

Pumamarca (3 �, 3 �, syntypes, BMNH 

1879:21); Caracas, Guiana [?] (9 �, 10 �, 

BMNH 1887:20). 

Syn: Metoponorthus Budde-Lund, 1879. 


Distribution: Worldwide in warm temperate or 

subtropical regions. 

Remarks: According to Stebbing (1900), in Scudder’s 

Nomenclator Zoologicus (1882) the 

name Porcellionides is mentioned twice: Porcellionides 

Milne-Edwards, 1840 and Porcellionides 

Miers, 1877 (1978). The name Porcellionides 

Milne-Edwards, 1840 was not

74 

used as a genus-group name, but as a name of 

higher taxonomic rank (“Division des Porcellionides”). 

Miers (1877) included 3 species 

described as new, Porcellio (Porcellionides) 

jelskii, P. flavovittata and P. aztecus. Schmalfuss 

& Ferrara (1978) considered P. aztecus to 

be a synonym of Porcellio laevis, and, after 

examination of the type specimens of the other 

two species, designated P. jelskii as type 

species and stated that it is a synonym of 

Porcellio pruinosus Brandt. Schmalfuss & 

Ferrara (1978) examined the specimens from 

“Guyana, Maraynioe”. 

Porcellium Dahl, 1916 


Type species: Porcellio conspersus C. L. Koch, 

1841b (designated by Gruner 1966). 

Locality: Germany, Hohengebraching [48°58’N, 

12°05’E]. 

Synonym: Porcellidium Verhoeff, 1907. 

Species: 12. 

Distribution: Central and south-eastern Europe. 

Remarks: The mention of Porcellio conspersus as 

type species of Porcellium by Gruner (1966) 

is regarded as designation of the type species, 

according to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. 

Literature: Schmalfuss (1996a) enumerated 12 

valid species of this genus and described or 

redescribed 8 of them, which are represented 

in Greece. 

Portoricoscia Leistikow, 1999c 


Type species: Philoscia richmondi Richardson, 

1901 (o, m). 

Locality: Puerto Rico, El Yunque, 910 m (� lectotype, 

1 � and several � paratypes, leg. C. 

W. Richmond, 26.ii.1900, USNM 23913). 

Posidoniscus Verhoeff, 1942b 

Subgenus of Stenoniscus Aubert & Dollfus, 1890. 

Type species: Parastenoniscus (Posidoniscus) plutonis 

Verhoeff, 1942b. 

Locality: Italy, Ischia, beach (leg. P. Buchner & G. Buchner, 

12.iv. [year not indicated]). 

Remarks: Verhoeff described Posidoniscus as a subgenus of 

Parastenoniscus, which was later synonymized with 

Stenoniscus. 

Potrerillo de Armas & Juarrero de Varona, 1999 

Subgenus of Pseudarmadillo de Saussure, 1857. 


Type species: Pseudarmadillo auritus de Armas & Juarrero 

de Varona, 1999 (o). 

Localities: Cuba, Prov. Sancti Spíritus, Pico Potrerillo, Trinidad 

(� holotype, leg. J. L. Fontenla, 14.xii.1991, IESH); 

same data (4 � paratypes, leg. A. Avila, 15.xii.1991, 

IESH); Lomas de Altar, Topes de Collantes, Trinidad (2 � 

and 3 � paratypes, leg. L. F: Armas, 08.ix.1972, IESH); 

base del Pico Potrerillo, Trinidad (15 � and 9 � paratypes, 

leg. L. F. Armas & L. R. Hernandez, 06.ix.1972; IESH). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Cuba. 

Praeakermania Vandel, 1974 

Nomen nudum. 

Remarks: Without description and without any species included; 

Vandel (1974) obviously cited this name erroneously 

for Parakermania Vandel, 1973b. 

Praelaureola Vandel, 1974 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); synonym of Laureola 

Barnard, 1960. 



1. Praelaureola silvatica Vandel, 1974: Australia: New 

South Wales, Cangai, approx. 65 km W of Grafton, “in 

rain forest under logs” (leg. G. S. Hunt, 11.i.1970). 

2. Praelaureola canberrensis Vandel, 1974: Australia: Canberra, 

Brindabella Range, “under logs in wet sclerophyll 

forest” (leg. G. S. Hunt, 27.xii.1969). 

Proischioscia Vandel, 1968 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); synonym of Ischioscia 

Verhoeff, 1928a. 



1. Proischioscia andina Vandel, 1968: Ecuador (E. C. 14): 

Cotopaxi, prairie alpine, 3800 m alt., iii.1965; Ecuador 

(E. C. 16), Papallacta, N Cotopaxi. Forêt arbustive de 

montagne, 3400-3600 m alt., iii.1965 (IRSNB). 

2. Ischioscia amazonica Castro, 1955: Brazil: Amazonia: 

Itacoai Valley (� holotype and 1 � paratype, leg. J. 

Candido de Mello Carvalho & A. Fontes, v.1950, MNRJ 

774 and 1216). 

Remarks: Schmalfuss (1980a) reduced Proischioscia to a 

synonym of Ischioscia. Since a type species was not 

designated, the name remains unavailable. 

Proporcellio Verhoeff, 1907b 




1. Porcellio cattarensis Verhoeff, 1901c: Cattaro, 

Ombla valley (several specimens, leg. 

Verhoeff). 

2. Porcellio fossuliger Verhoeff, 1901c: Bank of 

Ombla River (1 �, 1 �, leg. Verhoeff). 

3. Porcellio marginenotatus Budde-Lund, 1885: 

Algeria, Bona (� lectotype, leg. Fr. Meinert, 

BMNH 1921:10:18:4500); (1 � paralectotype,

BMNH 1956:10:10:223); (11 paralectotypes, 

ZMUC CRU-1652-1654); the lectotype was 

designated by Schmalfuss (1989d). 

4. Porcellio politus C. L. Koch, 1841a: Karlsbad. 

5. Porcellio (Mesoporcellio) corticicolus Verhoeff, 

1907b: Peloponnes. 

6. Porcellio (Mesoporcellio) albanicus Verhoeff, 

1907b: Albania, Skutari Lake (1 �, leg. O. 

Wohlberedt). 

Species: ? 

Distribution: Algeria, Malta, Dalmatia, Greece. 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1907b) used Proporcellio as 

name for a “Sectio” of the subgenus Mesoporcellio 

of the genus Porcellio, and included 

6 species. In contrast, Verhoeff (1917) inverted 

the rank of both names and regarded 

Mesoporcellio as a Sektio of the subgenus 

Euporcellio, while he elevated Proporcellio 

to subgeneric rank and subdivided it into the 

sections Proporcellio and Paraporcellio. 

However, a designation of a type species did 

not result from this. Porcellio marginenotatus 

is one of the two species originally included in 

Paraporcellio (see above). 

Prosekia Vandel, 1968 


Prosekia Leistikow, 2001 


Type species: Chaetophiloscia rutilans Vandel, 

1952 (designated by Leistikow 2001d). 

Locality: Venezuela, El Junquito (� lectotype, 1 

ovigerous �, 1 �, paralectotypes, leg. G. 

Marcuzzi, 02.vii.1950, MNHN-CV). 

Remarks: Vandel (1968) included 3 species, but 

did not designate a type species, thus the name 

was unavailable according to ICZN Art. 13.3. 

One of the three species, Chaetophiloscia 

hamigera Vandel, 1952, was designated as 

type species of the new genus Androdeloscia 

(Leistikow 1999a). Leistikow (2001d) made the 

name Prosekia available by chosing the type 

species. 

Protonethes Absolon & Strouhal, 1932 


Type species: Protonethes ocellatus Absolon & 

Strouhal, 1932 (m). 

Localities: Yugoslavia (Loc. Nr. 671) Spilja Ma- 


75 

tijesevica (9 �, 35 �, 09.viii.1917); (Loc. 

723), same cave (3 �, 2 juv., 20.x.1917); 

(Loc. 675) Pecina u Napoda (2 �, 

11.viii.1917); (Loc. 693) Pecina in the Careve 

Doline (1 �, 26.ix.1917); (Loc. 729), same 

cave (1 �, 31.x.1917); (Loc. 694), Zackova 

Pecine (2 �, 26.ix.1917); (Loc. 669) Vojvodina 

pecina near Nanove at Grahovo Polje 

west of Troskarica Planina (6 �, 3 �, 

07.viii.1917); (Loc. 718), same cave (7 �, 13 

�, 13.x.1917); (Loc. 722) Cave in Selakov do, 

south of Bjelos Planina (20.x.1917); (Loc. 

725) Cave Jabukovac between Dvrsno and 

Grahovo Polje, west of Ploce Pass (1 �, 6 �, 

25.x.1917); (Loc. 783) Goli Vrh Cave, 1311 

m, NE of Risano (1 �, 3 �, iv.1918); (Loc. 

637) Izeta pecina below Grkovac, 900 m, NE 

Ledenice (2 �, 1 �, 15.x.1916); (Loc. 663) 

Pecina at Han Pass, S of Dvrsno Polje, 676 m 

(2 �, 04.viii.1917); (Loc. 287) Pecina u Kucericama, 

Orjen ( 3 �, 28.v.1913); (Loc. 696, 

same cave (3 imm., 30.ix.1917) [the Loc. 

numbers refer to “Biospeologica balcanica”; 

all specimens are regarded as syntypes]. 

Protoradjia Arcangeli, 1955 


Type species: Prototoradjia jacobsoni Arcangeli, 

1955 (m). 

Localities: Indonesia: Sumatra: “Somang by Nalung, 

Pad. Boveul Sum” (1 �, leg. Jacobson, 

xi.1913); “Nalung, Talatang, Pad. Boveul 

Sum.” (1 �, leg. Jacobson, xii.1913); “Sinabang 

Sim. Sum” (1 �, leg. Jacobson, iii.1913; 

NNM). 

Species: 5. 

Distribution: Sumatra, Malay Peninsula. 

Remarks: Although Arcangeli’s paper was published 

in vol. 4 (1953/54; see references), 

Ferrara, Meli & Taiti (1995) give 1955 as the 

publication year. They seem to have some 

additional information on this date. Besides, 

they mention one male, which they designated 

as lectotype, and a female paralectotype, both 

with the locality “Sumatra, Sinabang”. In the 

case of the male, this is not congruent with 

Arcangeli’s data. 

Literature: Ferrara, Meli & Taiti (1995) redescribed 

the type species and added 4 new 

species.

76 

Protosphaeroniscus Schmalfuss, 1980b 


Type species: Protosphaeroniscus tertiarius 

Schmalfuss, 1980b (o, m). 

Locality: Haiti, fossil in Dominican Amber (1 � 

holotype, SMNS Do-1494-K-1, 1 � paratype, 

SMNS Do-1503-K-1). 

Protracheoniscus Verhoeff, 1917 


Type species: Porcellio amoenus C. L. Koch, 

1841b (designated by Gruner 1966). 

Localities: Wien, Budapest. 

Species: 50. 

Distribution: France, central and south-eastern 

Europe, central Asia, China, Japan. 

Remarks: Described as a subgenus of Tracheoniscus 

Verhoeff, 1917, with 3 species included, 

and elevated to generic rank by Verhoeff 

(1923). The mention of Porcellio amoenus 

as type species of Protracheoniscus 

by Gruner (1966) is regarded as designation of 

the type species, according to ICZN Art. 

69.1.1. Ferrara & Argano (1989) considered 

Protracheoniscus to be a junior synonym of 

Agnara Budde-Lund, 1908b, but their view 

was apparently not followed by subsequent 

authors. 

Protrichoniscus Arcangeli, 1932a 

Synonym of Brackenridgia Ulrich, 1902. 

Type species: Protrichoniscus heroldi Arcangeli, 1932a (m). 

Localities: California, S. Mateo, beach, in a deep, vertical 

cleft in the soil (3 �, 3 �, leg. Silvestri, 14.viii.1930); 

Muir Wood (7 �, 3 �, leg. Silvestri, 18.viii.1930). 

Psachonethes Borutzky, 1969b 


Type species: Psachonethes czerkessicus 

Borutzky, 1969b (m). 

Locality: West Transcaucasus, Krasnodarskij 

Kraj, cave at Psacho river (a tributary of 

Kudepst River) (� holotype, 2 � paratypes, 

leg. Levushkin, 08.vii.1960, ZMMU 825). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: West Transkaukasus, north Iran. 

Pseudarmadillo de Saussure, 1857 

Family: Delatorreidae. 

Type species: Pseudarmadillo carinulatus de 

Saussure, 1857 (m). 


Locality: Mexico or Cuba. 

Synonym: Delatorreia Boone, 1934. 

Species: 14 living and 2 fossil species (from 

Dominican Amber). 

Distribution: Cuba, Bahamas. 

Literature: Revision of the family Delatorreidae, 

with keys to species (de Armas & Juarrero de 

Varona 1999). 

Pseudoaethiopopactes Ferrara, 1974 


Type species: Pseudoaethiopopactes kohleri 


Localities: Tanzania, 110 km S Dodoma, flooded 

plain of a stream, at the small mounds free 

from mud and under leaves (� holotype, 1 � 

allotype and 10 �, 21 � paratypes, leg. E. 

Kohler, 26.xii.1973); Dep. N Iringa, dry soil on 

formerly flooded plain (1 � and 5 � paratypes, 

leg. Dr. V. Dorka, 26.xii.1973). 

Pseudobuddelundiella Borutzky, 1967 


Type species: Pseudobuddelundiella ljovuschkini 

Borutzky, 1967 (o). 

Distribution: Northern Caucasus: Krasnodar District, 

Lasarevki County [rajon], Kirovka cave 

(� holotype, 1 � paratype, leg. Levushkin, 

20.vii.1960, ZMMU 787). 

Species: 2. 

Pseudodiploexochus Arcangeli, 1934 


Pseudodiploexochus Lewis, 1998 


Type species: Diploexochus tabularis Barnard, 

1932 (designated by Lewis 1998b). 

Locality: South Africa, Cape Province, Table Mt., 

lower and upper slopes, 300-900 m, in humus, 

among damp leaves and in ants’ nests (leg. K. 

H. Barnard). 

Species: 18. 

Distribution: Central, southern and eastern Africa. 

Remarks: The original description included 3 species: 

Diploexochus tabularis Barnard, 1932, 

D. ecaudatus Barnard, 1932, and D. 

albanyensis Barnard, 1932. Taiti, Paoli & 

Ferrara (1998) and Lewis (1998b) validated the 

name by choosing a type species. The volume

containing the paper by Taiti, Ferrara & Paoli 

gives the date of printing as November 1998, 

while according to the date printed on the 

cover, the volume containing the paper of 

Lewis was published in October 1998. 

Pseudolaureola Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1983 


Pseudolaureola Kwon, Ferrara & Taiti, 1992 


Type species: Laureola atlantica Vandel, 1977c 

(designated by Kwon, Ferrara & Taiti 1992). 

Localities: St. Helena centre: High Peak, 730-850 

m, Dicksonia tree-trunk (holotype, 23-27.ii. 

1967, MRAC 53120); High Peak, on tree ferns 

of the genus Diplasium (paratypes, iv.1967, 

MRAC 52891-52893); High Peak, 730-790 m, 

on Hedyotis arborea (paratypes, vi.1967, 

MRAC 52894). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: St. Helena, Madagascar, western 

Australia. 

Remarks: Pseudolaureola Schmalfuss & Ferrara 

is an unavailable name, because no type species 

was designated. Kwon, Ferrara & Taiti 

(1992) validated the name by choosing a type 

species. 

Pseudolobodillo Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1983 


Type species: Pseudolobodillo principensis 

Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1983 (m). 

Locality: Principe Island, Bahia do Oeste, 100- 

200 m (� holotype, leg. L. Fea, v-vi.1902, 

MG). 

Pseudoniscus Costa, 1882 

Synonym of Philoscia Latreille, 1904 (after Vandel 1962). 

Type species: Pseudoniscus neglectus Costa, 1882 (m). 

Locality: along Canonica River, at Iglesias. 

Pseudoniscus neglectus is a synonym of Philoscia muscorum 

(after Vandel 1962). 

Pseudophiloscia Budde-Lund, 1904 


Type species: Pseudophiloscia inflexa Budde- 

Lund, 1904 (designated by Leistikow 1998c). 

Locality: Chile, Corral (leg. Plate, x.1894: � lectotype 

and 5 � paralectotypes, ZMB 9562; 1 

�, 1 � paralectotypes, BMNH 1921:10:18: 

979-980). 


77 

Species: 3 (Leistikow 2001e). 

Distribution: Chile. 

Synonyms: Paraphiloscia Stebbing, 1900 (part); 

Araucoscia Verhoeff, 1939. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1904) included the species 

Philoscia gracilis Budde-Lund, 1885 and 

Philoscia fragilis (Ph. pubescens might be a 

synonym of the latter) and the newly described 

Pseudophiloscia inflexa Budde- 

Lund, 1904. Stebbing (1913) and Jackson 

(1926) considered Pseudophiloscia to be a 

synonym of Paraphiloscia Stebbing, 1900 

(after Vandel 1973). Leistikow (1998c) re-examined 

the syntypes of P. inflexa and found 

significant differences between this species 

and the genus Paraphiloscia. Therefore, 

Pseudophiloscia was revalidated to comprise 

P. inflexa and P. angusta Dana, 1852, both 

recorded from Chile. Leistikow (2001e) reduced 

Araucoscia to a synonym of Pseudophiloscia. 

Pseudorthometopon Schmalfuss, 1986a 


Type species: Pseudorthometopon martensi 

Schmalfuss, 1986a (o, m). 

Localities: Iran, Masdaran, 11 km E Alasht, western 

subvalley of the Talar, 1400 m, humid 

deciduous forest (17-28.vi.1978, � holotype 

SMF 12223); Paratypes: same data (1 �, 2 � 

with marsupium), Klard, 20 km S Amol, ca. 

500 m, deciduous forest (24.v.1978, 1 �, 4 � 

with marsupium SMNS T135); Elburs Mountains 

S Alamdeh, 400 m, deciduous forest 

(31.v.1978, 1 �, 8 � with marsupium, SMF 

12225); Talar valley, 12 km NW Zirab, 28. 

vi.1978) 1 �, 1 � with marsupium SMNS 

T134); Elburs Mountains S Alamdeh, 1450 m, 

deciduous forest (30.v.1978, 1 � with marsupium 

SMF 12226); Teheran prov. Elburs 

Mountains, Dasht-Nazir, 1000-1300 m, disturbed 

forest (26.v.1978, 2 � with marsupium 

SMF 12227). 

Pseudosetaphora Ferrara & Taiti, 1986 


Type species: Setaphora ovata Budde-Lund, 

1913. 

Locality: Seychelles, Mahé, under palm leaves 

(7 �, 8 � syntypes, leg. Dr. A. Bauer, 02-

78 

08.v.1901, BMNH 1921:10:18:2291-2302); 

same data (5 syntypes, ZMH 18417). 

Pseudosphaerillo Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Armadillo rouxi Verhoeff, 1926a 

(o, m). 

Localities: New Caledonia: Hienghène (1 specimen, 

05.vi.1911); Ngoi valley, 200 m 

(17.ix.1911), Yaté (15+20.iii.1912): ca. 20 

specimens, leg. Sarasin & Roux. 

Remarks: Verhoeff described the species in the 

genus Armadillo and instituted the new subgenus 

Pseudosphaerillo for it; “Armadillo” 

rouxi does not belong to Armadillo as defined 

by recent authors (e.g., Schmalfuss 

1995). Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) listed 

Pseudosphaerillo as a valid genus. 

Pseudosphaerium Verhoeff, 1931a 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); subgenus of Armadillidium 

Brandt in Brandt &Ratzeburg, [1831]. 


Remarks: Verhoeff (1931a) introduced this subgenus to 

include 34 species, that are mentioned in an identification 

key. Due to the fact that he did not designate a 

type species, the name is unavailable. 

Pseudotyphloscia Verhoeff, 1928b 


Type species: Pseudotyphloscia pallida Verhoeff, 

1928 (m) (synonym of Philoscia alba 

Dollfus, 1898). 

Locality: Taiwan, “Takao” [=Kaohsiung] (2 �, 4 

�, leg. Sauter, 24.xi.1907/09; syntypes ZMB 

21480). 

Distribution: Sulawesi, West Java, Taiwan. 

Pudeoniscus Vandel, 1963 

Family: Pudeoniscidae. 

Type species: Pudeoniscus birabeni Vandel, 

1963 (o, m). 

Locality: Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, Pico de Tijuca (1 

�, 1 �, 1 juv. leg. Delamare Deboutteville, 

13.v.1959). 

Species: 2. 

Pulmoniscus Leistikow, 2001h 

Family: Balloniscidae? 

Type species: Balloniscus insularuminfraventum 

Vandel, 1952. 


Locality: Windward islands, Gran Roque, Cerros 

Orientales, leg. G. Marcuzzi, 2.ix.1950 (1 � 

paratype, CV 3772, and parts of a � holotype, 

mounted on slides, CV 3771.1-7). 

Remarks: Leistikow (2001h) wrote that Pulmoniscus 

is probably not closely related to 

Balloniscus and Plataoniscus. 

Puteoscia Vandel, 1981 


Type species: Puteoscia silvestrii Vandel, 1981 

(m). 

Locality: Cuba, prov. Oriente, Arroyo Pozo Azul, 

in litter (leg. Decou & Negrea, 18.iii.1973). 

Pyrgoniscus Kinahan, 1859 


Type species: Pyrgoniscus cinctutus Kinahan, 

1859 (m). 

Locality: “Eastern Seas” (1 � holotype, collect-ed 

during the voyage of H.M.S. “Herald”, 

BMNH 1856:85). 

Species: 12. 

Distribution: Australia, Chatham Is., Loyalty Is., 

New Caledonia, Kenya. 

Remarks: Although Kinahan did not designate 

this species as “sp. n.”, he seems to be the 

author. Stebbing (1900) considered Pyrgoniscus 

as synonym of Cubaris. Budde-Lund 

(1904) placed the species cinctutus in his section 

X of Spherillo, which he later (1913) 

named Merulana. Verhoeff (1926a) and Vandel 

(1973) retained the latter name. Monod 

(1935), Ferrara (1977) and Taiti et al. (1998) 

regarded Merulana as a synonym of Pyrgoniscus. 

Quelpartoniscus Kwon, 1995 

Family: “Scyphacidae”. 

Type species: Quelpartoniscus tuberculatus 

Kwon, 1995 (m). 

Locality: South Korea, Cheju Island, Namwon-up, 

Harye-ri, Manjangp’o, dump of gravel in 

supralittoral zone (leg. D. H. Kwon et al., 

24.vi.1992, MHNG). 

Quintanoscia Leistikow, 2000c 

Family: Philosciidae.

Type species: Philoscia contoyensis Mulaik, 

1960. 

Locality: Mexico, Quintana Roo, Isla Contoy (5 � 

paratypes, leg. B. F. Osorio Tafall, 20.xi. 1947, 

IPNM 1631-A). 

Reductoniscus Keselyak, 1930 


Type species: Reductoniscus costulatus Kesselyak, 

1930 (m). 

Locality: Greenhouses of Berlin Botanical Garden 

(leg. Kesselyak, 16.v.1930, ZMB 22478). 


Distribution: St. Helena, New Guinea, Mauritius, 

Seychelles, Malaysia, Hawaii. 

Remarks: Kesselyak (1930) referred to Armadillo 

tuberosus Budde-Lund as probably belonging 

to this genus. Ferrara & Taiti (1990) transferred 

all species previously assigned to 

Reductoniscus, except for the type species, to 

other genera and described two species as 

new. 

Rennelloscia Vandel, 1971 


Rennelloscia Vandel, 1973 

Synonym of Burmoniscus Collinge, 1914b. 

Type species: Rennelloscia wolffi Vandel, 1971 (designated 

by Vandel, 1973b). 

Localities: Rennell Island: Teabamagu, leg. T. Wolff, 16- 

18.x.1951 (1 specimen, ZMUC CRU-9481); Hutuna, on 

the top of the hill behind the village, recently cleared forest 

with some scrub left, leg. T. Wolff, 15.iii.1965 (10 

specimens, ZMUC CRU-4267); Hutuna, leg. T. Wolff, 

28.iii.1965 (1 specimen, ZMUC CRU-4268); Tigoa, 

leg. T. Wolff, 22.iii.1962 (1 specimen + 1 slide, ZMUC 

CRU-8306); Niupani, Berlese sample, primary forest, 

no. 106, leg. T. Wolff, 20.viii.1962 (2 specimens, 

ZMUC CRU-4269); Niupani, Berlese sample no. 129, 

papaya garden, soil with half rotten plant debris, leg. 

T. Wolff, 29.iii.1962 (1 specimen, ZMUC CRU-9480). 

Remarks: Vandel (1971) introduced the genus Rennelloscia 

with 2 species, R. wolffi, and R. microlobata Vandel, 

1971, included. This name is unavailable because he did 

not designate a type species. The mention of Rennelloscia 

wolffi as type species of Rennelloscia by Vandel (1973b) 

is regarded as designation of the type species, according 

to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. Thus, the name Rennelloscia 

becomes available with the authorship of Vandel 

(1973b). Taiti & Ferrara (1986) later reduced it to a 

synonym of Burmoniscus Collinge, 1914. 

Revolutus Lewis, 1992 

Synonym of Schismadillo Verhoeff, 1926a. 


79 

Type species: Revolutus spinosus Lewis, 1992 (o, m). 

Localities: Australia: Queensland, Atherton, 17°165’S, 145° 

29’E, under tree roots on bank of dry creek (holotype � 

AM P39123, � and � paratypes AM P39124, QM 15791, 

TMAG G3303, leg. Lewis, IX.1988); Queensland, 

Goldsborough Forest Road, Mulgrave River crossing, 

near Bellenden Ker (leg. Lewis, iv.1988). 

Remarks: Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) reduced Revolutus 

to a synonym of Schismadillo. 

Rhabdoniscus Vandel, 1981 


Type species: Rhabdoniscus robustus Vandel, 

1981 (m). 

Localities: Cuba: prov. Oriente, Cueva Jibara, in 

plant litter (17.iii.1973), Cueva el Rabon, 

in plant litter (19.iii.1973), leg. Decou & 

Negrea. 

Rhacodes C. L. Koch, 1856 

Synonym of Tylos Audouin & Savigny, 1826? 

Type species: Rhacodes inscriptus C. L. Koch, 1856. 

Locality: Andalucia. 

Remarks: Homonym of Rhacodes Ruschka, 1922 (Hymenoptera, 

Ichneumonidae). Gerstaecker in Gerstaecker & 

Ortmann (1901) referred to it as a synonym of Tylos. From 

the original description it is clear that Rhacodes is 

identical with Tylos. Eaton (1882), assuming affinity or 

identity with Eluma, was certainly wrong. Gerstaecker in 

Gerstaecker & Ortmann (1901) and Barnard (1932) 

considered Rhacodes to be a synonym of Tylos Audouin, 

1825. Von Heller (1868) reported that he had examined 2 

specimens of Rhacodes inscriptus obtained from C. L. 

Koch, and that he could not find any differences from 

Tylos latreillei from Bona near Algier, collected by Lucas. 

Rhinoryctes Stuxberg, 1875 

Synonym of Alloniscus Dana, 1854. 

Type species: Rhinorcytes mirabilis Stuxberg, 1875 (m). 

Localities: California, near San Pedro, and near Pacific 

Ocean (12 specimens, leg. G. Eisen). 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1879) listed A. mirabilis Stuxberg 

under the genus Alloniscus, which means that he reduced 

Rhinoryctes to a synonym of Alloniscus. 

Rhodesillo Ferrara & Taiti, 1978 


Type species: Rhodesillo sulcifrons Ferrara & 

Taiti, 1978 (o, m). 

Localities: Rhodesia, Mt. Selinda, forêt ombrophile 

de Chirinda, 1300, dans humus (� holotype, 

MRAC 50868, 1 � allotype, MRAC 

54505, 7 � and 24 � paratypes MRAC 54506, 

leg. N. Leleup, vii.1960); same data, but 1250 m 

(6 � and 9 � paratypes MRAC 50872, leg. N. 

Leleup, vii.1960).

80 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Simbabwe, Fernando Poo. 

Rhodopioniscus Tabacaru, 1993b 


Type species: Balkanoniscus beroni Vandel, 

1965 (o, m). 

Localities: Bulgaria: Rodopi Mts., Distr. Plovdiv, 

Topcika, near Dobrostan (5 �, 13 �, leg. 

Beron & Andreev, 21.vi.1960); Jamata cave, 

near Dobrostan (3 �, 6 �, leg. Beron, 09. 

viii.1962). 

Species: 3. 

Rhyscotoides Arcangeli, 1947 

Nomen nudum. 

Rhyscotoides Arcangeli, 1950b 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); Family: Rhyscotidae. 



1. Rhyscotoides moandae Arcangeli, 1950b: Congo, Moanda 

(8 specimens, leg. Bistremieux), Albertville (1 specimen, 

leg. P. Gérard, v.1930) MRAC. 

2. Rhyscotoides silvestrii Arcangeli, 1950b: Sénégal, Dakar 

Thiès (6 specimens, leg. Silvestri), Congo (7 specimens, 

leg. Silvestri, 18.ii.1913), Angola, S. Paolo de Loanda 

(3 specimens, leg. Silvestri). 

Rhyscotoides Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1978 

Family: Rhyscotidae. 

Type species: Rhyscotus parallelus Budde- 

Lund, 1893 (designated by Schmalfuss & 

Ferrara 1978). 

Localities: Venezuela, “Galvanebjerg” (7 specimens 

with marsupium, 7 specimens without, 

leg. Meinert, 20.vii.1891, ZMUC CRU- 

1683); Caracas, Macuto (11 specimens without 

marsupium, leg. Meinert, 30.x.1891, 

ZMUC CRU-1682); Caracas (4 specimens 

with marsupium, 6 specimens without, leg. 

Meinert, 20.i.1891, BMNH 1921:10:18: 

1039-1065); (BMNH 1956:10:10:164-165). 

Syntypes. 


Distribution: Pantropical? 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1947) introduced the name 

Rhyscotoides for three species: Rhyscotus 

indosinensis, R. silvestrii and R. moandae. 

All these are nomina nuda, because no description 

was given. The first valid description 

is in Arcangeli (1950b), where R. silvestrii 

and R. moandae are described. In this 


paper the author announced another paper, 

in which a description would be given, as 

being in press. However, this paper (Arcangeli 

1950c) was published later. The name is 

unavailable, because a type species was not 

designated. Vandel (1968), having examined 

specimens from Samoa, Galapagos, Venezuela, 

Angola, Togo and Cap Vert, could not 

find differences between them and argued 

that some nominal species may be synonyms 

of R. parallelus (Budde-Lund, 1893). The 

mention of Rhyscotus parallelus as type species 

by Schmalfuss & Ferrara (1978) is regarded 

as designation of a type species, according 

to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. 

Rhyscotus Budde-Lund, 1885 

Family: Rhyscotidae. 

Type species: Rhyscotus turgifrons Budde- 

Lund, 1885 (m). 

Locality: St. John Island [probably former Danish 

West Indies, Caribbean Sea] (1 holotype 

specimen, leg. Prof. A. S. Ørsted, ZMUC 

CRU-1675). 

Synonyms: Stenomacrus Budde-Lund, 1879; Hypergnathus 

Richardson, 1905. 

Species: 15. 

Distribution: Texas, Venezuela, Galapagos, Samoa, 

Comores, Nicaragua, Congo, South Africa, 

Mexico, Somalia. 

Remarks: Stenomacrus turgifrons Budde-Lund, 

1879 is a nomen nudum. 

Richardsoniscus Vandel, 1963 


Type species: Spheroniscus portoricensis Richardson, 

1901 (o, m). 

Locality: Puerto Rico, El Yunque, 860 m (3 

� with marsupium, 1 � without, syntypes, 

leg. Dr. C. W. Richmond, 26.ii.1900, USNM 

23914). 

Riudillo Verhoeff, 1937 


Type species: Riudillo takakuwai Verhoeff, 1937 

(m). 

Locality: Okinawa (� holotype, leg. Takakuwa, 

ZMB 24726). 

Rodoniscus Arcangeli, 1934 

Family: Bathytropidae.

Type species: Rodoniscus anophthalmus Arcangeli, 

1934. 

Localities: Greece: Rhodos: Marizza (1 �, leg. 

Silvestri, 1932), Kos (1 �, leg. Silvestri, 

1932). 

Rogopus Budde-Lund, 1908 b 


Type species: Porcellio hoffmannseggi Brandt, 1833 (o). 

Locality: Portugal (holotype, ZMB 7023). 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Porcellio. 

Ropaloniscus Radu, 1977 

Synonym of Hyloniscus Verhoeff, 1908d. 

Type species: Ropaloniscus motasi Radu, 1977. 

Locality: Eastern Carpathian Mts., Sîmbra Oilor Valley (5 

�, 2 �). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Hyloniscus by Tabacaru 

(1996). 

Roraimoscia Leistikow, 2001i 


Type species: Philoscia roraimae Van Name, 

1936. 

Locality: Venezuela, Mt. Roraima, Rondon camp 

(8 � and 1 � [syntypes?], leg. G. H. H. Tate, 

xii.1927, � AMNH 6535, � AMNH 6506). 

Roseoniscus Arcangeli, 1938a 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3) . 



1. Itea rosea C. L. Koch, 1838: [locality not specified, 

probably near Regensburg]. 

2. Typhloniscus stygius Joseph, 1882: near Trieste, caves 

Corgnale and Gabrovizza (� and � specimens). 

3. Androniscus microcavernicolus Kesselyák, 1930: Istria, 

in an unnamed small cave at Mt. Maggiore (6 �, leg. 

Kesselyák, viii.1928 and 30 � and �, leg. Kesselyák, 

viii.1929). 

4. Trichoniscus (Androniscus) histrianorum Arcangeli, 

1932: Istria, near Pola, in a cave (5 � and 3 �, leg. 

Parenzan). 

Remarks: This name was introduced for a subgenus of Androniscus 

Verhoeff, 1908 by Arcangeli (1938a), who 

included 4 species but did not designate a type species. 

Androniscus microcavernicolus was described as a subspecies 

Androniscus roseus microcavernicolus Kesselyák, 

1930. Androniscus histrianorum was first described 

as a subspecies Trichoniscus (Androniscus) roseus histrianorum 

Arcangeli, 1932. Both were apparently elevated 

to specific rank by Arcangeli (1938a). 

Rostrophiloscia Arcangeli, 1932c 


Type species: Rostrophiloscia dominicana Arcangeli, 

1932c (m). 


81 

Locality: Dominica Island, Laudat (leg. anonymous, 

vi.1911). 

Rotungus Collinge, 1916 


Type species: Rotungus pictus Collinge, 1916 

(m). 

Locality: India, Assam, Abor country, 120 m, 

“under bark” (1 � paratype, leg. S.W. Kemp, 

30.xi.-8.xii.1911; BMNH 1919:4:26:541). 

Remarks: According to the original paper, the 

type is in the Indian Museum. However, this 

could not be traced and it is not clearly indicated 

whether there was more than one specimen. 

Rufuta Taiti & Ferrara, 1981 


Type species: Rufuta arganoi Taiti & Ferrara, 

1981 (o). 

Locality: Tanzania, Uluguru Mts., Morning side, 

Toelo Forest, alt. 1450-2100 m (leg. Berger, 

Leleup & Debecker, 21-29.vi.1971: holotype 

� MRAC 54887, paratypes 9 � and 10 � 

MRAC 54888, 1 juv. � MRAC 53416). 

Species: 2. 

Saidjahus Budde-Lund, 1904 


Type species: Saidjahus creper Budde-Lund, 

1904 (designated by Taiti, Ferrara & Kwon, 

1992). 

Localities: Borneo, Telang and Pagat (3 � and 8 

�, leg. Grabowski, BMNH 1921:10:18:939-949, 

syntypes); (1 syntype, ZMH 16878); 14 

syntypes (ZMB 11196-11197). 

Species: 8. 

Distribution: Sri Lanka, Burma, Thailand, Sumatra, 

Java, Borneo, Sulawesi. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1904) included 4 species. 

Sanfilippia Brian, 1949 


Type species: Sanfilippia concii Brian, 1949 (o, 

m). 

Locality: Italy, Grotta della Scaggia, near Genova 

(2 �, 4 �). 

Sanfilippiella Brian, 1952 

Synonym of Murgeoniscus Arcangeli, 1938.

82 

Type species: Sanfilippiella pilosa Brian, 1952. 

Locality: Italy: Bari, Grave di Castellana, Caverna Bianca 

(leg. Sanfilippo, 22.x.1950). 

Remarks: Brian (1955) found Sanfilippiella pilosa to be a 

synonym of Murgeoniscus anellii Arcangeli, 1938. 

Sardoniscus Arcangeli, 1939a 


Type species: Sardoniscus pusillus Arcangeli, 

1939a (m). 

Synonym of Philoscia pygmaea Budde-Lund, 

1885. 

Locality: Sardinia, Sassari, “Bosco di Rizzeddu”, 

under limestone stones embedded in a thick 

layer of moist soil, occasionally with ants (numerous 

specimens, leg. Arcangeli, i-iv. 1924 

and 1925). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Italy: Sardinia, San Marino. 

Remarks: Vandel (1954) reduced Sardoniscus 

pusillus to a synonym of Philoscia pygmaea 

Budde-Lund, 1885 and placed it in the genus 

Phalloniscus Budde-Lund, 1908b. Ferrara & 

Taiti (1978) and Taiti & Ferrara (1996) considered 

Sardoniscus as a valid genus. 

Sayoscia Schultz, 1983 

Type species: Philoscia vittata Say, 1818 (o, m). 


Locality: “very common under stones, wood etc, in moist 

situations” (with no further information). 

Schioedtia Budde-Lund, 1906 

Preoccupied; synonym of Mesoniscus Carl, 1906. 


Remarks: Budde-Lund (1906) instituted a new subgenus of 

Trichoniscus to include Titanethes alpicola Heller and 

Titanethes graniger Frivaldsky, without designating a 

type species. Gruner & Tabacaru (1963) found that 

Schioedtia is preoccupied by Schioedtia Kirkaldy, 1905 

(Insecta, Hemiptera). 

Schismadillidium Verhoeff, 1901 

Subgenus of Armadillidium Brandt in Brandt & Ratzeburg, 

[1931]. 

Types-species: Armadillidium furcatum Budde-Lund, 1885 

(m). 

Localities: In the vicinity of Rome and Gennanzaro (17 

syntypes, ZMUC Cru 433); (1 �, 1 � syntypes, BMNH 

1921:10:18:2885-2886). 

Schismadillo Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Schismadillo rouxi Verhoeff, 

1926a (m). 


Locality: New Caledonia, Canala Mt., 800-100 m 

(1 �, 2 �, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 08.ix.1911). 

Synonym: Revolutus Lewis, 1992. 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: Australia: Victoria, Northern Territory; 

New Guinea. 

Schizidium Verhoeff, 1901 


Type species: Armadillidium oertzeni Budde- 

Lund, 1896 (designated by Schmalfuss, 

1986). 

Localities: Rhodos, Kasos, “Karien”, ?Karpathos; 

Karpathos (v.1887) and Rhodos (1 � 

and 5 � syntypes, leg. E. v. Oertzen, BMNH 

1921:10:18:3086-3091). 

Synonym: Cretodillium Vandel, 1958. 

Species: 13. 

Distribution: Irak, Iran, Syria, Greece, Armenia. 

Literature: Schmalfuss (1988) described or redescribed 

11 species from western Asia. 

Schoeblia Budde-Lund, 1909 

Family: Schoebliidae. 

Type species: Schoeblia circularis Budde-Lund, 

1909 (m). 

Locality: Mozambique . Quilimahe, in burrows of 

“Termes monodon” (3 syntypes, leg. Stuhlmann, 

09.ii.1889, ZMH 18691) (fragments of 

a syntype, BMNH 1921:10:18:451). 

Synonym: Termitoniscus Silvestri, 1918. 

Species: 2. 

Remarks: The name was originally written ‘Schöblia’. 

The existence of the specimens in ZMH 

is not verified (Jeppesen 2000). 

Schoutedenillo Arcangeli, 1950b 


Type species: Schoutedenillo congolensis Arcangeli, 

1950b (m). 

Localities: Congo: Penge (2 �, 2 �, leg. Bequaert, 

15.v.1914, MRAC); Mahari (1 �, leg. Scops, 

1935). 

Scleropactes Budde-Lund, 1885 


Type species: Scleropactes concinnus Budde- 

Lund, 1885 (designated by Mulaik 1960). 

Locality: Peru: Tambillo (fragments of 2 � and 

1 other specimen, syntypes, leg. J. Stolzmann,

BMNH 1921.10.18.961-964); (2 � [one without 

mouthparts], leg. Stolzmann, ZMUC 

1686). 

Synonyms: Parasphaeroniscus Vandel, 1963. 

Species: 15. 

Distribution: Central and South America, Cuba. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1885) included two new 

species, S. concinnus and S. incicus. The 

mention of Scleropactes concinnus as 

“Genotipo” of Scleropactes by Mulaik (1960) 

is regarded as designation of the type species, 

according to ICZN Art. 69.1.1. 

Scotoniscus Racovitza, 1908 


Type species: Trichoniscus (Scotoniscus) speonomos 

Racovitza, 1908 (m). 

Locality: France: Basses-Pyrénées: Grotte de Oxibar 

(1 �, 1 �, leg. ?, 05.i.1905). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Pyrenaean Mts., Sardinia. 

Remarks: Described as a subgenus of Trichoniscus 

Brandt, 1833. 

Scyphacella Smith, 1874 


Type species: Scyphacella arenicola Smith, 1874 

(m). 

Locality: East coast of North America. 

Scyphax Dana, 1852 

Family: “Scyphacidae”. 

Type species: Syphax ornatus Dana, 1853 (m). 

Locality: New Zealand, Bay of Islands, Parua 

Harbour. 


Distribution: New Zealand, New Caledonia, Japan. 

Remarks: Specimens of the nominal species 

should be reexamined in order to prove that all 

of them belong to this genus. 

Scyphoniscus Chilton, 1901 


Type species: Scyphoniscus waitatensis Chilton, 

1901 (m). 

Locality: New Zealand, Otago, Blueskin Bay (2 � 

syntypes, leg. ? 1887, BMNH 1900: 11:1:51-52 

and 1921:10:18:1067). 


83 

Species: 2. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1908) regarded Scyphoniscus 

as a synonym of Armadilloniscus, 

based on the morphology of the first maxilla. 

Sechelloscia Ferrara & Taiti, 1980 

Nomen nudum. 

Sechelloscia Ferrara & Taiti, 1983 


Type species: Sechelloscia benoiti Ferrara & 

Taiti, 1983 (designated by Taiti & Ferrara 

1980). 

Localities: Seychelles, Mahé, Centre, Morne 

Blanc, alt. 667 m, forêt endémique (3 �, leg. 

P. L. C. Benoit & J. J. Van Mol, leg. 8-9.viii. 

1972, MRAC 54666); Silhouette, Mt. Dauban, 

versant est, alt. 600 m, forêt endémique 

(6 �, 5 �, leg. P. L. C. Benoit & J. J. Van Mol, 

5-7.vii. 1972, MRAC 54663); Silhouette, 

Mare aux Cochons, 500 m (12 �, 10 �, leg. P. 

L. C. Benoit & J. J. Van Mol. 2-8.vii. 1972, 

MRAC 54653). 

Remarks: In the original description a type species 

was not chosen. In an earlier paper (Taiti 

& Ferrara 1980) the genus Sechelloscia is 

mentioned as “Sechelloscia Ferrara & Taiti, 

1980”, with 4 species included and “Sechelloscia 

benoiti Ferrara & Taiti, 1980” indicated 

as type species. If one does not consider the 

graphic representation of the position of the 

noduli laterales as a valid description, then S. 

benoiti Taiti & Ferrara, 1980 is a nomen nudum. 

The genus name Sechelloscia Taiti & 

Ferrara, 1980, despite being supplemented by 

a diagnosis, is also a nomen nudum, because 

it is based on a type species which is a nomen 

nudum. Actually the other paper cited by Taiti 

& Ferrara (1980) as “Ferrara & Taiti (1980)” 

was first published in 1983. In this later paper 

(Ferrara & Taiti 1983) the species are described, 

but no mention is made of a type 

species, probably because the authors obviously 

regarded the type species as already 

designated in the earlier paper. 

Serendibia Manicastri & Taiti, 1987 


Type species: Serendibia denticulata Manicastri 

& Taiti, 1987 (o, m).

84 

Localities: Sri Lanka, Sabaragamuwa Prov., 

Deerwood, Kuruwita, 300-350 m, loc. 90:II:1 

(� holotype, leg. LUCE, 18.ii.1962, MHNG; 

Paratyes: same data as holotype (1 �, 1 � 

MHNG, 2 �, 5 � ZIUL, 2 � MZUF, 2 �, 2 

� MZUR); Sabaragamuwa Prov., Deerwood, 

Kuruwita, 10 km NNW Ratnapura, loc. 90: 

III, leg. LUCE, 18-21.ii.1962 (3 �,. 12 �, 

ZIUL); Sabaragamuwa Prov., Carney, 13 km 

NE Ratnapura, 300 m, loc. 94, leg. LUCE, 

20.ii.1962 (2 �, ZIUL); Sabaragamuwa 

Prov., Bopatella Falls, 14.5 km NNW Ratnapura, 

40 m, loc. 91:I, leg. LUCE, 19.ii. 1962 

(1 �, 1 �, ZIUL); Sarabagamuwa Prov., Maratenna, 

7 mls N Bangaloda, 1400 m, loc. 98, 

leg. LUCE, 22.ii.1962 (1 �, ZIUL); Sabaragamuwa 

Prov., Ratnapura, leg. Besuchet & 

Löbl, 21.i.1970 (1 �, MHNG); Sabaragamuwa 

Prov., Kuruwita, leg. Beron, 01.xii.1984 (2 

�, 3 �, NMNHS); North Central Prov., 

Wilpattu Nat. Park, intermediate zone, 47 km 

NE Puttalam, 75 m, loc. 47, leg. LUCE, 

02.iii.1962 (1 �, ZIUL); Southern Prov., Haycock 

Mt., 34 km NNE Galle, 325 m, loc. 34:I, 

leg. LUCE, 29.i.1962 (1 �, ZIUL); Diyaluma, 

leg. Besuchet & Löbl, 25.i.1970 (1 �, 

MHNG); Western Prov. Alawala, 42 km NE 

Colombo, about 150 m, loc. 13:II, leg. LUCE, 

17.i.1962 (3 �, ZIUL); Uva Prov., Yalakumbura, 

8 km SSW Bribile, 450 m, loc. 140, 

leg. LUCE, 13.iii.1962 (1 �, ZIUL). 

Sestoniscus Budde-Lund, 1909 

Synonym of Trichoniscoides G.O. Sars, 1898. 

Type species: Trichoniscus cavernicola Budde-Lund, 1885 

(m). 

Localities: Pyrenean Mts., in caves:”Grotte de Rienfourcaud”, 

“Grotte de Orobe” near “Alsasna”, “Grotte de 

Ginoles” near “Quillan”, “Grotte de Minerve” (3 �, 5 � 

syntypes, leg. E. Simon, BMNH 1921:10:18:580–587). 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1909) transferred the species to the 

new subgenus Sestoniscus of the genus Titanethes. 

Setaphora Budde-Lund, 1908b 

Synonym of Anchiphiloscia Stebbing, 1908. 

Type species: Philoscia suarezi Dollfus, 1895a (m). 

Locality: Madagascar, Diego Suarez, Baie du Courrier, Rivière 

des Caïmans, centre of the Ambre peninsula, in a 

desiccated pond (several specimens, including males, leg. 

Ch. Alluaud, iv-viii.1893); “syntypes: specimens mixed 

with others from Nossi-Be collected by Voeltzkow” (Madagascar, 

Diego Suarez, BMNH 1921:10:18:2351-2358). 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1908b) wrote that numerous related 


species also belong to Setaphora, but since he did not cite 

their names, Philoscia suarezi is type species by monotypy. 

Ferara & Taiti (1986), after examination of the type 

species, considered Setaphora to be a junior synonym of 

Anchiphiloscia and transferred the type species and S. 

pilosa Budde-Lund, 1913 to this genus. Some other species 

were transferred to Burmoniscus Collinge, 1914b in 

the same paper and by subsequent authors. The specimens 

of Setaphora suarezi, cited as syntypes in the list by Ellis 

& Lincoln (1975), obviously are non-type specimens, 

since they were collected by a different person. 

Siciloniscus Caruso, 1982 


Type species: Siciloniscus tulliae Caruso, 1982 

(o, m). 

Localities: Sicilia, Monti Peloritani, Bosco di 

Malabotto, in cerreta [Quercus cerris forest?] 

ed in faggeta [Fagus forest?], in decaying tree 

trunks (12 �, 19 gravid �, 5 juv., leg. Caruso, 

29.vii.1982; holotype and paratypes in Caruso’s 

collection); (2 �, 3 gravid �, leg. Bologna, 

25.vi.1982); (3 �, 2 �, leg. Bologna, 

30.v.1982); 3 �, 5 �, leg. Caruso, 17.ix. 1981); 

(number of specimens not indicated, pitfall 

trap, leg. Zetto Brandmayr, 27.iv. 1982); (1 � in 

pitfall trap, leg. Z. Brandmayr, 19.vii.1982); (1 

� in pitfall trap, leg. Z. Brandmayr, 27.iv.1982); 

syntypes. 

Sinhaloscia Manicastri & Taiti, 1987 


Type species: Sinhaloscia dimorpha Manicastri 

& Taiti, 1987 (o, m). 

Localities: Sri Lanka, Central Prov., Hakgala, 8 

km SE Nuwara-Eliya, indigenous forest, loc. 

114:II (� holotype, leg. LUCE, 03.iii.1962 

(MHNG); Paratypes: same data (2 �, 2 �, 

MHNG; 13 �, 11 �, ZIUL; 2 �, 2 �, MZUF; 

2 �, 2 �, MZUR); Central Prov., Horton 

Plains, 2100 m, 19.3 km SSE Nuwara-Eliya, 

loc. 163, leg. LUCE, 19.iii.1962 (5 �, 6 �, 

ZIUL); Central Prov., Horton Plains, 2000 m, 

18 km SSE Nuwara-Eliya, indigenous forest, 

loc. 162, leg. LUCE, 19-20.iii.1962 (2 �, 6 

�, ZIUL); Central Prov, Mt. Pidurutalagala, 

1.6 km N Nuwara-Eliy, leg. Davis & Rowe, 

14.ii.1970 (1 �, 3 �, USNM); Central Prov., 

Kandapola, 8 km ENE Nuwara-Eliya, 1900 m, 

loc. 115, leg. LUCE, 04.iii.1962 (1 �, 

ZIUL); Central Prov., Nuwara-Eliya, leg. 

Davis & Rowe, 10-21.ii.1970 (1 �, USNM);

Central Prov., Nuwara-Eliya, leg. Bartolozzi, 

26.xi.1984 (1 �, MZUF); Central Prov. Pidurutalagala, 

3.2 km N Nuwara-Eliya, 1900 m, 

loc. 116:II, leg. LUCE, 04.iii.1962 (2 �, ZIUL); 

Central Prov., Horton Plains, leg. Besuchet & 

Löbl, 15.ii.1970 (1 �, MHNG); Central Prov., 

Mudduk, 8 km NW Nuwara-Eliya, 1000 m, loc. 

117, leg. LUCE, 04.iii. 1962 (2 �, ZIUL); NE 

District, Kanda-Ela Reservoir, 90 km SW 

Nuwara-Eliya, leg. Davis & Rowe, 10- 

21.ii.1970 (3 �; USNM). 

Sinodillo Kwon & Taiti, 1993 


Type species: Sinodillo troglophilus Kwon & 

Taiti, 1993 (o). 

Locality: China: Yunnan: Chinshui County: Cave 

Yan Dong (leg. Beron, 12.i.1989: � holotype, 

SMNS, paratypes: 1 �, 6 �, 6 juv., NMNHS, 2 

�, 3 �, SMNS, 3 �, 4 �, MZUF). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: China, Yunnan. 

Sinoniscus Schultz, 1995b 


Type species: Sinoniscus cavernicolus Schultz, 

1995b (o, m). 

Type locality: China: Guangxi, N Guilin, Lin 

Chuan County, a cave at Taiping Yau (3 �, 6 

�, leg. A. Hubbard, 01.viii.1993: � holotype 

and 1 �, 3 � paratypes IZAS 940925, 1 �, 2 � 

paratypes USNM 267281). 

Socotroniscus Ferara & Taiti, 1996 


Type species: Socotroniscus sacciformis Ferrara 

& Taiti, 1996 (o, m). 

Locality: Socotra Island: Muomi (� holotype 

SMF, 3 �, 3 �, 3 juv. Paratypes SMF, 1 �, 1 � 

paratypes MZUF). 

Soleriscus = misspelling of Soteriscus (in Arcangeli 1958a). 

Somalodillo Taiti & Ferrara, 1982a 


Type species: Somalodillo squamatus Taiti & 

Ferrara, 1982a (o). 

Locality: Somalia: Chellihet 8°46’14”N, 49°12’ 

07”E, 695 m (1 �, 2 � leg. SBS, 14.iv.1982; 

MZUF 1021; syntypes). 


Species: 3. 

Distribution: Somalia, Saudi Arabia. 

Somaloniscus Ferrara & Taiti, 1979 


85 

Somaloniscus Ferrara & Taiti, 1996 


Type species: Microcercus taramassoi Arcangeli, 

1933 (designated by Ferrara & Taiti, 

1996). 

Localities: Somalia; Gelib (1 �, leg. G. Scortecci, 

vi.1931,); shrub on the dune of Mogadishu 

(1 �, 8 �, leg. G. Scortecci, 05.vii. 1931); 

Benadir (1 �, 2 �, leg. Taramasso, Mus. Zool. 

Torino). 

Species: 5. 

Remarks: The genus was first described without 

designating a type species, with four species 

ascribed to it. 

Soteriscus Vandel, 1956 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); Family: Porcellionidae. 



1. Metoponorthus stricticauda Dollfus, 1893c: Islas Canarias, 

Palma, “Topito”, 250 m, east slope (1 �, holotype?, 

leg. Ch. Alluaud, MNHN-Is2274). 

2. Metoponorthus wollastoni Paulian de Félice, 1939: Madeira, 

Camacha, 700-800 m, leaf litter (1 �, 5 �, leg. 

Ch. Alluaud, iii-vi.1936). 

3. Metoponorthus (Soteriscus) gaditanus Vandel, 1956: 

Southern Spain, Tarifa (� and �, leg. Coiffait, Colas, 

Mateu and Vandel, 18.v.1952). 

4. Porcellio fuscovariegatus Lucas, 1849: Algeria, near 

Oran and Algier. 

Species: 7? 

Distribution: Madeira, Canary Islands. 

Remarks: Introduced as a subgenus of Metoponorthus. Vandel 

& Matsakis (1959) elevated it to genus rank. 

Spelaeonethes Verhoeff, 1932 


Type species: Spelaeonethes nodulosus Verhoeff, 

1932 (m). 

Locality: Italy: Brenta valley, “Grotta Parolini” 

cave near Oliero (2 �, leg. K. Strasser, 

02.vi.1930). 

Species: 5. 

Distribution: Spain, Italy, Sicily, Sardinia, Algeria. 

Remarks: Vandel (1975) argued that the type species 

is not S. nodulosus, but Trichoniscus 

medius Carl, 1908, without indicating any reason. 

Tabacaru (1996) included 5 species.

86 

Spelaeoniscus Racovitza, 1907b 


Type species: Spelaeoniscus debrugei Racovitza, 

1907b (m). 

Localities: Algeria, Constantine prov., commune 

de Bougie, cap Carbon, Grotte du pic des 

Singes no. 176 (1 adult � [holotype?] and 2 

imm. �, leg. 05.x.1906); Constantine prov., 

commune de Tababort, near Ziama, Grotte de 

la Madeleine, no. 179 (1 �, leg. 11.x.1906). 

Species: 14. 

Distribution: North-west Africa. 

Sphaerillo Verhoeff, 1926a 

According to ICZN (3rd edition) Art. 33 b(iii) this is an 

“unjustified emendation” of the name Spherillo Dana, 

1852, and therefore an objective junior synonym of it 

(Lehtinen, Taiti & Ferrara 1998). Green (1961) designated 

Sphaerillo pygmaeus Verhoeff, 1926a, as the type 

species of Sphaerillo (see also remarks under Spherillo). 

Sphaerillodillo Arcangeli, 1934 


Sphaerillodillo Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998 


Type species: Armadillo pubescens Budde- 

Lund, 1885 (o). 

Locality: Cape of Good Hope (leg. Drege). 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1934) introduced Sphaerillodillo 

as a subgenus of Sperillo, with 2 species 

included. Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) 

validated the name by choosing a type species, 

and raised it to genus rank. 

Sphaerilloides Vandel, 1974 

Synonym of Spherillo Dana, 1852. 

Type species: Sphaerilloides philippinensis Vandel, 1974 

(m). 

Locality: Philippines, Tawi-Tawi, Tarawakan, N of Batubatu, 

5°08’N, 119°53’E (leg. T. Wolff, 24.x.1961, 1 

specimen, see slide collection, ZMUC CRU-7776). 

Species: 7. 

Distribution: New Zealand, Philippines, around Indian 

Ocean. 

Remarks: In a paper entitled “Les Oniscoides de la Nouvelle- 

Zélande et de l’Archipel Kermadec”, Vandel (1977a) 

described “Sphaerilloides n. gen.”, assigning 8 species, 

including the remark “une espèce, philippinensis n. sp. .... 

sera décrite dans une autre publication” [one species, 

philippinensis n. sp. , … will be described in another 

publication]. As the other paper appeared in 1974, Sphaerilloides 

philippinensis is the type species by monotypy 


and the other species have been added subsequently in 

1977. Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) reduced Sphaerilloides 

to a synonym of Spherillo Dana, 1852. 

Sphaerobathytropa Verhoeff, 1908a 


Type species: Spharobathytropa ribauti Verhoeff, 

1908a (m). 

Locality: France: Pyrenees, St. Béat (2 � syntypes, 

leg. H. Ribaut, BMNH 1908:6:1:15- 

16); same data (2 � and 4 slides, syntypes, 

ZSM). 

Species: 2. 

Sphaeroniscus Gerstäcker, 1854 


Type species: Sphaeroniscus flavomaculatus 

Gerstäcker, 1854 (m). 

Locality: “Neu Granada” (� holotype, leg. Goudot, 

ZMB*27267). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Colombia, Venezuela, Ecuador. 

Remarks: Taiti, Ferrara & Schmalfuss (1986) reported 

1857 as publication date. “Neu Granada” 

seems to be an old name for Colombia. 

[The asterisk in the catalogue number is an 

internal designation for type material.] 

Sphenodillo Lewis, 1998b 


Type species: Sphenodillo agnostos Lewis, 

1998b (m). 

Localities: Lord Howe Island, junction of track to 

Mutton Bird Rookery and track round Intermediate 

Hill (� holotype AM P50178, 1 � 

allotype AM P50179, 1 � and 2 � paratypes 

AM P50180, leg. F. Lewis, v.1992). 

Remarks: Lewis named the new species as Sphenodillo 

agnostos; obviously by error, she 

mentioned another name, Sphenodillo howensis, 

in a short remark preceding the description 

and in the designation of the type 

species. Sphenodillo howensis is formally a 

nomen nudum, but from the context it is clear 

that both names refer to the same specimens. 

Spherarmadillo Richardson, 1907 


Type species: Spherarmadillo schwarzi Richardson, 

1907 (o, m).

Locality: Guatemala: Livingston (1 �, leg. 

Schwarz & Barber, iv.1906; USNM 33471). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Guatemala, Mexico. 

Spherillo Dana, 1852 


Type species: Spherillo vitiensis Dana, 1853 

(designated by Opinion 1951of the International 

Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, 

2000). 

Locality: Fiji Islands, Viti Levu, Kaba, “barrier 

reef” (� neotype, leg. S. Bock, 10.viii.1917, 

NHRS 7635; this specimen is also the holotype 

of Melanesillo scamnorum, see below). 

Synonyms: Sphaerillo Verhoeff, 1926a; Melanesillo 

Verhoeff, 1938a; Sphaerilloides Vandel, 

1974. 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Fiji Islands, Yunnan, Vietnam. 

Remarks: The nomenclatoral status of Spherillo 

was discussed in detail by Lehtinen, Taiti & 

Ferrara (1998). After these authors, the name 

is available from 1852, when Dana described 

the genus; in 1853, Dana described 4 species 

of Spherillo, of which S. vitiensis was proposed 

as type species by Jackson (1941). Verhoeff 

(1926a) changed the name to Sphaerillo, 

which is an unjustified emendation (Art. 

33b). Jackson’s mention of Spherillo vitiensis 

with a question mark is not a valid type species 

designation under ICZN Art. 7.5.3. Green 

(1961) designated Sphaerillo pygmaeus 

Verhoeff, 1926a, as type species of Sphaerillo 

Verhoeff. Lehtinen, Ferrara & Taiti (1998) 

asked the International Commission on Zoological 

Nomenclature to set aside all previous 

fixations of type species, and to designate 

Spherillo vitiensis Dana, 1853 as the type 

species. Moreover they designated as neotype 

of S. vitiensis the holotype specimen 

of Melanesillo scamnorum Verhoeff, 1938, 

which makes the latter a junior objective 

synonym of the former. These proposals were 

accepted by the International Commission on 

Zoological Nomenclature (Opinion 1951). 

Spiloniscus Racovitza, 1908 

Synonym of Trichoniscus Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Trichoniscus (Spiloniscus) provisorius Racovitza, 

1908 (o). 


87 

Localities: France: dépt. Ariège, canton de Foix, commune de 

Freychenet, Grotte des Capètes, no. 208 (2 �, 2 ovigerous 

� and 1 �, incl. holotype, leg. 24.vii.1907); dépt. Ariège, 

canton de Foix, commune de l’Herm, Grotte de l’Herm, 

nos.157, 158 (1 �, 1 � with 8 embryos and 1 � without, 

leg. 20.viii.1906); dépt. Basses-Pyrénées, canton de Mauléon, 

commune d’Aussurucq, Grotte d’Istaürdy, no. 130 

(1 �, 01.i.1906); dépt. Basses-Pyrénées, commune de 

Tardets-Sorholus, commune de Camou-Cihigue, Grotte 

de Compagnaga Lecia, no. 188 (2 �, 02.i.1907). 

Remarks: Racovitza (1908) could not include Trichoniscus 

pusillus with certainty in this subgenus; he wrote, “if 

Trichoniscus pusillus could be included, after thorough 

examination of the type specimens of that species or of 

material collected at the type locality, the name Spiloniscus 

would have to be replaced by Trichoniscus.” 

Stegosauroniscus Schmölzer, 1974 


Type species: Stegosauroniscus horridus 

Schmölzer, 1974 (m). 

Localities: Tanzania: Mt. Meru, western slope: 

above Oldongo-Sambu, 2200 m, in leaf litter 

(4 �, 21 �, leg. Prof. Franz, 08.vii.1962); 

Hagenia forest, 2600 m (7 �, 29 �, leg. Prof. 

Franz, 09.vii.1962); beside the road above 

Olkokola, 2200 m, litter (2 �, 1juv., leg. Prof. 

Franz, 09.vii.1962); on the way from Marangu 

to the Kilimanjaro, 2200 m, in leaf litter 

of a montane forest (1 �, leg, Prof. Franz, 

13.vii.1962). 

Stenomacrus Budde-Lund, 1879 

Remarks: Nomen nudum, and preoccupied by Stenomacrus 

Förster, 1868 (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae); 

Budde-Lund (1885) replaced this name by Rhyscotus 


Stenoniscus Aubert & Dollfus, 1890 

Family: Stenoniscidae. 

Type species: Stenoniscus pleonalis Aubert & 

Dollfus, 1890 (m). 

Locality: France: Marseille: anse de Mourepiane 

(1 specimen). 

Synonym: Parastenoniscus Verhoeff, 1908. 

Species: 2? 

Distribution: Mediterranean, Portugal, Canary 

Islands, Galapagos, Bermuda. 

Stenophiloscia Verhoeff, 1908c 


Type species: Stenophiloscia glarearum Verhoeff, 

1908c (o, m).

88 

Locality: Sicily: Taormina (2 �, 1 �, BMNH 

1921:6:10:72-74, syntypes). 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: Dalmatia, Greece, Italy. 

Stenopleonoscia Herold, 1932 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); family: Philosciidae. 



1. Stenopleonoscia albomarginata Herold, 1932: Indonesia: 

Sabang (2 �, 2 �, leg. Rensch, ii.1927, syntypes, ZMB 

23005 + slide 4070). 

2. Stenopleonoscia setosa Herold, 1932: Indonesia: Java: 

Lawu, 1787m, Sarangan area (1 �, 2 �, leg. Thienemann, 

9.xii.1928, syntypes). 

3. Stenopleonoscia nitida Herold, 1932: Indonesia: Flores: 

Geli Mutu, 1300m (9 �, 12 �, leg. Rensch, 15.-20.vii. 

1927, syntypes, ZMB 23010 + slides 4073-4074). 

4. Stenopleonoscia wahrbergii Herold, 1932: Indonesia: 

Sabang (1 �, leg. Rensch, ii.1927, holotype ZMB 22994 

+ slide 4061). 

Stephenoscia Vandel, 1977a 


Type species: Stephenoscia bifrons Vandel, 

1977a (m). 

Localities: New Zealand: Stephens Island, 40° 

40’S, 174°00’E (leg. Forster, 19.iv.1950); 

French Pass, between d’Urville Island and 

South Island (leg. Hurley, 06.ii.1950); Fergusson 

Bush, near Hokatiky (leg. Forster, 

09.xii.1949). 

Strouhalius Verhoeff, 1940b 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); synonym of Oroniscus 




1. Oroniscus (Oroniscus) absoloni Strouhal, 1937: near 

Krivošije: cave near Napode (1 �, 11.viii.1917); same 

cave (1 �, 25.x.1917); “Pecina im Han-Pass” (1 �, 

4.viii. 1917); cave in “Selakov dô” (4 �, 9.viii.1917); 

all specimens, leg. K. Absolon.. 

2. Oroniscus (Oroniscus) dalmaticus Strouhal, 1937: 

Central Dalmatia, Mosor Mts., cave “Vranjaca” near 

Dugopolje (1 �, leg. K. Absolon, 3.xi.1914). 

3. Oroniscus (Oroniscus) meledensis Strouhal, 1937: 

Meleda Is., cave “Špilja Ostaševica” ( 2 �, 1 �, leg. K. 

Absolon, 24.vii.1917). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1940b) erected the genus for 3 species 

described by Strouhal (1937) in the genus Oroniscus. 

Due to the lack of designation of a type species, 

Strouhalius is an unavailable name. 

Strouhaloniscellus Tabacaru, 1993b 


Type species: Haplophthalmus anophthalmus 

Strouhal, 1939d (o, m). 


Locality: South Bosnia, “Biospeologica balcanica 

Loc. 32”, small cave near the observatorium 

on the Bjelasnica Planina (1 �, leg. 

Prof Absolon, 30.vi.1912). 

Strouhaloniscus Arcangeli, 1939b 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); synonym of Oroniscus 

Verhoeff, 1908c. 



1. Oroniscus (Oroniscus) absoloni Strouhal, 1937: near 

Krivošije [probably in Croatia or Montenegro]: cave 

near Napode (1 �, 11.viii.1917); same cave (1 �, 

25.x.1917); “Pecina im Han-Pass” (1 �, 4.viii.1917); 

cave in “Selakov dô” (4 �, 9.viii.1917); all specimens, 

leg. K. Absolon. 

2. Oroniscus (Oroniscus) dalmaticus Strouhal, 1937: 

Central Dalmatia, Mosor Mts., cave “Vranjaca” near 

Dugopolje (1 �, leg. K. Absolon, 3.xi.1914). 

3. Oroniscus (Oroniscus) meledensis Strouhal, 1937: Croatia, 

Meleda Is. [now Mljet Is., 42°44’N, 17°32’E], cave 

“Špilja Ostaševica” ( 2 �, 1 �, leg. K. Absolon, 24.vii. 

1917). 

4. Porcellio stentai Arcangeli, 1926: Dalmatia, Brac Is., 

Cinjadra cave (2 �, leg. M. Stenta, 23.viii.1903, Museo 

di Trieste). 

Distribution: North-east Adriatic. 

Remarks: Strouhal (1971) mentioned Strouhalius Verhoeff, 

1940b as a synonym of Strouhaloniscus. Both names 

are unavailable according to ICZN Art. 13.3 and the 

species covered are retained in Oroniscus. 

Stygoligidium Borutzky, 1950 


Type species: Ligidium (Stygoligidium) cavaticum Borutzky, 

1950 (o, m). 

Localities: Russia, Krasnodar district, Khosta, Musejnaya 

Cave (� holotype, 3 �, 2 �, 2 juv., paratypes, leg. 

Birstein, 23.xii.1940; ZMMU), Mokraya Cave (3 �, 2 �, 

2 juvenile �, leg. Birstein, 23.xii.1940), Voronzovskaya 

Cave (2 �, leg. Birstein, 12.xii.1943); Adler, Shirokopokossaya 

Cave (1 �, leg. Birstein, 01.xi.1943). 

Remarks: From the material listed in the original publication, 

only the sample from the Musejnaya Cave is quoted in 

a list of type specimens in the ZMMU (Borutzky 1972). 

Stylohylea Verhoeff, 1930a 




1. Trichoniscus (Stylohylea) fagorum Verhoeff, 

1930a: Bosnia, near the Plitvice lakes, in forest, 

under leaf litter (8 �, 6 �), under moss on 

decaying Fagus logs (16 �, 9 �, leg. Verhoeff, 

14-16.iv.1928; 2 � syntypes BMNH 

1930:5:26:36, 1970:4:1). 

2. Trichoniscus bosniensis Verhoeff, 1901:

Mountains of Bosnia and Hercegovina, and 

Grabovica cave (no further details). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1930a), when introducing 

the new subgenus, included two species, 

fagorum Verhoeff, 1930 and bosniense 

Verhoeff, 1901, but did not designate a type 

species. Strouhal (1939a) reduced T. fagorum 

to a synonym of T. bosniensis. 

Styloniscus Dana, 1853 


Type species: Styloniscus longistylis Dana, 1853 


Locality: “Island of Tongatubu, Friendly Islands” 

[?= Tongatapu Is., 21°10’S, 175°15’W]. 

Synonyms: Microniscus Dollfus, 1890a; Oligoniscus 

Dollfus, 1890b. 

Species: 63. 

Distribution: South America, South Africa, Australia, 

Tasmania, Cuba, California. 

Remarks: Jackson (1941) mentioned Styloniscus 

longistylis as type species, which is equivalent 

to a designation of the type species. 

Stymphalus Budde-Lund, 1879 

Synonym of Ligia Fabricius, 1798. 

Type species: Ligia dilatata Perty, 1934 (after Verhoeff 

& Strouhal 1967). 

Remarks: The name is available with the publication year 

1879, since a described species was included. 

Suarezia Budde-Lund, 1904 


Type species: Mesarmadillo heterodoxus Dollfus, 

1895a (m). 

Locality: Madagascar, Diego Suarez, montagne 

d’Ambre (several specimens). 

Species: 2. 

Sulesoscia Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Sulesoscia epigea Vandel, 1973 (o, 

m). 

Locality: Cuba, Provincia de Oriente, in the valley 

of the Rio Baracoa, near the village Tinta; in 

plant litter. 

Sumatrillo Herold, 1932 


Sumatrillo Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998 



89 

Type species: Sumatrillo thienemanni Herold 

(designated by Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 1998). 

Locality: Northern Sumatra, near Toba Lake 

[Tropfsteinhöhle] (7 �, 14 �, 13 juv., leg. 

Thienemann, 1929/30, ZMB 23027). 

Species: 2. 

Remarks: Herold (1932) introduced the name 

Sumatrillo for two species, but the name is 

unavailable, because he did not designate 

a type species. Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) 

validated the name by choosing a type species. 

Sunniva Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Sunniva mystica Budde-Lund, 

1908b (designated by Budde-Lund 1904). 

Locality: Madagascar (syntype: few fragments 

only, leg. A. Voeltzkow, BMNH 1921:10: 

18:938); (2 syntypes, ZMH 16892). 

Species: 5. 

Distribution: Madagascar, Mauritius. 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1904) mentioned the name 

Sunniva, with the type species S. mystica. For 

the description of this species, he referred to a 

future publication, which was published in 

1908. Therefore, Sunniva Budde-Lund, 1904 

is a nomen nudum, and the correct name 

is Sunniva Budde-Lund, 1908. However, 

Budde-Lund (1908 b) did not designate a type 

species. It can be supposed that Budde-Lund 

(1908 b) regarded the type species as already 

designated (in 1904). 

Synarmadillidium Arcangeli, 1939c 

Synonym of Troglarmadillidium (Typhlarmadillidium) 

after Strouhal (1940). 

Type: Cylisticus kratochvili Frankenberger, 1938a (o, m). 

Locality: Croatia, Korcula Is. [42°57’N, 16°55’E], in cave 

near Rasokatica near village Postrana (1 � holotype, 

leg. Kratochvíl). 

Synarmadillo Dollfus, 1892 


Type species: Synarmadillo clausus Dollfus, 

1892 (m). 

Locality: West Africa, Ivory Coast, “Assinie” (1 

� with marsupium and fragments of 1 � and 1 

� with marsupium, syntypes, leg. Ch. Alluaud, 

viii.1886, MNHN-Is5742); (1 � syntype, 

leg. Ch. Alluaud, viii.1886, MNHN-

90 

Is5743); (1 � syntype? in BMNH 1921:10: 

18:1360). 

Synonyms: Haplarmadillo Dollfus, 1896a; Coxopodias 

Richardson, 1910b; Minca Pearse, 

1916; Leucodillo Vandel, 1974. 

Species: 26. 

Distribution: Togo, Guinea, Cameroon, Kenya, 

Madagascar, Ethiopia, Congo, New Guinea. 

Remarks: Dollfus (1892) in the description of 

Synarmadillo clauses mentioned 4 specimens, 

� and �. These are syntypes. However, 

the material mentioned above includes 

5 specimens. 

Synarmadilloides Nobili, 1906 


Type species: Synarmadilloides roccatii Nobili, 

1906 (m) (synonym of Eubelum pila Budde- 

Lund, 1899). 

Localities: Ruwenzori: Toro and Mt. Ruwenzori, 

3000 m. 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1932b) reduced Synarmadilloides 

roccatii to a synonym of Gerutha 

pila. 

Syngastron Costa, 1883 

Synonym of Helleria Ebner, 1868. 

Type species: Syntomagaster dasypus Costa, 1882 (m) 

(synonym of Helleria brevicornis v. Ebner, 1868). 

Remarks: Replacement name for Syntomagaster Costa, 

1882; reduced to a synonym of Helleria by Barnard 

(1932). 

Syntomagaster Costa, 1882 


Type species: Syntomagaster dasypus Costa, 1882 (m) 

(synonym of Helleria brevicornis v. Ebner, 1868). 

Remarks: This name was preoccupied for a genus of 

Diptera; Costa (1883) changed it to Syngastron. 

Synuropus Richardson, 1901 


Type species: Synuropus granulatus Richardson, 

1901 (m). 

Locality: Porto Rico, El Manque, 850 m (USNM 

23912). 

Remarks: Synuropus was sunk into synonymy 

with Scleropactes by Van Name (1936), followed 

by subsequent authors. Schmalfuss 

(1980) considered this species as not belonging 

in the Scleropactidae. Reexamination of 

the type specimen showed that S. granulatus 


lacks the apomorphic characters of Scleropactes, 

so the synonymization was incorrect. 

Syspastus Budde-Lund, 1879 


Type species: Helleria brevicornis Ebner, 1868 (m). 

Remarks: The name Syspastus appeared first in Budde- 

Lund’s (1879) list of terrestrial isopods. No description 

was provided, but only the species Helleria brevicornis is 

mentioned, which could be regarded as equivalent to the 

designation of a type species. If this was not accepted, 

then the date is 1885, when Budde-Lund gave a description; 

however, in both cases Helleria has priority. 

Tachysoniscus Verhoeff, 1930a 


Type species: Trichoniscus austriacus Verhoeff, 

1908d (o, m). 

Locality: SE Alps, Weißenfelder Seen, Pontafol, 

Fiume, Tirol (leg. Verhoeff). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1930) instituted Tachysoniscus 

as a subgenus of Trichoniscus. 

Tadzhikoniscus Borutzky, 1976 


Type species: Tadzhikoniscus coecus Borutzky, 

1976 (o, m). 

Localities: Tadzhikistan, Sovkhos “Stalingrad”, 

upper soil layer 0-10 cm (16 �and �, leg. 

Valiakhmedov, 12.v.1959); same data, but on 

a cotton plantation (1 � and 1 � (holotype), 

leg. Valiakhmedov, 13.x.1960). Holotype and 

paratypes in ZMMU inv. No. MS-918. 

Talifa Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Metoponorthus peregrinus Budde-Lund, 

1885 (o). 

Locality: Unknown (leg. Dupont; Mus. Petersburg, after 

Budde-Lund 1885). 

Remarks: Introduced as subgenus of Porcellio. 

Tasmanoniscus Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Tasmanoniscus evansi Vandel, 

1973 (m). 

Locality: Australia, Lord Howe Island, on top 

of Mt. Gower, 858 m ([numerous?] � and 

ovigerous �, leg. Linklater). 

Tauroligidium Borutzky, 1950 


Type species: Taurologidium stigium Borutzky, 1950 (o, m).

Locality: Krym, Skelskaya Cave (1 � holotype, and paratypes: 

5 �, 4 �, 4 juv., leg. Birstein, 04.vii.1938, ZMMU 

563). 

Tauronethes Borutzky, 1949 


Type species: Tauronethes lebedinskyi Borutzky, 

1949 (o, m). 

Locality: Krym, Skel’skaya Cave (1 � [more?], 

leg. Birstein, 04.vii.1938). 

Tendosphaera Verhoeff, 1930b 

Family: Tendosphaeridae. 

Type species: Tendosphaera verrucosa Verhoeff, 

1930b (m). 

Locality: Italy, near Limone, beside Col di Tenda, 

1000 m, Fagus-Corylus forest on limestone, 

under stones, and in the soil (10 specimens, 

leg. Verhoeff, 19.iv.1929; 1 syntype specimen 

BMNH 1930:5:26:75). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: North-west Italy; Greece, Levkas Is. 

Remarks: Only 2 valid species, the others fall in 

synonymy. 

Literature: Schmalfuss (1989a) described the second 

species T. graeca and the differences 

between both species. 

Tenebrioscia Schultz, 1985 


Type species: Tenebrioscia antennuata Schultz, 

1985 (o, m). 

Locality: Java: “Wall of K. Bribin, V. S.” Cave 

(� holotype BMNH 184:252, � paratype 

BMNH 1984:253). 

Termitoniscus Silvestri, 1918 

Synonym of Schoeblia Budde-Lund, 1909. 

Type species: Termitoniscus fulleri Silvestri, 1918. 

Locality: Mozambique, Inhonguvo, Buzi River, Beira, in 

nest of Termes bellicosus Smeath (1 �, leg. Claude Fuller, 

v.1915). 

Remarks: Barnard (1932) reduced Termitoniscus to a synonym 

of Schoeblia. 

Thailandoniscus Dalens, 1989 


Type species: Thailandoniscus annae Dalens, 

1989 (o, m). 

Locality: Thailand, Phangnga province, Tham 

Tapan cave, in water (8 �, 13 �, leg. Bedos & 

Deharveng, 26.vii.1987, type specimens in 

Coll. Dalens). 


91 

Thaumatoniscellus Tabacaru, 1973 


Type species: Thaumatoniscellus orghidani Tabacaru, 

1973 (o, m). 

Locality: Romania: Oltenia, “dans les lithoclases 

près de la grotte de Topolnita, Plateau de 

Mehedinti, commune de Ciresu, au nordnord-est 

de la ville de Drobeta Turnu- 

Severin” (2 �, 2 �, leg. T. Orghidan, 20.ix. 

1967). 

Thermocellio Verhoeff, 1942e 

Unavailable name (ICZN Art. 13.3); Family: Porcellionidae. 



1. Thermocellio griseus Verhoeff, 1942e: Tanzania, Ugogu/ 

Turu, near Suna Singidda (leg. E. Obst, 24.ii.1911, 

ZMH). 

2. Thermocellio nodulosus Verhoeff, 1942e: Tanzania, 

Ugogu, Kilimatinde (leg. Obst, ZMH 23406), “Ost- 

Ufiomi” (leg. Obst, ZMH 23410). 

Species: 6? 

Distribution: Kenya, Tanzania. 

Remarks: Taiti & Ferrara (1987) regarded Thermocellio as 

a probable synonym of Uramba Budde-Lund, 1908b, 

but they did not establish the synonymy or designate 

a type species, so the name remains unavailable. 

Thomasoniscus Vandel, 1981 


Type species: Thomasoniscus angulatus Vandel, 

1981 (m). 

Locality: Cuba, Cran Caverna de Santo Tomás, 

Cueva del Salón, entrance zone (leg. Orghidan, 

12.iv.1973). 

Thomsenia Panning, 1924 

Synonym of Niambia Budde-Lund, 1904) (after Barnard 

1932). 

Type species: Thomsenia damarensis Panning, 1924 (m). 

Locality: Namibia, Gr. Okatjeru, ca. 50 km S of Waterberg 

Mt. (1 �, 2 �, leg. H. Thomsen, 1912). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Niambia by Barnard 

(1932). 

Thrakosphaera Schmalfuss, 1998 

Family: Tendosphaeridae? 

Type species: Thrakosphaera schawalleri 


Localities: NE Greece, Thrakia, Nomos Xanthi, 

Nestos valley near Toxotes, left side of river 

Nestos (� holotype SMNS T405, 8 � paratypes, 

leg. Schawaller, 25.iv.1994, SMNS 

T406, NHMW 18081, SMNS REM93); Nomos 

Evros, 10 km SW Dhadhia, 80 m, at

92 

riverside, Quercus forest (1 �, 3 � paratypes, 

leg. Schawaller, 12.iv.1994, SMNS T497); 

Makedonia, Nomos Kavala, Pangeon Mts, 5 

km W Eleftherupoli, 400 m, macchia with 

Quercus, Platanus (1 � paratype, leg. Schawaller, 

29.iv.1994, SMNS T408). 

Tiroloscia Verhoeff, 1926b 


Type species: Not designated in original description 

of Paraphiloscia Verhoeff, 1908d. 

Species originally included in Paraphiloscia Verhoeff, 

1908d: 

1. Philoscia pyrenaica Dollfus, 1897b: Pyrenean 

Mts, Bagnères-de-Bigorre (3 �, 3 � with 

marsupium, 2 �, syntypes, leg. Simon, 

viii.1883, MNHN-Is5769); France, Ahusquy, 

near Mauléon, 1100 m (1 � syntype, leg. 

Broelemann, BMNH 1911:11.8:10770). 

2. Philoscia squamuligera Kölbel, 1894[?] 

3. Philoscia (Paraphiloscia) apenninorum Verhoeff, 

1908d: Italy, near Vallombrosa, in forest 

(leg. Verhoeff, ix.1899). 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: Italy, Spain. 

Remarks: Replacement name for Paraphiloscia 

Verhoeff, 1908. A type species was neither 

designated by Verhoeff (1908d) nor by Verhoeff 

(1926b). 

Titana Budde-Lund, 1909 

Family: Titanidae. 

Type species: Titana mirabilis Budde-Lund, 

1909 (m). 

Locality: Namibia: Namaland: Steinkopf, in nest 

of Hodotermes viator Latr. (� holotype, leg. 

Schultze, VII., ZMB 12712). 

Titanethes Schiødte, 1849 


Type species: Pherusa alba C. L. Koch, 1841b 

(m). 

Locality: Cave “Adelsberger Grotte” in Krain 

[probably in Austria or Slovenia] (1 � syntype, 

leg. K. Schmidt, BMNH 1925:7:22: 

139). 

Synonym: Pherusa C. L. Koch, 1841 (preoccupied). 


Distribution: NE Italy, Slovenia, Croatia, Hercegovina. 


Titanosphaera Verhoeff, 1933b 

Synonym of Paraschizidium Verhoeff, 1919. 

Type species: Titanosphaera myrmicidarum Verhoeff, 

1933b (m) (synonym of Armadillidium coeculum Silvestri, 

1897). 

Locality: Italy: SE of San Marino, on slope with some shrubs, 

under a large piece of shale, between ants (“Atta” [seems 

to be an error]) and Porcellionides myrmecophilus (1 

specimen, leg. Verhoeff, 22.ix.1931). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1933c) used the name Titanosphaera for 

a subgenus of Troglarmadillidium, with the type species 

Troglarmadillidium (Titanosphaera) myrmicidarum and 

the comment “this species will be described elsewhere”. 

Although this name then would be a nomen nudum, the 

name is available with the publication year 1933, because 

the other paper, in which the species was described, also 

appeared in 1933. Manicastri & Taiti (1994) reduced 

Titanosphaera myrmicidarum to a synonym of Paraschizidium 

coeculum (Silvestri, 1897), after re-examination 

of type specimens of both. 

Togarmadillo Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1983 

Family: Armadilliidae. 

Type species: Periscyphis nigropunctatus Hilgendorf, 

1893 (o, m). 

Locality: Togo, Bismarckburg (=Kasanga) (1 �, 6 

� and 6 dried specimens, leg. Dr. Büttner, 

vi.1891, ZMB 8698). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Cameroon, Togo. 

Togoscia Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1978 


Togoscia Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 1985 


Type species: Philoscia buettneri Hilgendorf, 

1893 (designated by Ferrara & Schmalfuss 

1985). 

Locality: Togo, Kasanga (in the orig. description 

as “Bismarckburg”) (� holotype, leg. R. 

Buettner, vii.1891, ZMB 8705). 

Remarks: The genus was created for two species 

of Philosciidae, sp. I and sp. II, that were 

described but not named (Schmalfuss & Ferrara 

1978). The name was validated by the 

designation of a type species by Ferrara & 


Tongadillo Dalens, 1988 


Type species: Tongadillo punctata Dalens, 1988 

(m). 

Localities: Tonga: Numuka Iki Island (1 �, para-

type, leg. S. Golovatch, 17.vi.1980, ZMMU); 

Kao Island (2 �, 1 immature, paratypes, leg. S. 

Golovatch, 26.vi.1980, ZMMU); Eua Island 

(�, holotype, leg. S. Golovatch, 08.vii. 1980, 

ZMMU). 

Tongoscia Dalens, 1988 


Type species: Tongoscia vandeli Dalens, 1988 

(m). 

Locality: Tonga: Eua Island (11 �, 9 �, leg. S. 

Golovatch, 08.vii.1980, ZMMU). 

Toradjia Dollfus, 1898 


Type species: Toradjia celebensis Dollfus, 1898 

(o). 

Locality: Celebes, Soputan, 1200 m (1 � lectotype, 

leg. Sarasin, MNHN); same data (1 � 

paralectotype, NHMB). 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: Indonesia, Malaysia. 

Remarks: The lectotype could not be found in the 

collection of the MNHN Paris. 

Literature: Ferrara, Meli & Taiti (1995) revised 

the species and provided an identification 

key. 

Trachelipus Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Porcellio ratkii Brandt, 1833 (o, 

m). 

Locality: “Germania” (� lectotype, 5 �, 16 � 1 

juv. �, 1 juv. �, paralectotypes, ZMB). 

Synonyms: Tracheoniscus Verhoeff, 1917a. 


Distribution: Central and SE Europe, Asia minor. 

Literature: Schmidt (1997) revised the European 

species (15 species) and provided an identification 

key. 

Tracheoniscus Verhoeff, 1917a 

Synonym of Trachelipus Budde-Lund, 1908b. 

Type species: Porcellio rathkii Brandt, 1833 (o). 

Remarks: Verhoeff (1917a) used the name as “Tracheoniscus 

m.”, but actually, this seems to be the first mention in 

literature. The designation of Porcellio rathkii as type 

species is found on p. 199. Arcangeli (1929) considered 

Tracheoniscus as a subgenus of Porcellio, but this was 

not followed by subsequent authors. 

Triadillo Vandel, 1973b 

Synonym of Nesodillo Verhoeff, 1926b. 


93 

Type species: Triadillo monticola Vandel, 1973b (o). 

Localities: W New Guinea, Dejateda, on NW coast of Lake 

Paniai, 3°49’S, 136°15’E, 1742 m, leg. Expédition de 

la Société royale neerlandaise de Géographie, 1939; S 

coast of Bobairo peninsula, near Enarotali, on Lake 

Paniai, 3°55’S, 136°2’E, 1742 m, under dead plants of 

the lake shore, leg. ?, 10.i.1955. 

Remarks: Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) reduced Triadillo 

to a synonym of Nesodillo. 

Triceratosphoera Caruso & Lombardo, 1978 


Type species: Triceratosphoera sabulicola Caruso 

& Lombardo, 1978 (m). 

Locality: Algeria, Eddis, Bou-Saada (18 �, 30 �, 

leg. Caruso, Motta & Petralia, 12.iv.1977). 

Trichodillidium Schmalfuss, 1989c 


Type species: Trichodillidium malickyi Schmalfuss, 

1989c (o). 

Locality: Greece, Andhros Island, above Sarisa, 

460 m (� holotype, 1 � and 8 � paratypes, leg. 

Malicky, 20.iv.1984, SMNS T235); same place 

(1 � paratype, leg. Malicky, 12.iii. 1982, SMNS 

T237). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Greece: Andhros, Kerkira. 

Trichonethes Strouhal, 1953 


Type species: Trichonethes kosswigi Strouhal, 

1953 (o). 

Locality: Turkey, SW Anatolia, Vilayet Denizli, 

Dodurgaköyü village, near Acipayam, in a 

cave (� holotype and 1 �paratype, leg. Kosswig, 

xi.1945, NHMW); same data (3 � paratypes). 

Synonym: Antennulonethes Verhoeff & Strouhal, 

1967. 

Species: 2. 

Trichoniscoides G. O. Sars, 1898 


Type species: Trichoniscoides sarsi Patience, 

1908 (new name for material misidentified as 

“Trichoniscoides albidus, (B.-Lund)” by G. 

O. Sars, 1898 (designated by Gruner 1966). 

Locality: Norway: “in the vicinity of Christiana 

[Oslo] … on the lower side of stones deeply 

imbedded in the soft ground.” (Sars 1898: 

166).

94 

Species: 40. 

Distribution: France, Spain, England, Germany, 

Denmark. 

Remarks: According to Patience (1908), the [Norwegian] 

specimens described by Sars (1898) 

under the name “Trichoniscoides albidus, 

(B.-Lund)” are not conspecific with Budde- 

Lund’s specimens. Sars (1898) described only 

this species, but mentioned in the text that 

with certainty also Trichoniscus leydigi Weber 

is included. Patience (1908) found that G. 

O. Sars had erroneously identified his specimens 

as Trichoniscoides albidus (Budde- 

Lund, 1880) and gave the name Trichoniscoides 

sarsi to these specimens. Gruner 

(1996) mentioned Trichoniscoides albidus 

G. O. Sars (nec Budde-Lund), 1898 = Trichoniscus 

sarsi Patience, 1908 as type species. 

This is regarded as the designation of 

Trichoniscoides sarsi Patience, 1908 as the 

type species (ICZN Art. 69.1.1), because “Trichoniscus 

albidus G. O. Sars” is not an available 

name (ICZN Art. 70.3.2). 

Literature: Vandel (1952a) revised the genus and 

gave a key to 26 species. Dalens (1972) reported 

34 species and provided extensions of 

Vandel’s key to include the 8 species described 

later. Cruz (1993) included 40 nominal 

species and provided a key to “Atlantic 

group” of the genus (17 species). 

Trichoniscus Brandt, 1833 


Type species: Trichoniscus pusillus Brandt, 1833 

(m). 

Locality: Germany. 

Synonyms: Philougria Kinahan, 1857; Spiloniscus 

Racovitza, 1908; Stylohylea Verhoeff, 

1930a. 


Distribution: Europe, North America. 

Trichophiloscia Arcangeli, 1950a 


Type species: Porcellionides murisieri Arcangeli, 

1925 (m). 

Locality: Sardinia, near Sassari, Bosco di Rizzeddu, 

under limestones on moist grassland 

(4 �, leg. Arcangeli, 04.iii.1924). 

Remarks: After having mistaken these speci- 


mens as belonging to a new species of 

Porcellionides (Arcangeli 1925), Arcangeli 

(1950a) transferred them to Trichophiloscia. 

Although this name is by no means indicated 

as being new, it did not appear in any other 

paper before and is considered as a nominal 

genus with the data given above. 

Trichorhina Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Bathytropa thermophila Dollfus, 

1896a (o), synonym of Alloniscus tomentosus 


Locality: Paris, greenhouses of the Museum (2 � 

syntypes, BMNH 1911:11:8:10547-48). 

Synonym: Bathytropina Verhoeff, 1908. 

Species: ca. 50 nominal species. 

Distribution: Central and South America, Africa, 

Loyalty Islands, Portugal. 

Remarks: Dollfus published the description twice, 

without (1896b) and with (1896c) figures. 

Budde-Lund (1912) reduced Bathytropa 

thermophila to a synonym of Alloniscus 

tomentosus Budde-Lund, 1893. 

Trichorhinella Verhoeff, 1937 


Type species: Platyarthrus simoni Dollfus, 1893 (m). 

Locality: Venezuela, Colonia Tovar (leg. E. Simon, i.1888, 

MNHN-Is5770). 

Tricorhina = misspelling for Trichorhina (in Arcangeli 

1935b). 

Tricyphoniscus Verhoeff, 1936d 


Type species: Tricyphoniscus bureschi Verhoeff, 

1936d (m). 

Locality: Bulgaria, Karlokova (or Karlukowo?), 

“Haiduscka-Dupka” cave (numerous specimens, 

leg. Buresch, 14.xi.1926). 

Tridentodillo Jackson, 1933b 


Type species: Tridentodillo squamosus Jackson, 

1933b (m). 

Localities: Marquesas Islands: Nukihiva, Ooumu, 

altitude 1160-1220 m (1 �, leg. Mumford & 

Adamson, 13.xi.1929); altitude 1186 m (unknown 

number of specimens, leg. LeBronnec 

& Tauraa, 20(?).vii.1931). 

Tritracheodillo Ferrara & Taiti, 1982 

Family: Eubelidae.

Type species: Tritracheodillo spatulatus Ferrara 

& Taiti, 1982 (o, m). 

Locality: Tanzania, Uluguru Mts., Kinola, transitional 

forest, 1500-1750 m (� holotype 

MRAC 55247, paratypes: 1 �, 1 � MRAC 

53422; 1 �, 1 � MRAC 55248; 1 �, 1 � 

MZUF 888, leg. Leleup & Debecker, 06- 

13.vi.1971). 

Tritracheoniscus Taiti & Manicastri, 1985 

Family: Porcellionidae? 

Type species: Nagurus cerrutii Vandel, 1958 (o, 

m). 

Localities: Sardinia, “Aven sur les pentes du 

Monte Tuttavista, à Galtelli, au nord de 

Dorgali” ( several specimens of both sexes, 

leg. Cerruti & Henrot, 19.iv.1958); same 

region, “Grottes s’ouvrant sur le Mont 

d’Ospile” (1 �, leg. Cerruti & Henrot, 

20.iv.1958). 

Troglarmadillidium Verhoeff, 1900 


Type species: Armadillidium stygium Verhoeff, 

1900 (designated by Verhoeff 1933c). 

Locality: “Wolfshöhle” [Bosnia and Hercegovina] 

(1 �, leg. Verhoeff, iv.1897). 

Species: ? 

Distribution: Yugoslavia, Greece. 

Remarks: Originally described as a subgenus of 

Armadillidium. Verhoeff (1933b) raised it to 

generic rank. Verhoeff (1933) enumerated the 

subgenera of Troglarmadillidium and indicated 

for which species he introduced which 

subgenus name. This is here regarded as 

equivalent with a designation of a type species. 

Troglarmadillo Arcangeli, 1957 

Nomen dubium. 

Type species: Armadillo (Spherillo?) cavernae Wahrberg, 

1922. 

Locality: Australia, Queensland, Chillagoe, in a cave (1 �, 

leg. Mjöberg, 1910-1913). 

Remarks: Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) considered Troglarmadillo 

as a name of doubtful validity. Since the type 

specimen in the NHRS is mutilated in the cephalon and 

pleon, its identity can not be proven. 

Trogleluma Vandel, 1946 

Subgenus of Troglarmadillidium Verhoeff, 1900. 

Type species: Troglarmadillidium (Trogleluma) machadoi 

Vandel, 1946 (m). 


95 

Localities: Portugal, Algarao Menor do Paulino (no Sêrro 

da Cabeca Gorda) (Loulé town, Faro district) (1 �, 08.iv. 

1942); Albismo Novo (em Moncarapacho) (Olhao 

town, Faro) (2 �, 2 �, 5 juv., 03.iv.1942). 

Trogleubelum Arcangeli, 1950b 


Type species: Eubelum tenebrarum Van Name, 

1920 (m). 

Locality: Congo, Thysville, “from the shelves of a 

cave” (about 60 specimens, leg. H. Lang, 

02.vi.1915, AMNH 3242 and 3266). 

Troglocylisticus Ferrara & Taiti, 1983 


Type species: Troglocylisticus cyrnensis Ferrara 

& Taiti, 1983 (o, m). 

Locality: Corsica, grotta di Brando (� holotype, 2 

� paratypes, leg. Taiti & Campanelli, 13.x. 

1982, MZUF 1095). 

Troglocyphoniscus Stouhal, 1939a 


Type species: Troglcyphoniscus absoloni Strouhal, 

1939a (m). 

Locality: Yugoslavia, Mljet Island, Movrica Cave 

(“biospeologica balcanica, loc. no. 661”) (1 �, 

leg. Absolon, 25.vii.1917). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Yugoslavia. 

Troglodillo Jackson, 1937 


Type species: Troglodillo emarginatus Jackson, 

1937 (m). 

Locality: N Thailand, Pha-Thai “dans une grotte” 

(3 �, leg. Prince Leopold of Belgium, 24.ii. 

1932, MRHNB). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: N Thailand; China, Guangxi. 

Troglonethes Cruz, 1991a 


Type species: Troglonethes aurouxi Cruz, 1991a. 

Locality: Spain, “Cova de les Aranges, Barraix, 

Serra, Valencia, 30SYJ2398” (� holotype, 1 � 

and 4 � paratypes, leg. Auroux, ?.v.1980, in 

the collection of that author). 

Troglophiloscia Brian, 1929 


96 

Type species: Troglophiloscia silvestri Brian, 

1929 (m). 

Locality: Cuba, Bellamar Cave near Matanzas (6 

�, 1 imm. �, leg. Silvestri, 17.x.1928). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Cuba, Mexico, Belize. 

Tropethelum Verhoeff, 1942 


Type species: Tropethelum salamense Verhoeff, 

1942 (m). 

Locality: Daressalam (1 �, MNH 15358). 

Remarks: The type specimen is a shrunken male. 

Tropicana Manicastri & Taiti, 1987 


Type species: Tropicana minuta Manicastri & 

Taiti, 1987 (o, m). 

Localities: Hawaii: Oahu, Poamoho Ridge, 

along the trail, rain forest (1 � holotype, leg. 

Taiti, 22.xii.1984; MZUF); paratypes: same 

data as holotype (many � and �, MZUF; 2 � 

and 2 �, BPBM); Oahu, along Manoa stream, 

near University of Hawaii (3 �, 9 �, leg. Taiti, 

31.xii.1984, MZUF); Oahu, Manoa, near 

University of Hawaii (5 � and 14 �, leg. Taiti, 

21.xii.1984); Hawaii, Kalapana, SE coast 

(many � and �, leg. Taiti 08.i.1985, MZUF; 2 

� and 3 �, MZUR); Kukuihala, SE coast (6 � 

and 10 �, leg. Taiti, 08.i.1985, MZUF); Hilo 

(6 � and 7 �, leg. Taiti, 07.i.1985; MZUF). – 

Sri Lanka: Diyaluma (2 � and 6 �, leg. 

Besuchet & Löbl, 25.i.1970, MHNG); Kuruwita 

(2 �, leg. Beron, 01.xii.1984; NMNHS); 

Sabaragamuwa prov., stream at 725 m, 8 km 

NNW of Balangoda, loc. 96 (1 �, leg. LUCE, 

22.ii.1962, ZIUL); Sarabagamuwa prov., 

Deerwood, Kuruwita, 9.6 km NNW of Ratnapura, 

loc. 90:III (3 �, leg. LUCE, 18- 

21.ii.1962, ZIUL); Sabaragamuwa prov., 

Bopathella Falls, 14.5 km NNW Ratnapura, 

loc. 91:I (2 �, leg. LUCE, 19.ii.1962, ZIUL). 

– Comoro Islands: Anjouan, Boungouéni, 

300 m, mangrove litter (3 �, 13 �, leg. R. 

Jocqué, 05.xii.1983). – Cameroon: Kribi (1 

�, leg. Ferrara & Schmalfuss, 19.ii.1980, 

MZUF). 

Tropicocellio Arcangeli, 1950b 



Type species: Tropicocellio pallidus Arcangeli, 

1950b (m). 

Locality: Congo: Eala (MRAC). 

Tropiscia Vandel, 1973 


Type species: Tropiscia flagellata Vandel, 1968 

(m). 

Locality: Ecuador (E. C. 18), Oriente, forêt tropicale 

à Puyo, 800 m alt., humus, iv.1965; 

Ecuador (E. C. 29), Baños, Doline de la grotte 

de Baños, humus, 2300 m alt., iv.1965 

(IRSNB). 

Tuberdillo Arcangeli, 1941 


Tuberdillo Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1983 

Synonym of Ctenorillo Verhoeff, 1942. 

Type species: Diploexochus (Tuberdillo) legai Arcangeli, 

1941 (designated by Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1983). 

Locality: Ethiopia, “Rive del Cascheri” (2 �, 07.vii.1939). 

Remarks: Schmalfuss & Ferrara (1983) regarded Ctenorillo 

Verhoeff, 1942 as a junior synonym of Tuberdillo 

Arcangeli, 1941. They overlooked that Tuberdillo 

Arcangeli, 1941 is an unavailable name and the name 

Tuberdillo was validated when Schmalfuss & Ferrara 

(1983) designated the type species. Thus, the synonymy 

must be the other way: Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara 

(1998) reduced Tuberdillo to a synonym of Ctenorillo. 

Tuberillo Schultz, 1982 


Type species: Tuberillo sarawakensis Schultz, 

1982 (o, m). 

Locality: Borneo, Gunung Mulu National Park, 

Lubang Sungei Payau (� holotype and 1 � 

allotype BMNH 1981:343:1). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: Sumatra, Borneo. 

Tura Budde-Lund, 1908b 

Family:Porcellionidae. 

Type species: Tura testacea Budde-Lund, 1908 

(o). 

Locality: W Madagascar: Majunga (number of 

specimens, leg. Voeltzkow, viii.1894, 6 � 

and 17 � syntypes BMNH 1921:10:18:3996- 

4007); same data (8 syntypes, ZMB 11404); 

Aldabra Island (some specimens, leg. 

v.1895). 

Species: 9. 

Distribution: Aldabra, Somalia, Madagascar.

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Porcellio 

Latreille, 1804. 

Turanoniscus Borutzky, 1969a 

Family: Turanoniscidae. 

Type species: Turanoniscus anacanthotermitis 

Borutzky, 1969a. 

Locality: Usbekistan, Tashkent district, 45 km W 

of Yangui-Yera, in nest of the termite Anacanthotermes 

ahngherianus (� holotype, 

1 � and 5 � paratypes, leg. Davletshina, 

20.ix.1958, ZMMU 826). 

Turkonethes Verhoeff, 1943 


Type species: Turkonethes (Turkonethes) albus 

Verhoeff, 1943 (o). 

Locality: Turkey, Asian shore of Marmara Sea, 

Yalova, Sogucak cave (several specimens, 

leg. Kosswig, 25.viii.1940). 

Species: 2. 

Turkoniscus Verhoeff, 1943 

Subgenus of Turkonethes Verhoeff, 1943. 

Type species: Turkonethes (Turkoniscus) solifugus Verhoeff, 

1943 (m). 

Locality: Turkey: Inkaya-Köyü Cave near Brussa (1 �, leg. 

Kosswig, ix.1940). 

Tylos Audouin & Savigny, 1826 

Family: Tylidae. 

Type species: Tylos latreillei Audouin & Savigny, 

1826 (m). 

Locality: Egypt (not further specified). 



Remarks: At present, Tylos latreillei is regarded 

as a nomen dubium and the two names Tylos 

europaeus Arcangeli, 1938 and Tylos ponticus 

Grebnitzky, 1874 are in use for two separate 

species. One of these names is a junior 

synonym of Tylos latreillei, but it remains 

unclear, which one. Type specimens of T. 

ponticus are in Moscow (1 � holotype and 4 

� and � paratypes, Krym, Sevastopol, leg. 

Grebnizky, ZMMU 299). 

Typhlarmadillidium Verhoeff, 1900 


Type species: Armadillidium (Typhlarmadillidium) 

trebinjanum Verhoeff, 1900 (designated 

by Verhoeff 1933c). 


97 

Locality: Hercegovina, near Trebinje (1 �, leg. 

Verhoeff). 

Species: 3. 

Remarks: Described as subgenus of Armadillidium 

Latreille, 1804, to include the two species 

silvestri and trebinjanum Verhoeff. Verhoeff 

(1933b) raised it to generic rank and 

Verhoeff (1933c) designated a type species 

(see remarks under Troglarmadillidium). 

Vandel (1944) referred to it as a subgenus 

of Troglarmadillidium Verhoeff, 1900, but 

Vandel (1962) accepted the generic rank. 

Typhlisticus Verhoeff, 1949 

Synonym of Cylisticus Schnitzler, 1853. 

Type species: Cylisticus cavernicola Racovitza, 1907 (m). 

Locality: France: Alpes maritimes (in a cave). 

Remarks: Reduced to a synonym of Cylisticus by Strouhal 

(1971). 

Typhloligidium Verhoeff, 1916 

Subgenus of Ligidium Brandt, 1833 (after Schmalfuss 1979). 

Type species: Ligidium coecum Carl, 1904 (m). 

Locality: Krym, Kisil Cave. 

Synonym: Krimonethes Absolon, 1933. 

Remarks: Reduced to a subgenus of Ligidium by Jackson 

(1923). 

Typhloniscus Schöbl, 1860b 

Synonym of Platyarthrus Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Typloniscus steini Schöbl, 1860b (m) (synonym 

of Platyarthrus hoffmannseggii Brandt, 1833). 

Locality: Czech Republic, near Praha: Radlitz, in a garden 

wall, in nest of “Formica flava”, Scharka (near Praha) 

(in nest of “Formica nigra”), Praha (in Nest of 

“Formica flava”). 

Remarks: Budde-Lund (1885) reduced Typhloniscus steini 

to a synonym of Platyarthrus hoffmansseggii. 

Typhloschizidium Arcangeli, 1933 

Synonym of Alloschizidium Verhoeff, 1919. 

Type species: Typhloschizidium sardoum Arcangeli, 1933 

(o, m). 

Locality: Sardegna, Capo Caccia, N of Alghero (2 �, 3 �, 

leg. Dodero, 17.iv.1902, MG). 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1925) had tentatively identified the 

specimens as Armadillidium pruvoti; Arcangeli (1933) 

regarded them as belonging to a new species. Vandel 

(1962) and Schmalfuss (1981) regarded Typhloschizidium 

as a synonym of Paraschizidium, but Taiti & 

Ferrara (1996) placed Typhloschizidium in the synonymy 

of Alloschizidium. 

Typhlotricholigioides Rioja, 1953 


Type species: Typhlotricholigioides aquaticus 

Rioja, 1953 (m).

98 

Locality: Mexico, Veracruz, Córdoba, Cueva de 

Ojo de Agua Grande (several specimens, leg. 

Villalobos, 2.xii.1951 and 4.v.1952, type in 

UAM, according to the original description). 

Uluguroscia Taiti & Ferrara, 1980 

Family: Philoscidae. 

Type species: Uluguroscia montana Taiti & Ferrara, 

1980 (o, m). 

Locality: Tanzania: Uluguru Mts. 

Species: 4. 

Distribution: South Africa, Tanzania, Madagascar, 

Comoro Is. 

Uramba Budde-Lund, 1908b 


Type species: Lyprobius mus Budde-Lund, 1898 

(m). 

Locality: Zanzibar, near Kohotoni, under leaf 

litter (leg. Voeltzkow, 1 � and 1 specimen in 

fragments, BMNH 1921:10:18:4079-4080, 

syntypes). 

Species: 8. 

Distribution: Ethiopia, Somalia, Tanzania. 

Uropodias Richardson, 1902 

Type species: Uropodias bermudensis Richardson, 1902. 

Locality: Bermudas, Castle Island, Castle Harbor, under 

stones in dry places (few specimens, leg. Verrill, 1898 

and 1901, Yale Peabody Museum). 

Remarks: Nomen dubium, based on a manca; the description 

was based on a young Armadillidium or similar forms, 

according to Verhoeff (1907a). 

Vandelillo Arcangeli, 1957b 

Synonym of Ctenorillo Verhoeff, 1942d. 

Type species: Cubaris mineri Van Name, 1936 (o). 

Locality: Guyana, Kamakusa (� holotype, and 2 other 

specimens, leg. H. Lang, i.1923, AMNH 6515; 1 � and 

one other specimen, leg. H. Lang, 25.x.1922). 

Species: 2. 

Distribution: Colombia, Venezuela, Guiana. 

Remarks: Arcangeli (1956) considered Cubaris mineri Van 

Name, 1936, which Vandel (1952) transferred to Venezillo, 

as distinct from the other species of that genus and 

that it deserves a separate subgenus. He assigned another 

species, Cubaris brevispinis Pearse, 1915, to the same 

subgenus, but with much doubt, so Cubaris mineri is the 

type species. Schmalfuss & Ferrara (1983) regarded Vandelillo 

as a putative synonym of Tuberdillo Arcangeli, 

1941. Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara (1998) reduced Vandelillo 

to a synonym of Ctenorillo. 

Vandeloniscellus Tabacaru, 1993b 



Type species: Cyphoniscellus bulgaricus Vandel, 

1967 (o, m). 

Locality: Bulgaria, Kalna Matnica cave (“Vr. 

42”) near Beli Izvor (Vraca) (1 �, 2 �, leg. 

Bechkov, 12.xii.1965). 

Vandelophiloscia Schmalfuss & Ferrara, 1978 


Type species: Vandelophiloscia pfaui Schmalfuss 

& Ferrara, 1978 (m). 

Locality: Ivory Coast, Satikran, near Abengourou, 

rain forest (� holotype, leg. Pfau, 

14.iv.1971, MZUF 162). 

Vandeloscia Roman, 1977 


Type species: Vandeloscia orientalis Roman, 1977 (m) 

(synonym of Philoscia culebrae Moore, 1901). 

Remarks: Schultz (1983) incorrectly regarded Halophiloscia 

(Stenophiloscia) riedli Strouhal, 1966 as the type 

species by monotypy. 

Vardaroniscus Buturovic, 1955 

Synonym of Cyphoniscellus Verhoeff, 1901 (after Vandel 

1967). 

Type species: Vardaroniscus tetraceratus Buturovic, 1955. 

Locality: Macedonia: near Rasce. 

Vavoscia Schultz, 1985 

Synonym of Burmoniscus Collinge, 1914. 

Type-species: Philoscia javanensis Richardson Searle, 

1922 (o, m). 

Locality: Java, Semarang (� holotype, USNM 54477), 

Java, Djocja (paratype in “Leydon Museum” [most 

probably a mistake for Leiden Museum, Netherlands]). 

Remarks: Taiti, Ferrara & Kwon (1992) pointed out that 

Schultz based his description on specimens misidentified 

as Philoscia javanensis Richardson Searle, 1922. They 

redescribed this material as belonging to a new species, 

Burmoniscus schultzi Taiti, Ferrara & Kwon, 1992. These 

authors reduced Vavoscia to a synonym of Burmoniscus. 

They referred to the type-species as follows: “Type species: 

Vavoscia javanensis Schultz, 1985 (nec Richardson 

Searle, 1922) (= Burmoniscus schultzi, sp. nov.), by 

original designation and monotypy.” 

The situation seems to be more complicated: Schultz 

(1985) referred to the holotype of Philoscia javanensis 

Richardson Searle, 1922, but based his description on two 

specimens later identified to belong to a different species, 

Burmoniscus schultzi, while a paratype male (“Semarang”, 

not “Djocja” as indicated by Schultz), belongs to 

Anchiphiloscia pilosa (Budde-Lund, 1913) (Taiti, Ferrara 

& Kwon 1992). It can be argued that Schultz established 

a new genus, designated a type species for this genus and 

referred to the holotype of this species. The fact that he 

based the description on non-type specimens later identified 

to belong to a different species does not require a 

“change” of the type species. Taiti, Ferrara & Kwon 

(1992), instead of Philoscia javanensis Richardson

Searle, 1922, considered that the species Burmoniscus 

schultzi actually was represented by the two specimens 

on which the description in Schultz (1985) was based. 

As far as we understand from the ICZN, such a change 

of the type species is possible without a decision by the 

Commission, according to the fourth edition, but this 

was not allowed by earlier editions of the ICZN. In 

consequence, the original designation of Philoscia 

javanensis Richardson Searle, 1922 is retained as valid 

in the present catalogue. However, this does not affect 

the status of Vavoscia as a synonym of Burmoniscus. 

Venezillo Verhoeff, 1928a 


Type species: Armadillo clausus Budde-Lund, 

1885 (m). 

Locality: Venezuela, Caracas (2 � and 1 � syntypes, 

ZMB 6371). 

Synonyms: Microdillo Verhoeff, 1933; Atlandillo 

Vandel, 1954. 


Distribution: South Africa, Congo, Senegal, Jamaica, 

Cuba, Mexico, Texas, Florida, Brazil, 

Venezuela. 

Verhoeffiella Vandel, 1970 


Type species: Heroldia canalensis Verhoeff, 

1926a (m). 

Localities: New Caledonia, Mt. Panié, 500 m, 

forest (several adult [incl. �] and juvenile 

specimens, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 27.vi.1911); 

Mt. Canala, 800 m (2 �, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 

04.xi.1911). 

Vinneta Budde-Lund, 1906 

Subgenus of Deto Guérin, 1836. 



1. Deto magnifica Budde-Lund, 1906: Auckland (Mus. 

Dresden). 

2. Deto robusta Budde-Lund, 1906: Auckland (Mus. Dresden). 

3. Deto aucklandiae (Thomson, 1879): Auckland. 

4. Deto novaezelandiae Filhol, 1885: Wellington. 

Remarks: The type specimens of both species described by 

Budde-Lund were destroyed in World War II. For the 

other two species it is not known whether type specimens 

still exist. 

Wahrbergia Verhoeff, 1926a 


Type species: Wahrbergia sarasini Verhoeff, 

1926a (m). 

Locality: New Caledonia, Ignambi Mt., forest, 


99 

750 m (leg. Sarasin & Roux, 08.vii.1911); 

Canala Mt., 700-1000 m, leg. Sarasin & Roux, 

03-04.xi.1911). 

Xeroniscus Ferrara & Taiti, 1990 


Type species: Periscyphis brevicaudatus Ferrara, 

1973. 

Locality: Somalia, Jesomma, 4°3’N, 46°28’E (� 

holotype, leg. SBS, 11-13.viii.1968, MZUF); 

Ghersale, 2°39’N, 45°23’E (1 �, allotype, leg. 

SBS, 01.viii.1968, MZUF). 

Species: 6. 

Distribution: Yemen, Somalia. 

Xeroprocellio Strouhal, 1942 

Nomen nudum. 

Xeroporcellio Strouhal, 1954 


Type species: Xeroporcellio pandazisi Strouhal, 

1954 (m). 

Locality: Greece, Xerovuni, Kefallinia Island. 

Synonym: Kefalloniscus Schmalfuss, 1986b. 

Remarks: Strouhal (1942) used the name “Xeroporcellio 

pandazisi gen. n., sp. n” without 

a description. This name became available 

when Strouhal (1954) published the description. 

Xestodillo Verhoeff, 1926a 


Types-species: Cubaris zebricolor Stebbing, 

1900 (designated by Taiti, Paoli & Ferrara, 

1998). 

Locality: Loyalty Islands, Lifou Island (holotype: 

1 fragmented specimen, BMNH 1906:4:19: 

93). 

Species: 3. 

Distribution: New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands. 

Xilitloniscus Bowman, 1965 

Synonym of Mexiconiscus Schultz, 1964. 

Type species: Cordioniscus laevis Rioja, 1955 (o). 

Locality: Mexico, San Luis Potosi, Municipio de Xilitla, 

Ahuacatlán, cueva de la Hoya, on the wall of the cave 

(1 � holotype, leg. F. Bonet). 

Remarks: Xilitloniscus was reduced to a synonym of 

Mexiconiscus by Schultz (1968a). 

Xiphoniscus Vandel, 1968 


100 

Type species: Xiphoniscus mirabilis Vandel, 

1968 (m). 

Locality: Ecuador (E. C. 16), Oriente, Puyo, tropical 

forest, 800 m alt., in humus, leg. N. 

Leleup, iv.1965 (1 � lectotype, 1 � paralectotype, 

MNHN-CV); Ecuador (E. C. 26), 

Baños, doline of the cave of Baños, 2300 m 

alt., in humus, leg. N. Leleup, iv.1965 (types 

probably in IRSNB). 

Remarks: The type species was redescribed by 

Leistikow (2000c), who designated a lectotype. 

Yaerikima Leistikow, 2001i 


Type species: Philoscia kartaboana Van Name, 

1936. 

Locality: Guyana, Kamakusa (2 � and 5 � paratypes, 

leg. H. Lang, 25.x.1922, AMNH 6557). 

Zebrascia Verhoeff, 1942a 


Type species: Zebrascia longicornis Verhoeff, 

1942a (m). 

Locality: Equatorial Guinea, Fernando Poo Is. 

[now Bioko Is.] (1 �, leg. Eidmann?). 

Distribution: Ivory Coast, Fernando Poo Island, 

Cameroon. 

Species: 2. 


Zia Koch, 1841b 

Synonym of Ligidium Brandt, 1833. 

Type species: Ligia melanocephala C. L. Koch, 1838 (o). 

Locality: Germany. 

Remarks: Koch (1841) first mentioned Ligia melanocephala 

in connection with the new genus name Zia. After the 

description of some other species, in the same paper 

he described two new species, Zia paludicola C. L. Koch, 

1841b and Zia agilis C. L. Koch, 1841b. The first 

mention could be regarded as the designation of a type 

species. BuddeLund (1885) listed the type species as 

Ligia melanocephala among some species probably 

belonging to the genus Ligidium. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

The compilation of this list was made possible by 

the help of numerous colleagues, who provided 

“rare” publications, discussed critical cases, 

gave information about the collections of their 

museums or institutes, sent reprints, etc. Two 

anonymous referees provided further improvements. 

In addition to all available literature, we had the 

possibility to evaluate the taxonomic databases 

of Dr. H. Schmalfuss and Prof. Dr. J. W. Wägele.

REFERENCES 

Absolon, K. & H. Strouhal. 1932. Protonethes ocellatus nov. 

gen., nov. spec., eine neue Höhlen-Trichoniscidae. – 

Zoologischer Anzeiger 101 (1/2): 17-28. Leipzig. 

Absolon, K. 1933. O temnostních Balkánských Titanethech. 

– Príroda 26, 2 (3): 1-5. Brno. 

Alexandria Digital Library Gazetteer. – http://fat-albert.alexandria.ucsb.edu:8827/gazetteer/. 

Andersson, Å. 1960. South American terrestrial Isopods 

in the collection of the Swedish State Museum of Natural 

History. – Arkiv för Zoologi 12 (34): 537-570. Stockholm, 

31.viii.1960. 

Araujo, P. B. 1999. Two new species of Alboscia Schultz, 

1995 from Rio Grande do Sul, Brasil (Isopoda, 

Oniscidea) – Crustaceana 72 (5): 487-496. Leiden. 

Araujo, P. B. & A. Leistikow. 1999. Philosciids with pleopodal 

lungs from Brazil, with description of a new 

species (Crustacea, Isopoda). – Contributions to Zoology 

68 (2): 109-141. The Hague. 

Arcangeli, A. 1923. Revisione del gruppo degli Haplophthalmi 

Isopodi terrestri. – Archivio zoologico Italiano 

8: 259-321, pls 7-8. Firenze, 04.viii.1923. 

Arcangeli, A. 1925. Gli isopodi terrestri della Sardegna. – 

Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata 

della R. Università di Torino, Nuova Serie 31, 

39: 1-73, pls 4-5. Torino, 31.iii.1925. 

Arcangeli, A. 1926. Contributo alla conoscenza della fauna 

isopodologica delle terre circostanti all’Alto Adriatico. 

– Atti del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Trieste 11: 

1-62. Trieste. 

Arcangeli, A. 1927a. Isopodi terrestria raccolti nell’Estremo 

Oriente dal Prof. Filippo Silvestri. – Bollettino di Zoologia 

Generale ed Agraria del R. Istituto Superiore Agrario 

in Portici 20: 211-269. 

Arcangeli, A. 1927b. Revisione dei generi degli isopodi 

terrestri. Ia. Nota. Sopra alcuni generi di Africa e di 

America. – Atti della Società Italiana di Scienze Naturali 

e del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Milano 66: 126- 

141. Milano. 

Arcangeli, A. 1929a. Isopodi terrestri raccolti nel 1925 in 

Italia dal Dr. E. Dudich ed esistenti nel Museo Nazionale 

Ungherese (Budapest). – Annales Historico-Naturales 

Musei Nationalis Hungarici 26: 60-71. Budapest. 

Arcangeli, A. 1929b. Isopodi terrestri raccolti in Cuba dal 

Prof. F. Silvestri. – Bollettino del Laboratorio di 

Zoologia Generale e Agraria della R. Scuola Superiore 

di Agricoltura di Portici 23: 129-148. Portici. 

Arcangeli, A. 1930a. Contributo alla conoscenza del “Microgenton” 

di Costa Rica. – Bollettino del Laboratorio di 

Zoologia Generale e Agraria della R. Scuola Superiore 


Arcangeli, A. 1930b. Musconiscus romanorum, nuovo genere 

e nuova specie di Isopodo terrestre della Cirenaica. 

– Bollettino del Laboratorio di Zoologia Generale e 

Agraria della R. Scuola Superiore di Agricoltura di Portici 

25: 39-43. Portici. 

Arcangeli, A. 1932a. Isopodi terrestria raccolti dal Prof. 

Silvestri nel Nordamerica. – Bollettino del Laboratorio 

di Zoologia Generale e Agraria della R. Scuola Superiore 



101 

Arcangeli, A. 1932b. Synarmadilloides roccatii Nob. è 

sino-nimo di Gerutha pila B. L. – Bollettino dei Musei 

di Zoologia e di Anatomia comparata della R. Università 

di Torino, Serie 3, 42 (17): 1-2. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1932c. Isopodi terrestria di Dominica 

(Piccole Antille). – Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia e 

di Anatomia comparata della R. Università di Torino, 

Serie 3, 42 (18): 1-6, 4 pls on unnumbered pages. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1932d. Considerazioni sopra la validità dei 

nomi generici Armadillo, Armadillidium, Oniscus, Porcellio. 

– Bolletino di Zoologia 3 (3): 123-127. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1933. Due nuove specie cieche della famiglia 

Armadillidiidae (Isopodi terrestri). – Archivio zoologico 

italiano 19: 389-403, pls 5-6. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1934. Note di revisione sulla famiglia Armadillidae. 

– Bolletino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia 

comparata dell’Università di Torino, Serie 3, 44 (46): 

83-119. 

Arcangeli, A. 1935. Isopodi terrestri di caverne della 

Spagna (Collezione del Museo di Storia Naturale di 

Madrid). – Eos, Revista Española de Entomologia 10: 

171-195. Madrid. 

Arcangeli, A. 1935b. Gli Isopodi terrestri del Portogallo. 

– Bollettino del Laboratorio di Zoologia Generale ed 

Agraria della R. Scuola Superiore di Agricoltura di Portici 

29: 1-39. Portici. 

Arcangeli, A. 1936a. Sopra alcuni sottogeneri di Armadillidium 

Br. (Isopodi terrestri). – Bollettino dei Musei di 

Zoologia e di Anatomia comparata della R. Università 

di Torino, Serie 3, 45 (62): 133-151, pls 1-4. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1936b. Atlantidium barretoi, Isopodo terrestre 

dell’isola di Madera. – Rassegna faunistica 3 (1): 

44-66. Roma. 

Arcangeli, A. 1936c. Un genere e due specie nuovi di Isopodi 

terrestri del Brasile. – Archivio zoologico Italiano 23: 

201-208. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1939a. Sardoniscus pusillus, nuovo genere 

e nuova specie di Isopoda terrestre di Sardegna. – 

Bolletino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata 

della R. Università di Torino, Ser. 3, 47 (95): 125-129, 

pls 1-2. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1939b. I generi Oroniscus Verh. e Strouhaloniscus 

Arc. (Isopodi terrestri). – Bolletino dei Musei 

di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Università 

di Torino, Ser. 3, 47 (97): 157-168, pls 1-2. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1939c. Sopra alcune forme della famiglia Armadillidiidae 

(Crostacei Isopodi terrestri) erroneamente 

interpretate. – Bolletino dei Musei di Zoologia 

ed Anatomia comparata della R. Università di Torino, 

Ser. 3, 47 (98): 169-171 Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1939d. Murgeoniscus anellii, nuovo genere 

e nuova specie di Isopodo terrestre cavernicolo italiano. 

– Le grotte d’Italia, Serie 2a, 3: 1-8, pls 9-15. Trieste 

(Stabilimento Tipografico Nazionale). 

Arcangeli, A. 1940. Il genere Alpioniscus Racov. (Triconiscidi, 

Isopodi terrestri). – Bolletino dei Musei di Zoologia 

ed Anatomia comparata della R. Università di Torino, 

Ser. 3, 48 (106): 13-30, pls 1-7. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1947. Un rappresentante della famiglia Rhyscotidae 

in Asia. – Atti della Academia delle Scienze di 

Torino, Ser. 1, 81/82: 189-190. Torino.

102 

Arcangeli, A. 1950a. Gli isopodi terrestria della Sardegna, 2a 

edizione. – Bollettino dell’Istituto e Museo di Zoologia 

della Università di Torino 2 (3): 77-191, pls 1-7. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1950b. Isopodi terrestri. – Exploration du 

Parc National Albert Mission H. Damas (1935-1936) 

15: 1-80, pls 1-121. M. Hayez, Bruxelles. 

Arcangeli, A. 1950c. La famiglia Rhyscotidae. Crostacei 

Isopodi terrestri. – Bollettino dell’Istituto e Musei di 

Zoologia della Università di Torino 2 (1): 5-36, pl. 1. 

Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1957a. Thermocellio congolensis Arc. subsp. 

Patrizii Arc., nuova specie di Crostaceo Isopodo terrestre 

per il Kenya. – Bollettino del Istituto e Museo di Zoologia 

dell’Università di Torino 5 [for 1955-56] (4): 62-64. 

Arcangeli, A. 1957b. I generi Diploexochus, Venezillo, Pararmadillo 

(Crostacei Isopodi terrestri). – Bollettino del 

Istituto e Museo di Zoologia dell’Università di Torino 

5 [for 1955-56] (7): 101-142. 

Arcangeli, A. 1957c. Il genere Armadillo Br. emend. Arc. 

(Crostacei Isopodi terrestri). – Bollettino del Istituto 

e Museo di Zoologia dell’Università di Torino 5 [for 

1955-56] (9): 165-191, pls 1-5. Torino. 

Arcangeli, A. 1958a. La fauna isopodologica terrestre degli 

arcipelaghi di Madera e delle Canarie. – Memórias e 

Estudos do Museu Zoológico da Universidade de Coimbra: 

1-109. 

Arcangeli, A. 1958b. Le species di isopodi terrestri che 

furono erroneamente assegnate al genere Alloniscus 

Dana. – Memorie del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale 

di Verona 6 (2): 239-252, pls 1-4. Verona. 

Arcangeli, A. 1960. Revisione del genere Alloniscus Dana. 

Il sistema respiratorio speciale agli exopoditi dei 

pleopodi delle specie appartenenti allo stesso genere 

(Crostacei isopodi terrestri). – Bollettino dell’Istituto 

e Museo di Zoologia dell’Università di Torino 6: 11- 

79, pls 1-14. Torino. 

Argano, R, & C. Manicastri. 1988. Il genere Trichonethes 

Strouhal, 1953 du Turchia (Isopoda, Oniscidea, Trichoniscidae). 

– Fragmenta Entomologica 21 (1): 9-16. Roma. 

Audouin, J. V. 1823. Cloporte, Oniscus. – In J. B. G. M. Bory 

de Saint-Vincent (ed.): Dictionnaire Classique d’Histoire 

Naturelle, vol. 4: 221-222. 

*Audouin, J. V. 1826. Explication sommaire des planches 

des crustacées de l’Égypte et de la Syrie, publiées par Jules 

César Savigny. – In J. C. Savigny: Déscription de 

l’Égypte, Histoire Naturelle, Zoologie 1 (4e partie): 77- 

98, pls 1-13. Paris. 

Aubert, A. J. M. & A. Dollfus. 1890. Notice sur les isopodes 

terrestres de Marseille et de Salon. – Bulletin de la Société 

d’Études scientifiques de Paris 13: 61-70, pl. 1. Paris. 

Barnard, K. H. 1932. Contributions to the Crustacean fauna 

of South Africa, No. 11, Terrestrial Isopoda. – Annals 

of the South African Museum 30 (2): 179-388. Cape 

Town, vii.1932. 

Barnard, K. H. 1936. Isopods collected by the R. I. M. S. 

“Investigator”. – Records of the Indian Museum 38: 

147-191. Calcutta. 

Barnard, K. H. 1960. Terrestrial Isopoda from the Transvaal. 

– Annals of the Natal Museum 15 (2): 45-55. Pietermaritzburg, 

08.xii.1960. 

Bilton, D. 1992. A new species of Oniscus Linnaeus, 1758 


(Crustacea: Isopoda: Oniscidea) from northern Spain, 

with a revised key to members of the genus. – Zoological 

Journal of the Linnean Society 104 (2): 117-125. 

London. 

Bilton, D. 1994. Case 2844. Oniscus asellus Linnaeus, 

1758 (Crustacea: Isopoda): proposed designation of a 

neotype. – Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 51 (3): 

227-229. London, ix.1994. 

Bilton, D. 1997. The Oniscus asellus complex (Crustacea: 

Isopoda: Oniscidea) in the Iberian Peninsula with the 

description of a new species. – Revue suisse de Zoologie 

104 (1): 217-227. Genève. 

Blake, C. H. 1930. Redescription of Armadilloniscus ellipticus 

(Harger) with some account of its habitat. – Occasional 

Papers of the Boston Society of Natural History 

5: 279-284. Boston, 11.vi.1930. 

Boone, L. 1934. New and rare Cuban and Haitian terrestrial 

Isopoda. – Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural 

History 66: 567-598. New York, 12.ix.1934 [separates 

published on this date, entire volume published on 

11.xii. 1936]. 

Borutzky, E. V. 1945. Fauna mokrits Turkmenii i sopredelnykh 

oblastej Srednej Asii [Terrestrial Isopod fauna 

of Turkmenia and adjacent areas of central Asia]. – 

Uchenie Zapiski Moskovskogo Universiteta (Biol.) 

83: 165-202. Moskva. 

Borutzky, E. V. 1948. Nazemnye Isopoda peshcher Kavkaza 

i Kryma. II. Semejstvo Trichoniscidae (Podsemejstvo 

Haplophthalminae) [Some Isopoda from caves in Caucasus 

and Krym. II.]. – Vestnik Moskovskogo Universiteta 

5: 137-146. Moskva. 

Borutzky, E. V. 1950. Nazemnye Isopoda peshcher Kavkaza 

i Kryma. I. Sem. Ligiidae. – Byulleten Moskovskogo 

Obshchestva ispytatelej Prirody 55 (5): 69-81. Moskva. 

Borutzky, E. V. 1949. Tauronethes lebedinskyi gen. nov. 

et sp. nov. (Isopoda terrestria) iz skel’skoj peshchery 

v Krymu. – Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR 66 (3): 487- 

490. Moskva. 

Borutzky, E. V. 1958. Pochvennye mokritsy podroda Hemilepistus 

(s. str.) (Biologiya i sistematika). – Zoologicheskij 

Zhurnal 37 (10): 1462-1475. Moskva, x.1958. 

Borutzky, E. V. 1967. Novyj rod Pseudobuddelundiella gen. 

n. i ego polozhenie v nadsemejstve Trichoniscoidea (Isopoda 

terrestria) [New genus Pseudobuddelundiella and 

its position in the superfamily Trichoniscoidea]. – Zoologicheskij 

Zhurnal 46 (3): 338-344. Moskva, iii.1967. 

Borutzky, E. V. 1969a. Novoe semejstvo Turanoniscidae 

fam. n. (Isopoda, Oniscoidea) iz termitnikov srednej 

Asii [New family Turanoniscidae from termite nests in 

central Asia]. – Zoologicheskij Zhurnal 38 (4): 499- 

504. Moskva. 

Borutzky, E. V. 1969b. Psachonethes czerkessicus gen. et 

sp. n. (Isopoda terrestria) iz peshcher zapadnogo 

Zakavkaza. – Zoologicheskij Zhurnal 38 (11):1614- 

1622. Moskva, xi.1969. 

Borutzky, E. V. 1972. [List of holotypes of Isopoda 

Oniscidea of the Zoological Museum of the University 

of Moscow]. In: [Investigation on the fauna of the 

Soviet Union (invertebrates and fishes)]. – Sbornik 

Trudov Zoologicheskogo Muzeya Moskovskogo Gosudarstvennogo 

Universiteta 12: 191-200. Moskva.

Borutzky, E. V. 1976. Novy rod i novye vidy mokrits semejstva 

Porcellionidae Verhoeff, 1918 (Isopoda, Oniscoidea). 

– Zoologicheskij Zhurnal 55 (1): 34-40. Moskva, 

i.1976. 

Borutzky, E. V. 1978. O rode Desertoniscus Verhoeff, 

1930. – Sbornik Trudov Zoologicheskogo Muzeya 

Moskovskogo Gosudarstvennogo Universiteta 16: 3- 

21. Moskva. 

Bowman, T. E. 1965. Xilitloniscus, a new genus for the 

Mexican troglobitic isopod, Cordioniscus laevis Rioja 

(Oniscoidea: Trichoniscidae). – Proceedings of the Biological 

Society of Washington 78: 209-216. Washington, 

D.C., 8.x.1965. 

Boyko, C. B. 1997. Catalog of recent type specimens in 

the Department of Invertebrates, American Museum 

of Natural History. IV. Crustacea: Isopoda. – American 

Museum Novitates 3217: 1-39. New York, 31.xii. 

1997. 

Brandt, J. F. 1833. Conspectus monographiae crustaceorum 

oniscidorum latreillii. – Bulletin de la Société Impériale 

des naturalistes de Moscou 6: 171-193. Moskva. 

Brandt, J. F. & J. C. T. Ratzeburg. 1831. Isopoda. Gleichfüßler. 

– In: Medizinische Zoologie oder getreue Darstellung 

und Beschreibung der Thiere die in der Arzneimittellehre 

in Betracht kommen, in systematischer Folge 

herausgegeben, vol. 2 [Isopoda: pp. 70-84, pls 12-13]. 

Brian, A. 1921. Note su Trichoniscidi (Isopodi cavernicoli). 

Pp. 1-38, pls 1-2. Stabilimento Tipografico Ved. 

Papini & Figli, Genova. 

Brian, A. 1926. Trichoniscidi raccolti in alcune caverne 

d’Italia. – Memorie della Società Entomologica Italiana 

5: 170-187. Genova. 

Brian, A. 1929. Descrizione di un nuovo genere di Isopodo 

terrestre troglobio raccolto dal Prof. Silvestri in una 

grotta di Cuba. – Bollettino del Laboratorio di Zoologia 

Generale ed Agraria della R. Scuola Superiore di 

Agricoltura di Portici 22: 188-197, pls 1-3. Portici. 

Brian, A. 1938. Descrizione di una nuova forma di 

Crostaceo cieco (Isopodo terrestre). – Bollettino della 

Società Entomologica Italiana 70 (3): 43-45. Genova. 

Brian, A. 1949. Nuovo genere di Isopodo terrestre cavernicolo 

della grotta della scaggia presso Genova. – Annali 

del Museo di Storia Naturale “Giacomo Doria” 63: 122- 

131. Genova. 

Brian, A. 1951a. Descrizione di un nuovo genere di Trichoniscide 

raccolto in una grotta ligure da Mario 

Franciscolo. – Bollettino della Società Entomologica 

Italiana 81 (1/2): 22-25. Genova. 

Brian, A. 1951b. Sostituzione di Nome als gen. Marioniscus 

mihi (nec Barnard) (Isopoda Trichoniscidae). – 

Bollettino della Società Entomologica Italiana 81 (3/ 

4): 48. Genova. 

Brian, A. 1958. Intorno ad alcuni Trichoniscidi raccolti 

in grotte vicentine e trevigiane dai Signori Prof. C. 

Conci, L. Tamanini e G. Meggiolaro, con descrizione 

di un nuovo genere (Isopodi terrestri). Pp. 1-17. TIAL, 

Geno-va. 

Brian, A. 1959. Nota su 3 Trichoniscidi provenienti da 

caver-ne della Sicilia raccolti dal Sig. G. Mannino con 

descri-zione di un nuovo genere. – Studia spelaeologica 

4: 95-100. Napoli, xii.1959. 


103 

Brian, A. & A. Vandel. 1949. Un nouveau genre d’Isopode 

terrestre cavernicole, Bergamoniscus n. gen. – Annali 

del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale “Giacomo Doria” 

63: 266-269. Genova. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1879. Prospectus generum specierumque 

Crustaceorum Isopodum Terrestrium. Pp. 1-10. Copenhagen. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1885. Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria per 

Familia et Genera et Species Descripta. Pp. 1-319. Copenhagen. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1893. Landisopoder fra Venezuela, indsamlede 

af Dr. Fr. Meinert. – Entomologiske Meddelelser 

4: 111-129. Copenhagen. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1895. Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania 

e regione vicine. LXIV. Isopodi terrestri. – Annali del 

Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova, Serie 2a, 14 

(34): 602-612. Genova. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1898: Die Landisopoden Ostafrikas. 

Deutsch-Ost-Afrika 4: 3-11, 1 pl. Berlin. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1899. A Revision of “Crustacea Isopoda 

terrestria”. 1. Eubellum. Pp. 1-31, pls 1-5. Copenhagen 

(A. Rosenberg, Printers) 

Budde-Lund, G. 1902. In W. F. Lanchester: On the 

Crustacea collected during the Skeat Expedition to the 

Malay Peninsula. A list of the terrestrial Isopods. – 

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1902: 

363-381, pls 34-35. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1904. A Revision of “Crustacea Isopoda 

Terrestria”. 2. Spherilloninae. 3. Armadillo. Pp. 33- 

144, pls 6-10. Copenhagen (H. Hagerup, Publisher). 

Budde-Lund, G. 1906. Die Landisopoden der deutschen Südpolar-Expedition 

1901-1903. – Deutsche Südpolar- 

Expe-dition 1901-1903, Band IX, Zoologie I: 71-92, 

pls 3-4. Berlin. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1908a. Terrestrial Isopoda from Egypt. – 

In: Results of the Swedish Zoological Expedition to 

Egypt and the White Nile 1901 under the direction of 

L. A. Jägerskiöld, No. 26 A: 1-12, pl. 1. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1908b. Isopoda von Madagaskar und 

Ostafrica. – In: Reise in Ostafrika in den jahren 1903- 

1905 von Professor Dr. Alfred Voeltzkow. Wissenschaftliche 

Ergebnisse, Band II Systematische Arbeiten, 

Heft IV: 267-308, pls 12-18. Stuttgart. [1909, 

preprint 1908]. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1909. Landisopoden. – In L. Schultze: 

Zoologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise 

im westlichen und zentralen Südafrika. 

Denkschriften der medizinisch-naturwissenschaftlichen 

Gesellschaft in Jena 14: 53-70, pls 5-7. Jena. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1910. Crustacea. 2. Isopoda. – In B. Y. 

Sjöstedt (ed.): Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Schwedischen 

Zoologischen Expedition nach dem Kilimanjaro, 

dem Meru und den umgebenden Massai-Steppen 

Deutsch-Ostafrikas 1905-1906 unter der Leitung von 

Y. Sjöstedt.Vol. 3 (21): 3-20, pls 1-2. Herausgegeben mit 

Unterstützung von der Königlichen Schwedischen Akademie 

der Wissenschaften (Stockholm). 

Budde-Lund, G. 1912. Description of a new species of terrestrial 

Isopoda from Java. – Notes from the Leyden 

Museum 34: 169-170, pl. 8. Leiden. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1913a. Terrestrial Isopoda, particularly

104 

considered in relation to the distribution of the southern 

Indopacific species. Reports of the Percy Sladen Trust 

Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905, under the 

leadership of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A., vol. 4. – 

Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, Series 

2, Zoology 15: 367-394, pls 20-22. London. 

Budde-Lund, G. 1913b. Über einige Oniscoideen von Australien. 

– Jahrbuch der Hamburger wissenschaftlichen 

Anstalten 30 (Beiheft 2): 65-72, 1 pl. 

Budde-Lund, G. & W. Michaelsen. 1912. Oniscidea, nachgelassenes 

Fragment. – In W. Michaelsen & R. Hartmeyer 

(eds): Die Fauna Südwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse 

der Hamburger südwest-australischen Forschungsreise 

1905: 17-44, pl. 1. Jena. 

Carl, J. 1906. Beitrag zur Höhlenfauna der insubrischen 

Region. – Revue suisse de Zoologie 14: 601-615, pl. 20. 

Genève. 

Caruso, D. & B. M. Lombardo. 1978. Spelaeoniscidae nuovi 

del N-Africa e considerazioni sull’evoluzione della famiglia. 

– Animalia 5 (1/3): 209-226. Catania. 

Caruso, D. & B. M. Lombardo. 1983. New data on north 

African Spelaeoniscidae (Isopoda, Oniscoidea). – Crustaceana 

45 (1): 15-30. Leiden. 

Caruso, D. & M. C. Di Maio. 1996. The genus Mica Budde- 

Lund, 1908 and a redescription of Mica tardus (Budde- 

Lund, 1885) (Isopoda, Oniscidea). – Crustaceana 69 

(2): 241-250. Leiden. 

Chilton, C. 1886. A new species of Philygria. – Transactions 

of the New Zealand Insititute 18: 159-161, pl. 

5. Wellington. 

Chilton, C. 1901. The terrestrial Isopoda of New Zealand. 

– Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, 

Zoology, Series 2, 8 (4): 99-152, pls 11-16. London, 

v.1901. 

Chilton, C. 1910. On an isopod inhabiting ants’ nests in 

New Zealand. – Transactions of the New Zealand 

Institute 42: 191-192. Wellington. 

Chilton, C. 1915. Some terrestrial Isopoda from New 

Zealand and Tasmania, with description of a new genus. 

– Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 

32: 417-427, pls 36-37. 

Chilton, C. 1920. On a new isopodan genus (family Oniscidae) 

from Lake Corangamite, Victoria. – Journal and 

Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales 

44: 723-734. Sydney. 

Collinge, W. E. 1914a. Description of a new genus of 

terrestrial Isopoda from Algiers. – Annals and Magazine 

of Natural History, Ser. 8, 13: 561-563, pl. 23. London. 

Collinge, W. E. 1914b. Terrestrial Isopoda. In: Zoological 

results of the Abor Expedition. – Records of the Indian 

Museum 8: 465-469, pls 31-33. Calcutta. 

Collinge, W. E. 1914c. Description of a new species of 

terrestrial Isopoda from India. – Annals and Magazine 

of Natural History, Ser. 8, 14: 206-208, pl. 9. London. 

Collinge, W. E. 1915a. Description of a new genus and 

species of terrestrial Isopoda from British Guiana. – 

Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology 32: 509-511, 

pl. 50. London. 

Collinge, W. E. 1915b. Contributions to a knowledge of the 

terrestrial Isopoda of India. Part I. On a collection from 


the Madras province and southern India. – Records of 

the Indian Museum 11: 143-151, pls 4-12. Calcutta. 

Collinge, W. E. 1916. Zoological results of the Abor Expedition. 

XLIV. Terrestrial isopods, II. – Records of the 

Indian Museum 8 (9): 543-545. Calcutta. 

Collinge, W. E. 1917. Description of Paracubaris spinosus, 

a new genus and species of terrestrial isopoda from 

British Guiana. – Journal of the Linnean Society, 

Zoology 34: 61-63, pl. 6. London. 

Collinge, W. E. 1919. Contributions to a knowledge of the 

terrestrial Isopoda of Natal. Part II. – Annals of the 

Natal Museum 4: 229-233, pl. 14. Pietermaritzburg. 

Collinge, W. E. 1920. Contributions to a knowledge of the 

terrestrial Isopoda of Natal. Part III. – Annals of the 

Natal Museum 4: 471-490, pls 27-32. Pietermaritzburg. 

Collinge, W. E. 1922. On two new terrestrial isopods from 

Madagascar. – Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology 

35: 107-113. London. 

Costa, A. 1882. Notizie ed osservazioni sulla geofauna 

Sarda. Memoria prima. Risultamento di ricerche fatte 

in Sardegna nel settembre 1881. – Atti della R. Accademia 

delle Scienze fisiche e matematiche di Napoli 9 (11): 

1-42. Napoli, 12.iv.1882. 

Costa, A. 1883. Notizie ed osservazioni sulla geo-fauna 

Sarda. Memoria seconda. Pp. 1-119. Napoli, 30.vi.1883 

(Tipografia della Reale Accademia delle Scienze). 

Cruz, A. 1991a. Troglonethes aurouxi gen. n., sp. n. (Oniscidea, 

Trichoniscidae), un isópodo terrestre cavernicola 

del Levante Español. – Miscellanea Zoologica 13: 51- 

54. Barcelona. 

Cruz, A. 1991b. Especies nuevas o poco conocidas de 

Isópodos terrestres de la Peninsula Ibérica. II. Isópodos 

epigeos de España y Portugal (Crustacea, Oniscidea). 

– Bulletin de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse 

127: 71-75. 

Cruz, A. 1993. Especies nuevas o poco conocidas de isópodos 

terrestres de la Península Iberica. III. Trichoniscoides 

pitarquensis sp. n. y T. serrai sp. n. (Crustacea, Oniscidea, 

Trichoniscidae). – Bulletin de la Société d’Histoire 

Naturelle de Toulouse 127: 15-21. 

Cruz, A. & H. Dalens. 1990a. Descripción del macho de 

Eleoniscus helenae Racovitza, 1907 y de Armadillidium 

serrai n. sp. (Isopoda, Oniscidea, Armadillidiidae) de la 

España oriental. – Bulleti de la Institucio Catalana d’Historia 

Natural 58 (Sec. Zool. 8): 21-29. 

Cruz, A. & H. Dalens. 1990b. Especies nuevas o poco conocidas 

de isópodos terrestres de la Península Iberica. I. 

Isópodos cavernícolas de la España oriental (Crustacea; 

Oniscidea). – Bulletin de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle 

de Toulouse 125: 91-98. [for 1989] 

Cuvier, G. 1792. Mémoire sur les isopodes terrestres. – 

Journal d’Histoire Naturelle 2 (13): 24-31, pl. 26. 

Paris. 

Dahl, F. 1916. Die Asseln oder Isopoden Deutschlands. vi 

+ 90 pp. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Jena. 

Dalens, H. 1972. Deux nouvelles espèces de Trichoniscoides 

provenant des Asturies: T. cassagnaui n. sp. et T. asturiensis 

n. sp. (Crustacés Isopodes terrestres). – Bulletin 

de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse 108 (3- 

4): 426-342.

Dalens, H. 1977. Sur un nouveau genre de Trichoniscidae, 

Balearonethes sesrodanus n. g., n. sp. (Isopoda, Oniscoidea). 

– Bulletin de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle 

de Toulouse 113: 298-302. 

Dalens, H. 1988. Isopodes terrestres (Crustacea, Isopoda, 

Oniscidea) des archipels des Tonga et des Samoa occidentales. 

– Bulletin de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle 

de Toulouse 124: 197-211. 

Dalens, H. 1989. Sur un nouveau genre d’oniscoide “aquatique” 

provenant du sud-est Asiatique: Thailandoniscus 

annae (Isopoda, Oniscidea, Styloniscidae). – Spixiana 

12 (1): 1-6. München, 30.vii.1989. 

Dalens, H. 1990. Les Australiodillinae Vandel, 1973 

(Isopoda, Oniscidea): révision des espèces connues et 

description d’un nouveau genre et d’une nouvelle espèce 

de Papouasie-Nouvelle Guinée. – Bulletin de la Société 

d’Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse 126: 25-34. 

Dalens, H. 1993a. Two new genera of terrestrial isopods 

(Crustacea: Isopoda: Oniscidea) from north-western 

Western Australia. – Records of the Western Australian 

Museum 16 (2): 257-267. Perth, 01.vi.1993. 

Dalens, H. 1993b. Isopodes terrestres (Crustacea, Oniscidea) 

de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Les Armadillidae Australiodillinae. 

In L. Matile, J. Najt & S. Tillier (eds): Zoologica 

Neocaledonica, Vol. 3. – Mémoirs du Muséum national 

d’Histoire naturelle 157: 9-26. Paris, 20.x.1993. 

Dana, J. D. 1852. On the classification of the Crustacea 

Choristopoda or Tetradecapoda. – American Journal 

of Science and Arts 14: 297-316. New Haven, xi.1852. 

Dana, J. D. 1853. Crustacea. Order I. Choristopoda or Tetradecapoda. 

In: United States Exploring Expedition 

during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842 under 

the command of Charles Wilkens U.S.N. 13 (2): 691- 

1618. Atlas (1855) with 96 pls (Sherman, Philadelphia) 

[Oniscidea on pp. 712-743, pls 47-49] 

Dana, J. D. 1854. Catalogue and descriptions of Crustacea 

collected in California by Dr. John L. Le Conte. – Proceedings 

of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 

7: 175-177. Philadelphia. 

de Armas, L. F. & A. Juarrero de Varona. 1999. Sistematica 

de la familia Delatorreidae (Isopoda: Oniscidea) en 

Cuba. – Avicennia 10-11: 1-42. Oviedo. 

de Geer, C. 1778. Mémoires pour servir à l’Histoire des 

Insectes. [Cloportes, pp. 545-554, pl. 35]. Stockholm, 

Imprimerie de Pierre Hesselberg. 

de Saussure, H. 1857. Diagnoses de quelques Crustacés 

nouveaux des Antilles et du Mexique. – Revue et Magasin 

de Zoologie pure et appliquée, Sér. 2, 9: 304-308. Paris. 

Dollfus, A. 1889a. Isopodes terrestres recueillis aux Açores 

en 1887, 1888 et 1889 par MM. Dr. Th. Barrois et le 

Lieutenant Chaves. – Revue biologique du Nord de la 

France 1: 306-308; 391-392. Lille. 

Dollfus, A. 1889b. Sur quelques Isopodes du Musée de Leyde. 

– Notes from the Leyden Museum 11: 91-94, pl. 5. 

Dollfus, A. 1890a. Isopodes terrestres du “Challenger”. – 

Bulletin de la Société d’Etudes scientifiques de Paris 12: 

1-8, pls 1-2. 

Dollfus, A. 1890b. Note au sujet des isopodes terrestres du 

Challenger. – Société d’Études Scientifiques de Paris 12: 

1-8, pls 1-2. 

Dollfus, A. 1892. Voyage de M. Ch. Alluaud dans le territoire 


105 

d’Assinie (Afrique occidentale) en juillet et août 1886. 

– Annales de la Société entomologique de France 61: 

385-399, pl. 7. Paris, xii.1893. 

Dollfus, A. 1893a. Voyage de M. Ch. Alluaud aux îles 

Séchelles. – Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France 

18: 186-190. Paris. 

Dollfus, A. 1893b. Voyage de M. E. Simon au Venezuela 

(Décembre 1887-Avril 1888). – Annales de la Société 

entomologique de France 62: 339-346, pls 9-10. 

Paris. 

Dollfus, A. 1893c. Voyage de M. Ch. Alluaud aux îles 

Canaries (Novembre 1889-juin 1890). – Mémoires de 

la Société Zoologique de France 6: 46-56. Paris. 

Dollfus, A. 1894. Viaggio del Dott. Alfredo Borelli nella 

Republica Argentina e nel Paraguay. – Bollettino dei 

Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Università 

di Torino 9 (183): 1-3. Torino, 24.viii.1894. 

Dollfus, A. 1895a. Mission scientifique de M. Ch. Alluaud 

dans le territoire de Diégo-Suarez (Madagascar-Nord). 

– Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France 8: 180- 

188. Paris. 

Dollfus, A. 1895b. Voyage de M. E. Simon dans l’Afrique 

australe (Janvier-Avril 1893). Crustacés Isopodes terrestres. 

– Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France 

8: 345-352. Paris. 

Dollfus, A. 1896a. On West-Indian terrestrial Isopod Crustaceans. 

– Proceedings of the General Meetings for 

Scientific Business of the Zoological Society of London, 

for the year 1896: 388-400. London, 3.iii.1896. 

Dollfus, A. 1896b. Crustacés Isopodes recueillis dans les 

serres du Muséum. – Bulletin du Museum national 

d’Histoire naturelle 2: 27-28. Paris. 

Dollfus, A. 1896c. Recherches zoologiques dans les serres 

du Muséum de Paris. – Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes 26: 

90-94. Paris. 

Dollfus, A. 1897a. Viaggio del Dott. A. Borelli del Chaco 

Boliviano e nella Republica Argentina. VI. Isopodes 

terrestres. – Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed 

Anatomia comparata della R. Università di Torino 12 

(289): 1-4. Torino, 1.v.1897. 

Dollfus, A. 1897b. Tableau iconographique des Philoscia 

d’Europe (Crustacés Isopodes terrestres). – Feuilles des 

Jeunes Naturalistes 27 (3): 70-74; 91-95. Paris. 

Dollfus, A. 1898. Isopodes terrestres des Indes Néerlandaises. 

– In M. Weber (ed.): Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise 

nach Niederländisch-Ostindien. Vol. 4: 357-382, pls 

13-15. Leiden. 

Dollfus, A. 1904. Sur un nouveau genre et une nouvelle 

espèce de Crustacé Isopode fossile. – Feuille des jeunes 

Naturalistes, Ser. 4, 34 (403): 145-146. Paris. 

*Duméril, ? 1816. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, Ed. 

2, vol. 3, p. 117. 

Ebner, see von Ebner. 

Eigenmann, C. H. 1900. A contribution to the fauna of the 

caves of Texas. – Science, N.S., 12: 301-302. New York. 

Ellis, J. P. & R. J. Lincoln. 1975. Catalogue of the types 

of terrestrial isopods (Oniscoidea) in the collections of 

the British Museum (Natural History). II. Oniscoidea, 

exlu-ding Pseudotracheata. – Bulletin of the British 

Museum (Natural History) Zoology 28: 65-100; 100a- 

100e. London, 21.v.1975.

106 

Erhard, F. & H. Schmalfuss. 1997. The terrestrial isopod 

genus Periscyphis (Oniscidea, Eubelidae) in Egypt and 

Israel. – Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde Serie A 

(Biologie) 558: 1-14. Stuttgart, 15.x.1997. 

Ferrara, F. 1971. Il genere Microcercus Budde-Lund (Eubelidae, 

Isopoda terrestria) in Somalia. – Monitore Zoologico 

Italiano, N.S. Supplemento 4 (1): 1-35. Firenze, 

20.iii.1971. 

Ferrara, F. 1973. Observations on some species of Periscyphis 

(Terrestrial isopods) gathered in Somalia. – 

Monitore Zoologico Italiano, N.S. Supplemento 5 (6): 

61-79. Firenze, 30.x.1973. 

Ferrara, F. 1974. On some terrestrial Isopods from Tanzania. 

– Monitore Zoologico Italiano, N.S. Supplemento 5 

(18): 309-324. Firenze, 14.xii.1974. 

Ferrara, F. 1977. Pyrgoniscus lanceolatus, new species of 

Armadillidae (Terrestrial Isopoda) from East Africa. – 

Monitore Zoologico Italiano, N.S. Supplemento 9 (15): 

305-309. Firenze, 15.xii.1977. 

Ferrara, F. & H. Schmalfuss. 1976. Terrestrial isopods from 

West Africa. Part 1: Family “Eubelidae” Budde-Lund, 

1899. – Monitore Zoologico Italiano, N.S. Supplemento 

7 (1): 1-114. Firenze, 20.iv.1976. 

Ferrara, F. & H. Schmalfuss. 1985. Terrestrial Isopods from 

West Africa. Part 4: Addenda and conclusions. – Monitore 

Zoologico Italiano, N.S. Supplemento 20 (5): 

55-120. Firenze, 30.iv.1985. 

Ferrara, F. & S. Taiti. 1982. Su alcuni Eubelidi dei Monti 

Uluguru, Tanzania (Crustacea, Oniscoidea). – Revue de 

Zoologie africaine 96 (4): 847-858. Tervuren, 31.xii. 

1982. 

Ferrara, F. & S. Taiti. 1983. Contribution à l’étude de la 

faune terrestre des îles granitiques de l’archipel des 

Séchelles (Mission P. L. G. Benoit – J. J. Van Mol 1972). 

– Annales de la Musée royal d’Afrique centrale, Serie 

IN-8, Sciences zoologiques No. 240: 1-92. Tervuren. 

Ferrara, F. & S. Taiti. 1984a. New species and records of 

Philosciidae (Terrestrial isopods) from Eastern Africa. 

– Revue de Zoologie Africaine 89 (2): 293-307. 

Tervuren, 29.iv.1984. 

Ferrara, F. & S. Taiti. 1984b. Su alcune specie di isopodi 

terrestri della fauna italiana. – Bollettino del Museo 

civico di Storia naturale di Verona 11: 469-479. 

Ferrara, F. & S. Taiti. 1986a. The terrestrial isopods (Oniscidea) 

of the Arabian Peninsula. – Fauna of Saudi Arabia 

7: 93-121. Basel, 28.ii.1986 [for 1985]. 

Ferrara, F. & S. Taiti. 1986b. Validity of the genus Anchiphiloscia 

Stebbing, 1908 (Crustacea Isopoda Oniscidea). 

– Monitore zoologico italiano, N.S. Supplemento 21 

(9): 149-167. Firenze, 31.x.1986. 

Ferrara, F. & S. Taiti. 1989a. Description of two new genera 

and species of terrestrial isopods (Isopoda, Oniscidea, 

Eubelidae) from Africa.- Crustaceana 57 (1): 88-96. 

Lei-den. 

Ferrara, F. & S. Taiti. 1989b. A new genus and species of 

terrestrial isopod from Malaysia (Crustacea, Oniscidea, 

Platyarthridae). – Journal of Natural History 23: 1033- 

1039. London. 

Ferrara, F. & S. Taiti. 1996. Terrestrial Isopoda (Crustacea) 

from Yemen. – Fauna of Saudi Arabia 15: 118-136. 

Basel. 


*Fowler, H. W. 1912. [Title?] Report of the New Jersey 

State Museum 1911: 225. 

Frankenberger, Z. 1938a. Über von Herrn Dr. J. Kratochvil 

in Jugoslawien gesammelte Höhlenisopoden. I. – Zoologischer 

Anzeiger 121: 341-349. Leipzig. 

Frankenberger, Z. 1938b. Sur les genres Illyrionethes Verh. 

et Aegonethes, g. n. (Isopodes). – Archives de Zoologie 

Expérimentale et Générale 80 (1): 25-37. Paris, 5.viii. 

1938. 

Frankenberger, Z. 1939a. Sur un nouvel Isopode cavernicole 

de la Grèce, Hellenonethes g. n. vejdovskýi sp. n. – 

Vestnik Ceskoslovenske zoologicke spolecnosti 6/7: 

139-146. Praha. 

Frankenberger, Z. 1939b. O nkterých Isopodech z Mesopotamie. 

Sur quelques Isopodes de la Mesopotamie. – 

Sbornik entomologickeho oddè´lení. Národního. Musea 

v Praze 17: 23-31. 

Frankenberger, Z. 1939c. Über die von Herrn Dr. J. Kratochvil 

in Jugoslawien gesammelten Höhlenisopoden. II. 

– Zoologischer Anzeiger 128 (3/4): 98-106. Leipzig. 

Frankenberger, Z. 1940. Berichtigungen und Ergänzungen 

zu meinen früheren Arbeiten über Höhlenisopoden des 

jugoslawischen Karstgebietes. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 

130 (5/6): 127-130. Leipzig. 

Frankenberger, Z. 1941. Príspevek ke znalosti fauny bulharských 

isopod. – Entomologicke listy 4: 1-10. Brno. 

Gerstäcker, A. 1854. Ueber eine neue Myriapoden- und 

Isopoden-Art. – Entomologische Zeitung 15: 310- 

315. Stettin. 

Gerstäcker, A. 1873. Gliederthiere (Insecten, Myriapoden 

und Isopoden). Isopoda. – In C. C. von der Decken (ed.): 

Baron C. C. von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost Afrika in 

1859-1861, 3, part 2: 1-542, pls 1-18. Leipzig, Heidelberg 

(Winter). [Isopoda: pp. 525-528]. 

Gerstaecker, A. 1901. 6. Ordnung: Isopoda. – Pp. 8–278, 

pls. 1-26 in A. Gerstaecker & A. E. Ortmann. Die 

Klassen und Ordnungen der Arthropoden wissenschaftlich 

dargestellt im Wort und Bild, 5, part 2. 

Crustacea (2nd Half: Malacostraca). With 128 lithographic 

plates. C. F. Winther, Leipzig. i–viii+1-1319 

pp., 128 pls. 

Giambiagi de Calabrese, D. 1939. Estudio de los isópodos 

terrestres argentinos. – Physis 17: 633-644, pls 1-10. 

Buenos Aires. 

Green, A. J. A. 1961. A study of Tasmanian Oniscoidea 

(Crustacea: Isopoda). – Australian Journal of Zoology 

9 (2): 258-365. Melbourne, vi.1961. 

Green, A. J. A. 1990. Selection of type species for two 

Australian genera of Philosciidae (Isopoda, Oniscidea). 

– Crustaceana 58 (2): 227-228. Leiden. 

Gruner, H.-E. 1955. Die Gattung Benthana Budde-Lund 

1908 (Isopoda, Oniscoidea). – Zoologische Jahrbücher, 

Abteilung für Systematik, Ökologie und Geographie der 

Tiere 83: 441-452. Jena. 

Gruner, H.-E. 1963. Revision der Familie Mesoniscidae 

Ver-hoeff, 1908 (Isopoda, Oniscoidea). Crustaceana 6 

(1): 15-34. Leiden, ix.1963. 

Gruner, H.-E. 1966. Krebstiere oder Crustacea, V. Isopoda. 

2. Lieferung. – Die Tierwelt Deutschlands 53: xi + 151- 

380. Gustav Fischer, Jena. [Oniscidea on pp. 151-326]

Guérin, E. 1836. [Description du genre] Deto. – Revue et 

Magasin de Zoologie Vol. 6, Classe 7: 1-2, pl. 14. Paris. 

Harger, O. 1878. Descriptions of new genera and species 

of Isopoda, from New England and adjacent regions. – 

American Journal of Science and Arts, ser. 3, 15 (89): 

373-379. New Haven, v.1878. 

Hatch, M. H. 1947. The Chelifera and Isopoda of Washington 

and adjacent regions. – University of Washington Publications 

in Biology 10 (5): 155-274. Seattle, Washington, 

xii.1947. 

Herold, W. 1932. Land-Isopoden von den Sundainseln. 

Ausbeuten der Deutschen Limnologischen Expedition 

und der Sunda-Expedition Rensch. – Archiv für Hydrobiologie, 

Supplement-Band IX: 306-393. Stuttgart. 

[Verhoeff (1936) wrote: “1931 erschien über Land- 

Isopoden von den Sunda-Inseln eine Arbeit von W. 

Herold ...”] 

Hilgendorf, F. 1893. Von Herrn Dr. Büttner im Togolande 

gesammelte Onisciden und zwei neue Macruren. – Sitzungsberichte 

der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde 

zu Berlin 5: 152-155. 

Holthuis, L. B. 1949. The Isopoda and Tanaidacea of the 

Netherland, including the descripition of a new species 

of Limnoria. – Zoologische Mededelingen 30: 163- 

190. Lei-den. 

Holthuis, L. B. 1979. H. Milne Edwards’s [sic] “Histoire 

Naturelle des Crustacés” (1834-1840) and its dates of 

publication. – Zoologische Mededelingen 53 (27): 285- 

296. Leiden, 3.iii.1979. [In this paper the exact publication 

dates of the different parts of Milne Edwards 

1840 are traced.] 

[ICZN] International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. 

1985. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, 

3rd edition. International Trust for Zoological 

Nomenclature in association with British Museum 

(Natural History), London, 338 pp. 

ICZN. 1998. Opinion 1897, Glomeris Latreille, 1802 (Diplopoda), 

Armadillo Latreille, 1802, Armadillidium Brandt 

in Brandt & Ratzeburg, [1831] and Armadillo vulgaris 

Latreille, 1804 (currently Armadillidium vulgare) 

(Crustacea, Isopoda): generic and specific names conserved. 

– Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 55 (2): 

124-128. London. vi.1998. 

ICZN. 2000. Internationale Regeln für die Zoologische 

Nomenklatur, 4. Auflage (offizieller deutscher Text). 

– Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins 

in Hamburg, (NF) 34: 1-232. 

Jackson, H. G. 1922. A revision of the isopod genus Ligia 

(Fabricius). – Proceedings of the Zoological Society of 

London 1922: 683-703, pls 1-2. London. 

Jackson, H. G. 1923. A revision of the Isopod genus 

Ligidium (Brandt). – Proceedings of the Zoological 

Society of London 1923: 823-838. London. 

Jackson, H. G. 1927. A new subgenus of Ligia, with further 

observations on the genus. – Annals and Magazine of 

Natural History, Ser. 9, 14: 129-136, pl. 2. London. 

Jackson, H. G. 1933a. Porcellio (Heminagara) tahitiensis, 

new subgenus and species, and other Tahitian terrestrial 

isopods. – Bulletin of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum 

113: 87-90. Honolulu. 

Jackson, H. G. 1933b. Marquesan terrestrial Isopoda. – Bul- 


107 

letin of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum 114: 145-162. 

Honolulu. 

Jackson, H. G. 1937. A new terrestrial isopod from Siam 

collected by H. R. H. the Prince Leopold of Belgium in 

the Far East in the year 1932. – Bulletin du Musée royal 

d’Histoire naturelle de Belgique 13 (1): 1-4. Bruxelles, 

i.1937. 

Jackson, H. G. 1938. Terrestrial isopods of southeastern 

Polynesia. – Occasional Papers of the Bernice P. Bishop 

Museum 14 (10): 167-192. Honolulu, 28.x.1938. 

Jackson, H. G. 1941. Check-list of the terrestrial and freshwater 

Isopoda of Oceania. – Smithsonian Miscellaneous 

Collections 99 (8): 1-35. Washington, D.C., 23.vii. 

1941. 

Jeppesen, P. C. 2000. Catalogue of terrestrial isopod taxa 

and type material described by Gustav Budde-Lund 

(Crustacea: Isopoda). – Steenstrupia 25 (2): 221-265. 

Copenhagen. 

Joseph, G. 1882. Systematisches Verzeichnis der in den 

Tropfstein-Grotten von Krain einheimischen Arthropoden 

nebst Diagnosen der vom Verfasser entdeckten 

und bisher noch nicht beschriebenen Arten. – Berliner 

Ento-mologische Zeitschrift 27: 1-50. 

Juarrero de Varona, A. & L. F.de Armas. 1996. A new genus 

of terrestrial isopods from Cuba. – Avicennia 4-5: 95- 

102. Oviedo. 

Karaman, M. 1966. Kopneni Izopodi (Isopoda terrestria) 

Jugoslavije. – Zbornik filozofiskog fakulteta u Prishtini 

/ Buletin i punimeve Shkencore të Fakultetit Filozifik 

të Prishtinës 3: 371-404. 

Karaman, M. S. 1961. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Isopoda 

terrestria Mazedoniens. – Annales Zoologici 19 (9): 

369-375. Warszawa, 30.v.1961. 

Kensley, B. 1971. Termitophilous isopods from southern 

Africa. – Annals of the South African Museum 57 (7): 

131-147. Cape Town. 

Kesselyák, A. 1930a. Über Isopoden. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 

91: 50-66. Leipzig. 

Kesselyák, A. 1930b. Faunistisches über Isopoden. – 

Zoologische Jahrbücher, Abteilung für Systematil, 

Ökologie und Geographie der Tiere 60 (3/4): 239-256. 

Jena, 5.xii.1930. 

Kinahan, J. R. 1857. Analysis of certain allied genera of 

terrestrial isopoda; with description of a new genus, and 

a detailed list of the British species of Ligia, Philougria, 

Philoscia, Porcellio, Oniscus, and Armadillidium. – 

Na-tural History Review 4: 258-282. Dublin. 

Kinahan, J. R. 1858. On the genera Philoscia (Latreille), 

Itea (Koch); Philougria (Kinahan); comprising descriptions 

of new British species. – Natural History 

Review 5: 194-200, pl. 23. Dublin. 

Kinahan, J. R. 1859. On the genus Platyarthrus (Brandt); 

with notices of allied undescribed genera. – Natural History 

Review 6: 125-135, pl. 14. Dublin. 

Koch, C. L. 1838. Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden 

und Arachniden. Ein Beitrag zur deutschen Fauna. Heft 

22, + pls. Regensburg, 1.x.1838. 

Koch, C. L. 1841a. Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden 


28, + pls. Regensburg 1841 (?). 

Koch, C. L. 1841b. Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden

108 


34, + pls. Regensburg, v.1841. [Koch published 40 Hefte 

between 1836 and 1844. We have seen a copy of this 

publication where Hefte 1-20 and 21-40 were bound in 

two volumes, and another two volumes contain the 

color plates.] 

*Koelbel, K. 1894. [Title?]. In E. Wasmann: Kritisches 

Verzeichnis der myrmecophilen und termitophilen 

Arthropoden. Mit Angabe der Lebensweise und mit 

Beschreibung neuer Arten. xv + 231 pp. Berlin. 

Kwon, D. H., F. Ferrara & S. Taiti. 1992. Two new species 

of Laureola Barnard, 1960 from India and Vietnam 

(Crustacea, Oniscidea, Armadillidae). – Revue suisse de 

Zoologie 99 (3): 645-653. Genève, ix.1992. 

Kwon, D. H. 1993. Terrestrial Isopoda (Crustacea) from 

Korea. – Korean Journal of Zoology 36: 133-158. 

Seoul. 

Kwon, D. H. 1995. Terrestrial Isopoda (Crustacea) from 

Cheju Island, Korea. – Korean Journal of Systematic 

Zoology 11 (4): 509–538. Seoul, xii.1995. 

*Latreille, P. A. 1802. Histoire naturelle, générale et particuliere 

des Crustacés et des Insectes. Vol. 3, 44 pp. 

Latreille, P. A. 1804. Histoire naturelle, générale et 

particulière des Crustacés et des Insectes. In C. S. Sonnini 

(ed.): Histoire naturelle, générale et particulière, des 

Crustacés et Insectes: ouvrage faisant suite aux oeuvres 

de Leclerc de Buffon, et partie du Cours complet 

d’Histoire naturelle. Vol. VII. Dufart, Paris. Pp. 1-413, 

pls 58-66. 

Lehtinen, P. T., S. Taiti & F. Ferrara. 1998. Spherillo Dana, 

1852 (Crustacea, Isopoda): proposed designation of 

S. vitiensis Dana, 1853 as the type species, with 

designation of a neotype. – Bulletin of Zoological 

Nomenclature 55 (4): 217-219. London. 

Leistikow, A. 1997. Description of the terrestrial isopod 

Mirtana costaricensis gen. et sp. n. from Central 

America (Crustacea: Isopoda: Oniscidea). – Studies on 

Neotropical Fauna and Environment 32: 118-127. 

Lisse. 

Leistikow, A. 1998a. Considerations about the genus Pentoniscus 

Richardson, 1913 (Crustacea: Isopoda: Oniscidea) 

with description of a new species. – Journal of 

Natural History 32: 1339-1355. London. 

Leistikow, A. 1998b. The genus Pseudophiloscia Budde- 

Lund, 1904 (Crustacea: Isopoda: Oniscidea) in South 

America. – Mitteilungen aus dem Museum für Naturkunde 

Berlin, Zoologische Reihe 74 (2): 233-241. 

Berlin, 2.x.1998. 

Leistikow, A. 1998c. Redescriptions of terrestrial Isopoda 

from Chile and Peru. – Spixiana 21 (3): 215-225. München, 

1.xi.1998. 

Leistikow, A. 1999a. Androdeloscia gen. n., a new genus 

of South American terrestrial isopods with description 

of 13 new species (Crustacea: Isopoda: “Philosciidae”). 

– Revue Suisse de Zoologie 106 (4): 1-92. Genève, 

xii.1999 

Leistikow, A. 1999b. New species of Ischioscia and Andenoniscus, 

terrestrial isopods from Panama (Crustacea, 

Isopoda). – Studies on Neotropical Fauna and Environment 

34: 156-175. Lisse. 

Leistikow, A. 1999c. A new generic placement for Philoscia 


richmondi Richardson, 1901 from Puerto Rico (Crustacea: 

Isopoda: Oniscidea). – Journal of Natural History 

33 (10): 1451-1460. London, x.1999 (?). 

Leistikow, A. 2000a. The terrestrial isopod genus Ischioscia 

in Costa Rica: New species and records, and an analysis 

of its phylogeny (Crustacea, Isopoda, Oniscidea). – 

Mittei-lungen aus dem Museum für Naturkunde, Berlin, 

Zoolo-gische Reihe 76 (1): 19-49. Berlin, 25.iv.2000. 

Leistikow, A. 2000b. Terrestrial Isopoda from Guatemala 

and Mexico (Crustacea: Oniscidea: Crinocheta). – 

Revue suisse de Zoologie 107 (2): 283-323. Genève, 

vi.2000. 

Leistikow, A. 2000c. A new genus of Oniscidea from South 

America and a phylogenetic analysis of related genera 

(Crustacea: Isopoda: Philosciidae). – Contributions to 

Zoology 69 (3): 179-196. The Hague. 

Leistikow, A. 2001a. The genus Erophiloscia Vandel, 1972 

– its phylogeny and biogeography, with description of 

three new species (Crustacea, Isopoda, Oniscidea). – 

Spixiana 24 (1): 29-51. München, 01.iii.2001. 

Leistikow, A. 2001b. The phylogenetic relationships of the 

genus Tropiscia Vandel, 1968 (Crustacea: Oniscidea: 

Crinocheta). – Mitteilungen aus dem Museum für Naturkunde 

Berlin, Zoologische Reihe 77 (1): 111-117. 

Berlin, 23.iv.2001. 

Leistikow, A. 2001c. A new species of Caraiboscia Vandel, 

1968 from South America, and a type species for Colombophiloscia 

gen. n. (Crustacea: Oniscidea: Crinocheta). 

– Journal of Natural History 35 (4): 497-514. 

London, iv.2001 

Leistikow, A. 2001d. Designation of a type species for the 

genus Prosekia, gen. n. from South America (Crustacea, 

Isopoda, Oniscidea). – Spixiana 24 (2): 111-121. München, 

01.vi.2001. 

Leistikow, A. 2001e. Araucoscia Verhoeff, 1939 is a junior 

synonym of Pseudophiloscia Budde-Lund, 1904 (Crustacea, 

Isopoda, Oniscidea). – Spixiana 24 (3): 231-233. 

München, 01.xi.2001. 

Leistikow, A. 2001f. The genus Ischioscia Verhoeff, 1928 

in Venezuela, with the description of six new species 

(Crustacea, Oniscidea, Philosciidae). – Bulletin of the 

Natural History Museum, Zoology 67 (2): 137-168. 

London, 29. xi.2001. 

Leistikow, A. 2001g. Phylogeny and biogeography of 

South American Crinocheta, traditionally placed in the 

family “Philosciidae” (Crustacea: Isopoda: Oniscidea). 

– Organisms, Diversity and Evolution 1: 239-240. 

Leistikow, A. 2001h. Phylogeny and biogeography of 

South American Crinocheta, traditionally placed in the 

family “Philosciidae” (Crustacea: Isopoda: Oniscidea). 

– Organisms, Diversity and Evolution 1, Electronic 

Supplement 4: 1-85. 

Leistikow, A. 2001i. New genera of terrestrial isopods 

(Oniscidea: Philosciidae) from South America, with 

remarks on some species. – Pp. 19-49 in B. Kensley & 

R. C. Brusca (eds): Isopod Systematics and Evolution. 

Rotterdam. 

Leistikow, A. 2001j. A new species of terrestrial Isopoda 

from the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Colombia 

(Crustacea: Oniscidea: Crinocheta). – Studies on Neotropical 

Fauna and Environment 36 (2): 151-158.

Leistikow, A. & P. B. de Araujo. 2001. Morphology of 

respiratory organs in South American Oniscidea (‘Philosciidae’). 

– Pp. 329-336 in B. Kensley & R. C. Brusca 

(eds): Isopod Systematics and Evolution. Rotterdam. 

Lemos de Castro, A. 1955. Ischioscia amazonica, uma 

nova espécie de isópode terrestre do Estado do Amazonas 

(Isopoda, Oniscidae). – Revista Brasiliera de 

Biologia 15 (1): 51-55. Rio de Janeiro. 

Lemos de Castro, A. 1958a. Revisão do gênero Benthana 

Budde-Lund, 1908 (Isopoda, Oniscidae). – Arquivos do 

Museu Nacional 46: 85-118. Rio de Janeiro. 

Lemos de Castro, A. 1958b. Benthanoscia longicaudata, 

new genus and species of terrestrial Isopoda of the 

family Oniscidae (Isopoda: Oniscoidea). – American 

Museum Novitates 1884: 1-7. New York, 21.iii.1958. 

Lemos de Castro, A. 1967. Isópodos terrestres da Amazônia 

brasileira (Isopoda, Oniscoidea). – Atas do Simpósio 

sobre a Biota Amazônica 5 (Zoologia): 311-336. 

Lemos de Castro, A. 1970a. Isópodos terrestres do gênero 

Neotroponiscus Arcangeli (Oniscidae – Bathytropinae). 

– Anais da Academia Brasileira de Ciencias 42 (1): 89- 

95. Rio de Janeiro. 

Lemos de Castro, A. 1970b. Quatro especies novas de isópodos 

terrestres do gênero Neotroponiscus Arcangeli 

(Oniscidae – Bathytropinae) do Brasil. – Boletim do 

Museu Nacional, Nova Serie Zoologia 275: 1-15. Rio 

de Janeiro, 28.viii.1970. 

Lemos de Castro, A. 1973. Pudeoniscidae, família nova, 

com descrição de um gênero novo e três espécies novas 

de isópodos terrestres do Brasil (Isopoda, Oniscoidea). 

– Boletim do Museu Nacional, Nova Serie Zoologia 287: 

1-11. Rio de Janeiro, 21.ii.1973 

Lemos de Castro, A. 1984. Microsphaeroniscus, gênero 

novo de isópode terrestre volvacional, com descrição 

de cinco espécies novas (Isopoda, Oniscoidea). – 

Boletim do Museu Nacional, Nova Serie Zoologia 208: 

1-9. Rio de Janeiro, 23.x.1984. 

Lewis, F. & A. J. A. Green. 1994. Four new species of 

Actaeciidae (Isopoda: Oniscidea) from Australia, with 

a review of the family. – Invertebrate taxonomy 8: 

1421-1442. 

Lewis, F. 1998a. New genera and species of terrestrial isopods 

(Crustacea: Oniscidea) from Australia. – Journal 

of Natural History 32: 101-132. London. 

Lewis, F. 1998b. Oniscidea (Isopoda) from Lord Howe 

Island. – Crustaceana 71 (7): 743-777. Leiden, x.1998. 

Lincoln, R. J. 1970. A review of the species of Hemilepistus 

s. str. Budde-Lund, 1885 (Isopoda, Porcellionidae). – 

Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Zoology 

20 (4): 111-130. London. 

Linné, C. 1758. Systema naturae. Tomus 1. Editio decima, 

reformata. [Oniscus, pp. 636-637]. Stockholm. 

Lohmander, H. 1927. On some terrestrial isopods in the 

United States National Museum. – Proceedings of the 

United States National Museum 72 (17): 1-18. Washington, 

D.C. 

Lönnberg, E. & G. Budde-Lund. 1912. Crustacea collected 

by the Swedish Zoological Expedition to British East 

Africa 1911. – Arkiv for Zoologi 7 (26): 1-9. Stockholm, 

12. iv.1912. 

Lucas, H. 1849. Première clase – Crustacés. Troisième fa- 


109 

mille. Les Cloportides. – Pp. 67-73, pls 6-7. In: Histoire 

naturelle des animaux articulés. 1er partie: Crustacés, 

Arachnides, Myriopodes. Exploration scientifique de 

l’Algérie 1840-1842. Zoologie I. Paris. 

Manicastri, C. & S. Taiti. 1983. Lepinisticus vignai, a new 

genus and species of the family Cylisticidae (Crustacea, 

Oniscoidea). – Revue suisse de Zoologie 90 (2): 417- 

423. Genève, vi.1983. 

Manicastri, C. & S. Taiti. 1987. Terrestrial isopods from 

Sri Lanka, III: Philosciidae (Crustacea, Oniscidea): part 

1. – Revue suisse de Zoologie 94 (1): 17-34. Genève, 

iv.1987. 

Manicastri, C. & S. Taiti. 1994. Gli isopodi terrestri dell’Appennino 

umbro-marchigiano (Crustacea, Oniscidea). – 

Biogeographia 17 (1993): 125-150. Bologna, 31.x.1994. 

Mattern, D. 1999. Die Gattung Armadillo im westlichen 

Mittelmeergebiet (Isopoda: Oniscidea: Armadillidae). – 

Faunistische Abhandlungen 21 (10): 169-185. Dresden, 

15.vii.1999. 

Miers, E. J. [1878]: On a collection of Crustacea, Decapoda 

and Isopoda, chiefly from South America, with descriptions 

of new genera and species. – Proceedings of the 

Zoological Society of London 43 (1877): 653-679, pls 

66-69. London. [Probably not published 19.vi.1877, 

as indicated in the text, but 1878.] 

Milne-Edwards, H. 1840. Histoire naturelle des Crustacés 

comprenant l’anatomie, la physiologie et la classification 

de ces animaux. Tome 3, part 1. Ordre des 

Isopodes. Pp. 115-283. Paris, 27.i.1840 (Roret). 

Mulaik, S. 1960. Contribucion al conocimiento de los 

isopo-dos terrestres de Mexico (Isopoda Oniscoidea). 

– Revista de la Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Natural 

21 (1). Mexico, vi.1960. 

Müller, F. 1871. Bruchstücke zur Naturgeschichte der 

Bopy-riden. – Jenaische Zeitschrift für Medizin und 

Natur-wissenschaften 6: 53-73. 

Nobili, G. 1906. Spedizione al Ruwenzori di S. A. R Luigi 

Amedeo di Savoia Duca degli Abruzzi. IX. Crostacei 

(Nota preventiva). – Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia 

ed Anatomia comparata della R. Università di Torino 

21 (544): 1-2. Torino, 28.xi.1906. 

Nunomura, N. 1986. Studies on the terrestrial isopod crustaceans 

in Japan III. Taxonomy of the families Scyphacidae 

(continued), Marinoniscidae, Halophilosciidae, 

Philosciidae and Oniscidae. – Bulletin of the Toyama 

Science Museum 9: 1-72. Toyama, ix.1986. 

Nunomura, N. 1990. Studies on the terrestrial isopod 

crustaceans in Japan V. Taxonomy of the families 

Armadillidiidae, Armadillidae and Tylidae, with taxonomic 

supplements to other families. – Bulletin of the 

Toyama Science Museum 13: 1-58. Toyama, iii.1990. 

Omer-Cooper, J. 1923. The terrestrial Isopoda of Mesopotamia 

and the surrounding districts. – Journal of the 

Bombay Natural History Society 29: 93-106. Bombay. 

Omer-Cooper, J. 1926. A revision of the genus Periscyphis 

Gerst. (Isopoda terrestria). – Proceedings of the Zoological 

Society of London 24: 349-400. 

Ortiz, M., A. G. Debras & R. Lalana. 1999. Un nuevo género 

y una nueva especie de isópodo (Isopoda, Oniscidea) 

troglobio dulciacuícola, de la Isla de Cuba. – Revista de 

Investigaciones Marinas 20 (1–3): 108-112. La Habana.

110 

Packard, A. S. 1873. On the cave fauna of Indiana. – Annual 

report of the Trustees of the Peabody Academy of 

Science 5: 93-97. Salem, Mass. 

*Pallas, P. S. 1771. Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen 

des Russischen Reiches. 504 pp. St. Petersburg. 

Panning, A. 1924. Isopoda. – In: Beiträge zur Kenntnis 

der Land- und Süßwasserfauna Deutsch-Südwestafrikas, 

Band 2, Lieferung 3: 167-201. Hamburg. 

Paoletti, M. G. 1989. Life strategies of Isopods and “soil 

invertebrates” in Venezuela. – Monitore zoologico 

italiano (N.S.) Monogr. 4: 435-453. Firenze. 

Parona, C. 1880. Di due crostacei cavernicoli (Niphargus 

puteus Koch e Titanethes feneriensis n. sp.) delle grotte 

di Monte Fenera (Val Sesia). – Atti della Società Italiana 

di Scienze Naturali 23: 42-60, 2 pls (or 1-21, pls 1-2). 

Milano. 

Patience, A. 1908. On Trichoniscoides albidus (Budde- 

Lund) and Trichoniscoides sarsi Patience (nom. nov.). 

– Annals and Magazine of Natural History (London), 

ser. 8, 2: 84-88, pl. 6. 

Paulian de Félice, L. 1939. Isopodes terrestres récoltés aux 

îles Madère par M. Ch. Alluaud. – Bulletin du Muséum 

National d’Histoire Naturelle, Série 2, 11 (4): 388-393. 

Paris. 

Paulian de Félice, L. 1940a. Oniscoides de la côte occidentale 

d’Afrique. I. – Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de 

France 65: 99-110. Paris. 

Paulian de Félice, L. 1940b. Isopodes. Pp. 307–314 in R. 

Jeannel (ed.): Croisière du Bougainville aux îles australes 

françaises. Résultats scientifiques, fasc. 1. – Mémoires 

du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, N.S. 14: 1-326 

+ plates. 

Paulian de Félice, L. 1941. Oniscoides de la côte occidentale 

d’Afrique. III: Eubelidae. – Bulletin de la Société Zoologique 

de France 66: 50-56. Paris. 

Paulian de Félice, L. 1945. Isopodes terrestres. Pp. 331– 

344 in R. Jeannel (ed.): Mission scientifique de l’Omo 

6 (58–60) (Zoologie): Dytiscidés, Dryopidés, Isopodes 

terre-stres. – Mémoires du Muséum national d’Histoire 

naturelle, N.S. 19 (2): 215–344. Paris. 

Paulian de Félice, L. 1950. Oniscoides nouveaux de Madagascar. 

– Naturaliste malgache 2 (2): 101-106. Tananarive. 

Pearse, A. S. 1915. An account of the Crustacea collected 

by the Walker Expedition to Santa Marta, Colombia. 

– Proceedings of the United States National Museum 

49 (2123): 531-556, pls 70-73. Washington, D.C., 

23.xii. 1915. 

Pljakić, M. A. 1977. Les relations taxonomiques et biogeographiques 

des lignées evolutives primitives des Oniscoides 

inférieurs de la Yougloslavie, en particulier des 

éléments de la faune cavernicole de la Serbie. – Srpska 

Akademija Nauka i Utmetnosti, Posebna izdanja, 504, 

Odeljenje Prirodo-matematichkikh Nauka 48: 1-187. 

Purcell, W. F. 1903. Description of a remarkable termitophilous 

isopod. – Transactions of the South African 

Philosophical Society 14 (4): 409-411. 

Racovitza, E. G. 1907a. Biospéologia IV. Isopodes terrestres 

(Première Série). – Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale 

et Générale, Ser. 4, 7 (4): 145-225, pls 10-20. Paris. 


Racovitza, E. G. 1907b. Spelaeoniscus debrugei n. g., n. 

sp., isopode terrestre cavernicole d’Algérie. – Archives 

de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale, Ser. 4, 7, Notes 

et Revue (3): 69-77. Paris 

Racovitza, E. G. 1908. Biospéologia IX. Isopodes terrestres 

(Seconde Série). – Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale 

et Générale, Ser. 4, 9 (5): 239-415, pls 4-23. Paris. 

05.ix.1908. 

Radu, V. G. 1960. Bifrontonia feminina n. g., n. sp. (Izopod 

terrestru) în fauna Republicii Populare Romîne. – 

Analele Stiintifice ale Universitatii “A. I. Cuza” din Iasi 

(Serie noua), Sectiunea II (Stiinte naturale) 6 [anul 

1960] (3): 695-700. Iasi. 

Radu, V. G. 1961. Bifrontonia feminina n. g., n. sp. (Izopod 

terrestru) în fauna Republicii Populare Romîne. – Studia 

Universitatis Babes-Bolyai, Series II, Fasc. 2, Biologia: 

122-141. Cluj. 

Radu, V. G. 1977. Ropaloniscus motasi, nouveau genre et 

nouvelle espèce de la famille Trichoniscidae (Isopoda 

terrestria). – Muz. St. Nat. Bacau, Studii si Comunicari 

9: 7-13. 

Ramakrishna, G. 1980. Systematic status of the genus Burmoniscus 

Collinge with remarks on cavernicolous isopods 

of India. – Journal of the Zoological Society of 

India 29 (1977): 86-87. Calcutta. 

Richardson, H. 1901. Key to the isopods of the Atlantic 

coast of North America with descriptions of new and 

little known species. – Proceedings of the United States 

National Museum 23 (1222): 493-579. Washington, 

D.C., 28.ii.1901. 

Richardson, H. 1905. A monograph on the isopods of 

North America. – Bulletin of the United States National 

Museum 54: 1-727. Washington, D.C. 

Richardson, H. 1907a. Terrestrial isopods of the family Eubelidae, 

collected in Liberia by Dr. O. F. Cook. – Smithsonian 

Miscellaneous Collections Quarterly Issue 50: 

219-247. Washington, D.C. 

Richardson, H. 1907b. Change of name Ethelumoris to Ethelomorus. 

– Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections Quarterly 

Issue 50: 416. Washington, D.C. 

Richardson, H. 1907c. A new terrestrial isopod from Guatemala, 

the type of a new genus. – Proceedings of the 

United States National Museum 32: 447-450. Washington, 

D.C. 

Richardson, H. 1910a. Description of a new terrestrial 

isopod from Guatemala. – Proceedings of the United 

States National Museum 37 (1718): 493-579. Washington, 

D.C. 

Richardson, H. 1910b. Terrestrial isopods collected in 

Costa Rica by J. F. Tristan, with descriptions of a new 

genus and species. – Proceedings of the United States 

National Museum 39 (1775): 93-95. Washington, D.C. 

Richardson, H. 1913. Terrestrial isopods collected in Costa 

Rica by Mr. Picado, with the description of a new genus 

and species. – Proceedings of the United States National 

Museum 44 (no. 1954): 337-340. Washington, D.C. 

Rioja, E. 1953. Estudios carcinologicos XXIX. Un nuevo 

género de isopod trichoniscido de la Cueva de Agua 

Grande, Paraje Nuevo, Córdoba, Ver. – Anales del Instituto 

de Biologia Universidad Autonoma de Mexico 

23: 227-241. Mexico.

Rioja, E. 1955. Estudios carcinologicos. XXXIV. Dos 

nuevos isopodos cavernicolas de la Sierra Madre Oriental 

(Region de Xilitla), Mexico. – Anales del Instituto 

de Biologia, Universidad de Mexico 26: 447-457. 

Mexico. 

Röder, G., C. Steinlein, M. Schmid, & K. E. Linsenmair. 

1993. Karyotype and chromosome banding in the Turkish 

desert woodlouse Desertellio elongatus (Crustacea, Isopoda, 

Oniscidea). – Experientia 49: 339-341. Basel. 

Roman, M. L. 1977. Les Oniscoides halophiles de Madagascar 

(Isopoda, Oniscoidea). – Beaufortia 26 (334): 

107-151. Amsterdam, 28.x.1977. 

Sars, G. O. 1878. Crustacea et Pycnogonida nova in itinere 

2do et 3tio Expeditionis Norvegicae anno 1877 & 78 

collecta (Prodromus descriptionis). – Archiv for Mathematik 

og Naturwetenskab 4: 427-476. 

Sars, G. O. 1885. Crustacea, I. – In: Den norske Nordhavsexpedition 

1876-1878. Zoologi. Bd. 6, 280 pp., 21 pls, 

1 map. Christiania [Oslo]. 

Sars, G. O. 1898. Tribe 5. Oniscoida. – In G. O. Sars: An 

Account of the Crustacea of Norway, Vol. II Isopoda, 

Parts IX-XII: 153-192, pls 70-83. Bergen. 

Say, T. 1818. An account of the Crustacea of the United 

States. – Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences 

of Philadelphia 1: 57-80; 97-101; 155-169; 235-253; 

313-319; 374-401; 423-441; 445-458, 1 pl. 

Schiødte, J. 1849 [or 1851?]. Bidrag til den underjordiske 

Fauna. – Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs 

Biologiske Skrifter 5 (2): 1-39, 4 pls. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1972. Die Isopoden der Inseln Rhodos und 

Karpathos (Südostägäis). – Zoologische Jahrbücher, 

Ab-teilung für Systematik, Ökologie und Geographie 

der Tiere 99 (4): 561-609. Jena. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1979. Revidierte Check-list der Landisopoden 

(Oniscoidea) Griechenlands. – Stuttgarter Beiträge 

zur Naturkunde, Serie A (Biologie) 331: 1-42. Stuttgart, 

15.xi.1979. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1980a. A revision of the Neotropical genus 

Ischioscia Verhoeff, with descriptions of four new species 

(Isopoda, Philosciidae). – Studies on Neotropical Fauna 

and Environment 15: 125-139. Lisse. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1980b. Die ersten Landasseln aus Dominikanischem 

Bernstein mit einer systematisch-phylogenetischen 

Revision der Familie Sphaeroniscidae (Stuttgarter 

Bernsteinsammlung: Crustacea, Isopoda, Oniscoidea). 

– Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde, Serie B (Geologie 

und Paläontologie) 61: 1-12. Stuttgart, 15.xii.1980. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1981. Die Isopoden der Nördlichen Sporaden 

(Ägäis). – Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde, Serie A 

(Biologie) 343: 1-24. Stuttgart, 1.iv.1981. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1983. Terrestrial Isopods from Nepal (Crustacea: 

Isopoda: Oniscidea). – Senckenbergiana biologica 

63 (5/6): 373-392. Frankfurt am Main, 20.vii.1983. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1984. Two new species of the terrestrial 

isopod genus Pseudarmadillo from Dominican Amber 

(Amber-Collection Stuttgart: Crustacea, Isopoda, Pseudarmadillidae). 

– Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde, 

Se-rie B (Geologie und Paläontologie) 102: 1-14. 

Stuttgart, 20.vi.1984. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1985. Zwei bemerkenswerte neue Landisopoden-Arten 

von der griechischen Insel Paxí. – Stutt- 


111 

garter Beiträge zur Naturkunde, Serie A (Biologie) 380: 

1-11. Stuttgart, 29.xi.1985. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1986a. Landasseln aus Nord-Iran. – Senckenbergiana 

biologica 66 (4/6): 377-397. Frankfurt am 

Main, 2.v.1986. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1986b. Die Landisopoden (Oniscidea) Griechenlands. 

8. Beitrag: Gattung Kefalloniscus nov. gen. 

(Scleropactidae). – Revue suisse de Zoologie 93 (2): 

279-289. Genève, vi.1986. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1987. Filippinodillo maculatus nov. gen., 

nov. spec. (Isopoda, Armadillidae). – Crustaceana 53 

(3): 253-258. Leiden. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1988. The terrestrial isopod genus Schizidium 

in western Asia (Oniscidea: Armadillidiidae). – Stuttgarter 

Beiträge zur Naturkunde, Serie A (Biologie) 423: 

1-22. Stuttgart, 15.xi.1988 

Schmalfuss, H. 1989a. Die Landisopoden Griechenlands. 

9. Beitrag: Gattung Tendosphaera (Tendosphaeridae). 

– Re-vue suisse de Zoologie 96 (1): 109-113. Genève, 

iii.1989. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1989b. Phylogenetics in Oniscidea. – Monitore 

zoologico italiano (N.S.) Monogr. 4: 3-27. 

Firenze. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1989c. Die Land-Isopoden Griechenlands 

(Oniscidea). 10. Beitrag: Gattung Trichodillidium g. n. 

(Armadillidiidae). – Sitzungsberichte der Österreichischen 

Akademie der Wisseschaften, Mathematischnaturwissenschaftliche 

Klasse, Abteilung I., 197 (1-4): 

207-214. Wien. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1989d. Revision der Landisopoden-Gattung 

Porcellio Latr. 3. Teil: Beschreibung von P. linsenmairi 

spec. nov. und Nachbeschreibung weiterer vier Arten 

aus Nord-Afrika. – Spixiana 12 (1): 7-12. München, 

30.vii. 1989. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1990a. Die Landisopoden (Oniscidea) Griechenlands. 

11. Beitrag: Gattung Chaetophiloscia (Philosciidae). 

– Revue suisse de Zoologie 97 (1): 169-193. 

Genève, iii.1990 

Schmalfuss, H. 1990b. Land-Isopoden aus dem Kaukasus- 

Gebiet. 3. Porcellionidae, Armadillidiidae, Armadillidae. 

– Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde Serie A (Biologie) 

444: 1-11. Stuttgart, 15.vi.1990. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1990c. Die Landisopoden (Oniscidea) Griechenlands. 

12. Beitrag: Gattungen Lepidoniscus und 

Philoscia (Philosciidae). – Stuttgarter Beiträge zur 

Naturkunde Serie A (Biologie) 448: 1-11. Stuttgart, 

31.viii. 1990. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1991. The terrestrial isopod genus Chaetophiloscia 

in western Asia (Oniscidea: Philosciidae). – 

Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde Serie A (Biologie) 

463: 1-9. Stuttgart, 3.viii.1991. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1993. Die Land-Isopoden (Oniscidea) Griechenlands. 

13. Beitrag: Gattung Orthometopon (“Trachelipidae”). 

– Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde Serie 

A (Biologie) 498: 1-44. Stuttgart, 29.x.1993. 


14. Beitrag: Gattung Nagurus (“Trachelipodidae”). 

– Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde Serie A 

(Biologie) 509: 1-23. Stuttgart, 4.ix.1993. 


16. Beitrag: Gattungen Xeroporcellio und

112 

Kithironiscus gen. n. (Crustacea: Oniscoidea: Scleropactidae). 

– Annalen des Naturhistorischen Museums Wien 

97B: 139-150. Wien, xi.1995. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1996a. Die Land-Isopoden (Oniscidea) Griechenlands. 

17. Beitrag: Gattung Porcellium, Neufassung 

(“Trachelipodidae”). – Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde 

Serie A (Biologie) 543: 1-40. Stuttgart, 10.ix. 

1996. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1996b. The terrestrial isopod genus Armadillo 

in western Asia (Oniscidea: Armadillidae). – Stuttgarter 

Beiträge zur Naturkunde Serie A (Biologie) 544: 

1-43. Stuttgart, 30.ix.1996. 

Schmalfuss, H. 1998. Die Land-Isopoden Griechenlands. 

18. Beitrag: Gattung Thrakosphaera gen. n. (Crustacea: 

Isopoda: ?Tendosphaeridae). – Annalen des naturhistorischen 

Museums Wien 100B: 595-604. Wien, xii.1998. 

Schmalfuss, H. & F. Erhard. 1998. Die Land-Isopoden (Oniscidea) 

Griechenlands. 19. Beitrag: Gattung Cordioniscus 

(Styloniscidae). – Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde 

Serie A (Biologie), 582: 1-20. Stuttgart. 31.xii. 

1998. 

Schmalfuss, H. & F. Ferrara. 1978. Terrestrial isopods from 

West Africa. Part 2. Families Tylidae, Ligiidae, Trichoniscidae, 

Styloniscidae, Rhyscotidae, Halophilosciidae, 

Philosciidae, Platyarthridae, Trachelipidae, Porcellionidae, 

Porcellionidae, Armadillidae. – Monitore zoologico 

italiano, N.S. Supplemento 11: 15-97. Firenze. 

Schmalfuss, H. & F. Ferrara. 1983. Terrestrial Isopods from 

West Africa. Part 3: Family Armadillidae Verhoeff, 

1917. – Monitore zoologico italiano, n. s., Supplemento 

18 (3): 111-157. Firenze, 30.vii.1983. 

Schmidt, C. 1997. Revision of the European species of the 

genus Trachelipus Budde-Lund, 1908 (Crustacea: Isopoda: 

Oniscidea). – Zoological Journal of the Linnean 

Society 121: 129-244. London. 

Schmidt, C. 1998. Description of a new genus and species 

of Philosciidae (Isopoda, Oniscidea, Crinochaeta) from 

Malaysia. – Bulletin Zoölogisch Museum Universiteit 

van Amsterdam 16 (7): 41-52. Amsterdam, 13.vi.1998. 

Schmidt, C. 2000a. Revision of Detonella Lohmander, 

1927 (Crustacea, Isopoda, Oniscidea). – Mitteilungen 

aus dem Museum für Naturkunde, Berlin, Zoologische 

Reihe 76 (1): 51-60. Berlin, 25.iv.2000. 

Schmidt, C. 2000b. Redescription of Platycytoniscus spinosus 

Herold, 1932 (Crustacea, Isopoda, Oniscidea) from 

Indonesia. – Mitteilungen aus dem Museum für Naturkunde, 

Berlin, Zoologische Reihe 76 (1): 61-74. Berlin, 

25.iv.2000. 

Schmidt, C. 2001. Description of a new genus and species 

of littoral Crinocheta (Isopoda, Oniscidea) from Namibia, 

with discussion of its phylogenetic position. – Mitteilungen 

aus dem Museum für Naturkunde Berlin, Zoologische 

Reihe 77: 119-130. Berlin, 23.iv.2001. 

Schmölzer, K. 1962. Eine neue Gattung von Höcker-Zwergasseln, 

Italoniscus nov. gen. (Oniscoidea, Trichoniscidae). 

– Zoologischer Anzeiger 168 (1-4): 63-66. Leipzig. 

Schmölzer, K. 1974. Landisopoden aus Zentral- und Ostafrika 

(Isopoda, Oniscoidea). – Österreichische Akademie 

der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche 

Klasse, Sitzungsberichte Abteilung 1, 182: 

147-200. Wien. 


Schnitzler, H. J. 1853. De Oniscineis Agri Bonnensis. Dissertatio 

zoologica, pp. 1-26. Köln. 

Schöbl, J. 1860a. Haplophthalmus, eine neue Gattung der 

Isopoden, mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Mundtheile 

untersucht. – Zeitschrift für wissenschaftliche 

Zoologie 10: 449-466, pls 35-36: Leipzig. 

Schöbl, J. 1860b. Typhloniscus. Eine neue blinde Gattung der 

Crustacea Isopoda. – Sitzungsberichte der österreichischen 

Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch.naturwissenschaftliche 

Klasse 40 (9): 279-300, pls 1- 

10. Wien. 

Schultz, G. A. 1964. Mexiconiscus tlamayensis, a new genus 

and species of terrestrial cave isopod from San Luis 

Potosi, Mexico. – Transactions of the American 

Microscopical Society 83 (4): 376-380. Lawrence, 

Kansas. 

Schultz, G. A. 1968a. Xilitloniscus Bowman a synonym of 

Mexiconiscus Schultz with notes on the species involved 

(Isopoda, Oniscoidea). – Crustaceana 14 (3): 255-258. 

Leiden. 

Schultz, G. A. 1968b. The reduction of Pentoniscus Richardson, 

1913, to a synonym of Philoscia Latreille, 1804, 

with notes on disposition of the species (Isopoda, 

Oniscoidea). – Crustaceana 15: 15-18. Leiden. 

Schultz, G. A. 1970. Disposition of species of terrestrial 

isopod crustaceans of the genera Synuropus, Spherarmadillo, 

Sphaeroniscus and Scleropactes (Oniscoidea, 

Scleropactidae). – Proceedings of the Biological Society 

of Washington 83: 123-132. Washington, D.C., 27.v. 

1970. 

Schultz, G. A. 1973. The cavernicolous fauna of Hawaiian 

lava tubes. 2. Two new genera and species of blind isopod 

crustaceans (Oniscoidea: Philosciidae). Pacific Insects 

15 (2): 153-162. Honolulu, 20.v.1973. 

Schultz, G. A. 1982. Terrestrial isopod crustaceans (Oniscoidea) 

from Mulu Caves, Sarawak, Borneo. – Journal 


Schultz, G. A. 1983. Disposition of three species of Oniscoidea 

from western Atlantic seashores (Crustacea: 

Isopoda: Halophilosciidae and Philosciidae). – Proceedings 

of the Biological Society of Washington 96 

(3): 440-451. Washington, D.C. 

Schultz, G. A. 1985. Three terrestrial isopod crustaceans 

from Java, Indonesia (Oniscidea: Philosciidae). – Journal 


Schultz, G. A. 1995a. Terrestrial isopod crustaceans (Oniscidea) 

from Paraguay with definition of a new family. 

– Revue suisse de Zoologie 102 (2): 387-424. Genève, 

vi.1995. 

Schultz, G. A. 1995b. Sinoniscus cavernicolus, a new genus 

and species of terrestrial isopod crustacean from a cave 

in China (Styloniscidae: Oniscidea). – Proceedings of 

the Biological Society of Washington 108 (2): 201- 

206. Wa-shington, D.C. 

Schultz, G. A., R. L. Garthwaite & C. Sassaman. 1982. A 

new family placement for Mauritaniscus littorinus 

(Miller) n. comb. from the west coast of North America 

with ecological notes (Crustacea: Isopoda: Oniscoidea: 

Bathytropidae). – The Wasman Journal of Biology 40 

(1-2): 77-89. San Francisco. 

Scopoli, J. A. 1763. Entomologia Carniolica, exhibens

Insecta Carnioliae indigena et distributa in ordines, 

genera, varietates Methoda Linnaeana. 420 pp. Vindobonae. 

Silvestri, F. 1897. Res Ligusticae XXVIII. Descrizione di 

un nuovo Isopodo delle caverne liguri. – Annali del 

Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Genova 18: 540-542. 

Genova. 

Silvestri, F. 1918. Contribuzione alla conoscenza dei Termitidi 

e Termitophili dell’Africa occidentale. 2. Termitofili. 

Parte prima. – Bollettino del Laboratorio di 

Zoologia generale ed agraria della R. Scuola di Agricoltura 

12: 287-345. Portici. 

Souza, L. A. & A. Lemos de Castro. 1991. The genus Circoniscus 

Pearse, 1917 in Brazil, with a description of three 

new species (Isopoda Oniscidea Scleropactidae). – 

Tropical Zoology 4: 45-64. Firenze. 

Stebbing, T. R. 1893. A history of Crustacea: Recent Malacostraca. 

– International Science Series (London) 74: 

1-466 [Isopoda on pp. 314-435]. 

Stebbing, T. R. R. 1900. On Crustacea brought by Dr. Willey 

from the South Seas. – In A. Willey: Zoological Results 

Based on Material from New Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty 

Islands and Elsewhere, Collected During the Years 

1895, 1896, and 1897. Vol. 5: 605-690. 

Stebbing, T. R. R. 1908. Zoological results of the Third 

Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 

1904-1905. – Report on the Isopoda terrestria. 

– Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 

1908: 554-561. 

Stebbing, T. R. R. 1911. Indian Isopods. – Records of the 

Indian Museum 6: 179-181, pls 10-12. Calcutta. 

Stein, J. P. E. F. 1859. Einige neue europäische Isopoden- 

Arten. – Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift 3: 260- 

267. Berlin. 

Strouhal, H. 1927. Zur Kenntnis der Untergattung Armadillidium 

Verh. (Isop. terr.). – Zoologischer Anzeiger 74: 

5-34. Leipzig, 20.x.1927. 

Strouhal, H. 1929. Ueber neue und bekannte Landasseln des 

Südbalkans im Berliner Zoologischen Museum. – Sitzungsberichte 

der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde 

zu Berlin 1929: 37-80. Berlin. 

Strouhal, H. 1936. Zoologische Forschungsreise nach den 

Ionischen Inseln und dem Peloponnes. XVII. Teil. Isopoda 

terrestria, I.: Ligiidae, Trichoniscidae, Oniscidae, 

Porcellionidae. – Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, 

Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Klasse, 

Sitzungsberichte Abteilung I, 145 (5/6): 153-177. 

Wien. 

Strouhal, H. 1937. Von Prof. Dr. K. Absolon in Balkanhöhlen 

gesammelte Landasseln, 3. Mitteilung. – Zoologischer 

Anzeiger 118 (1/2): 35-44. Leipzig. 

Strouhal, H. 1939a. Landasseln aus Balkanhöhlen, gesammelt 

von Prof. Dr. K. Absolon. 7. Mitteilung. – Zoologischer 

Anzeiger 126 (3/4): 68-76. Leipzig. 

Strouhal, H. 1939b. Landasseln aus Balkanhöhlen, in der 

Sammlung Biospeologica balcanica. 5. Mitteilung: Illyrionethes 

Verh. und Aegonethes Frankenb. – Mitteilungen 

über Höhlen- und Karstforschung 114: 114-131. 

Berlin. 

Strouhal, H. 1939c. Landasseln aus Balkanhöhlen, gesammelt 

von Prof. Dr. K. Absolon. 8. Mitteilung: Bulgarien 


113 

und Altserbien. (zugleich 24. Beitrag zur Landisopodenfauna 

des Balkans). – Izvestija na Carskite Prirodonaucni 

Instituti va Sofija 12: 193-205. Sofija. 

Strouhal, H. 1939d. Landasseln aus Balkanhöhlen, gesammelt 

von Prof. Dr. K. Absolon. 9. Mitteilung. – Zoologischer 


Strouhal, H. 1940. Moserius percoi nov. gen., nov. spec., 

eine neue Höhlen-Höckerassel, nebst einer Übersicht 

über die Haplophthalminen. (27. Beitrag zur Isopodenfauna 

des Balkans). – Zoologischer Anzeiger 129: 13- 

20. Leipzig. 

Strouhal, H. 1942. Vorläufige Mitteilung über die von M. 

Beier in Nordwestgriechenland gesammelten Asseln. 

(30. Beitrag zur Isopodenfauna des Balkans). – Zoologischer 

Anzeiger 138 (7/8): 145-162. Leipzig, 1.vi.1942. 

Strouhal, H. 1953. Neue Trichoniscinen aus türkischen 

Höhlen. – Notes Biospéologiques 8: 167-183. Paris. 

Strouhal, H. 1954. Zoologische Studien in West-Griechenland. 

IV. Teil: Isopoda terrestria, I: Ligiidae, Trichoniscidae, 

Oniscidae, Porcellionidae, Squamiferidae. – 

Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche 

Klasse, Sitzungsberichte 

Abteilung I, 163: 559-601. Wien. 

Strouhal, H. 1956. Zoologische Studien in West-Griechenland. 

VI. Teil: Isopoda terrestria, II: Armadillidiidae. – 

Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche 

Klasse, Sitzungsberichte 

Abteilung I, 165: 585-618. Wien. 

Strouhal, H. 1961a. Eine neue Höckerassel von Korfu 

(Isop. terr.) (31. Beitrag zur Isopodenfauna der Balkanhalbinsel). 

– Annalen des Naturhistorischen Museums 

in Wien 64 (1960): 178-184. Wien, xii.1961. 

Strouhal, H. 1961b. Die Oniscoideen-Fauna der Juan Fernández-Inseln 

(Crustacea, Isopoda terrestria). – Annalen 

des Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien 64 (1960): 

185-244. Wien, xii.1961. 

Strouhal, H. 1965. Ergebnisse der zoologischen Nubien- 

Expedition 1962. – Annalen des Naturhistorischen Museums 

Wien 68: 609-629. Wien, xi.1965. 

Strouhal, H. 1971. Die Isopoda terrestria der Höhlen von 

Eregli am Schwarzen Meer. – International Journal of 

Speleology 3 (3/4): 351-385, pls 113-123. Roma. 

Stuxberg, A. 1875. Om Nord-Americas Oniscider. – Öfversigt 

af kongliga Vetenskaps-Akademiens Förhandlingar 

1875 (2): 43-63. Stockholm. 

Tabacaru, I. 1963. Biharoniscus racovitzai n. g., n. sp., 

nouvel isopode terrestre cavernicole de Roumanie. – 

Annales de Spéléologie 18 (4): 473-481. Paris. 

Tabacaru, I. 1973. Thaumatoniscellus orghidani n. g., n. sp. 

(Isopoda, Oniscoidea, Trichoniscidae). Livre du cinquantenaire 

de l’Institut de Spéologie “Emile Racovitza”. 

Pp. 235-247. Bucuresti. 

Tabacaru, I. 1991. Un nouvel isopode terrestre cavernicole de 

Roumanie, Banatoniscus karbani n. g., n. sp. Remarques 

sur la systématique des Haplophthalminae. – Travaux 

de l’Institut de Spéologie “Emile Racovitza” 30: 3-12. 

Bu-curesti. 

Tabacaru, I. 1993a. Sur Caucasonethes vandeli n. sp. (Crustacea, 

Isopoda, Oniscidea) isopode terrestre cavernicole 

de Roumanie. – Mémoires de Biospéologie 20: 231- 

238. Moulis.

114 

Tabacaru, I. 1993b. Sur la classification des Trichoniscidae et 

la position systématique de Thaumatoniscellus orghidani 

Tabacaru, 1973 (Crustacea, Isopoda, Oniscidea). – Travaux 

de l’Institut de Spéologie “Emile Racovitza” 32: 

43-85. Bucuresti. 

Taiti, S., A. Allspach & F. Ferrara. 1995. A new family 

placement for the genus Colomboscia Vandel, 1972, 

with description of a new species (Crustacea, Oniscidea, 

Scler-opactidae). – Studies on Neotropical Fauna and 

Environ-ment 30 (2): 91-100. Lisse. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1978. Re-description of Didima 

humilis Budde-Lund, 1908 (terrestrial Isopoda). – 

Monitore zoologico italiano, N.S. Supplemento 10 

(16): 315-320. Firenze, 29.iv.1978. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1981. Su un nuovo genere di isopodo 

terrestre dell’Africa orientale (Eubelidae). – Revue de 

Zoologie africaine 95 (1): 210-215. Tervuren, 27.iii. 

1981. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1982a. A new genus and two new 

species of terrestrial isopods (Eubelidae) from Somalia. 

– Monitore zoologico italiano, N.S. Supplemento 16 

(6): 153-159. Firenze, 31.iii.1982. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1982b. Metastenoniscus osellai 

nuovo genere e nuova specie di isopodo terrestre 

(Stenoniscidae) dell’isola di Bali. – Bollettino del Museo 

Civico di Storia Naturale di Verona 8: 443-452. Verona, 

31.xii.1982 [for 1981]. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1983a. Su alcuni isopodi terrestri della 

Réunion, di Mauritius e delle Seychelle. – Revue suisse 

de Zoologie 90 (1): 199-231. Genève, iii.1983. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1984. Isopodi terrestri delle Isole 

Comore (Crustacea, Oniscoidea). – Revue de Zoologie 

africaine 98 (1): 141-164. Tervuren, 30.iii.1984. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1986. Terrestrial Isopoda from the 

Oriental Region. I: The genus Burmoniscus Collinge, 

1914 (Philosciidae). – Monitore zoologico italiano, 

N.S., suppl. 21: 125-135. Firenze. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1987. Contribution to the knowledge 

of the mountain fauna of Malawi. 6. Terrestrial isopoda 

(Crustacea). – Revue de Zoologie Africaine 101 (1): 69- 

102. Tervuren. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1988. Revision of the genus Exalloniscus 

Stebbing, 1911 (Crustacea: Isopoda: Oniscidea). 

– Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 94: 339- 

377. London. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1989 New species and records of 

Armadilloniscus Uljanin 1875 (Crustacea, Isopoda, 

Oniscidea) from the coasts of the Indian and Pacific 

Oceans. – Tropical Zoology 2: 59-88. Firenze. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1991a. Terrestrial Isopods (Crustacea) 

from the Hawaiian Islands. – Bishop Museum Occasional 

Papers 31: 202-227. Honolulu. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1991b. Two new species of terrestrial 

Isopoda (Crustacea, Oniscidea) from Ascension Island. 

– Journal of Natural History 25: 901-916. London. 

Taiti, S. & F. Ferrara. 1996. The terrestrial Isopoda of Corsica. 

– Bulletin du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, 

4e série, Section A, 18 (3-4): 459-545. Paris. 

Taiti, S., F. Ferrara & A. Allspach. 1997. On three new 

species of Periscyphis Gerstaecker, 1873 from Kenya, 

Sudan and Oman (Crustacea: Isopoda: Oniscidea). – 


Bonner zoologische Beiträge 47 (1-2): 1-11. Bonn, 

ix.1997. 

Taiti, S., F. Ferrara & D. H. Kwon. 1992. Terrestrial 

Isopoda (Crustacea) from the Togian Islands, Sulawesi, 

Indonesia. – Invertebrate Taxonomy 6: 787-842. East 

Melbourne. 

Taiti, S.; F. Ferrara & H. Schmalfuss. 1986. Chileoniscus 

marmoratus gen. et sp. n. from Chile (Oniscidea, Scleropactidae). 

– Annales historico-naturales Musei nationalis 

hungarici 78: 63-69. Budapest. 

Taiti, S. & F. G. Howarth. 1997. Terrestrial Isopods (Crustacea, 

Oniscidea) from Hawaiian Caves. – Mémoires 

de Biospéologie 24: 97-118. Paris. 

Taiti, S. & W. F. Humphreys. 2001. New aquatic Oniscidea 

(Crustacea, Isopoda) from groundwater calcretes of Western 

Australia. – Records of the Western Australian Museum, 

Supplement 64: 131-151. 

Taiti, S., P. Paoli & F. Ferrara. 1998. Morphology, biogeography, 

and ecology of the family Armadillidae (Crustacea, 

Oniscidea). – Israel Journal of Zoology 44: 291- 

301. Jerusalem. 

Thomson, G. M. 1879. New Zealand Crustacea, with descriptions 

of new species. (art. 18). – Transactions and 

Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 11: 230-248. 

Wellington. 

Uljanin, V. N. 1875. Puteshestvie v Turkestan A. P. Fedchenko, 

Tom II Zoogeograficheskiya izledovaniya, Chast III 

Rakoobraznyya. – Izvestiya imperatorskago obshchestva 

lyubitelej estestvoznaniya, antropologii i etnografii 11 

(6): i-iv + 1-63, pls 1-13. St. Peterburg. (Isopoda on pp. 

1-21, pls 1-5). 

Ulrich, C. J. 1902. A contribution to the subterranean fauna 

of Texas. – Transactions of the American Microscopical 

Society 23: 83-100, pls 14-16. Columbus, Ohio. 

Van Name, W. G. 1924. Isopoda from the Williams Galapagos 

Expedition. – Zoologica – Scientific Contributions 

of the New York Zoological Society 5 (18): 181- 

210. New York, 11.xii.1924. 

Van Name, W. G. 1936. The American land and fresh-water 

isopod Crustacea. – Bulletin of the American Museum 

of Natural History 71: 1-535. New York, 14.v.1936. 

Van Name, W. G. 1940. A supplement to the American land 

and fresh-water isopod Crustacea. – Bulletin of the 

Ame-rican Museum of Natural History 77: 109-142. 

New York, 20.vi.1940. 

Van Name, W. G. 1943. A second supplement to the American 

land and fresh-water isopod Crustacea. – Bulletin 

of the American Museum of Natural History 80 (1942): 

299-239. New York. 

Vandel, A. 1943. Espèces françaises, nouvelles ou peu connues 

de Trichoniscidae (Isopodes terrestres). – Bulletin 

de la Société Zoologique de France 67: 133-141. Paris 

[for 1942]. 

Vandel, A. 1944. Isopodes terrestres récoltés par M. Rémy, 

au cours de son voyage en Corse (Juillet-Septembre 

1942). I. Description de Paraschizidium remyi n. sp., 

suivie de considérations sur l’histoire et la répartition 

de la famille des Armadillidae. – Archives de Zoologie 

expérimentale et générale, Notes et Revue 83 (3): 83- 

98. Paris, 26.x. 1944. 

Vandel, A. 1946. Crustacés isopodes terrestres (Oniscoïdea)

épigés et cavernicoles du Portugal. – Anais da Faculdade 

de Ciências Porto 30: 135-427. Porto. 

Vandel, A. 1947. Espèces françaises, nouvelles ou peu connues, 

de Trichoniscidae (Isopodes terrestres). Troisième 

partie. – Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France 72: 

35-53. Paris, viii.1947. 

Vandel, A. 1948a. Les isopodes exoantennés et la genèse 

de leurs coaptations. – Bulletin Biologique de la France 

et de la Belgique 82: 388-428. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1948b. Espèces nouvelles d’Isopodes terrestres 

cavernicoles et endogés. Espèces françaises, nouvelles 

ou peu connues de Trichoniscidae. 4e Note. – Notes biospéologiques 

2: 7-27. 

Vandel, A. 1950. Biospeologica LXXI. Campagne spéologique 

de C. Bolivar et R. Jeannel dans l’Amérique du Nord 

(1928). Isopodes terrestres recueillis par C. Bolivar et 

R. Jeannel (1928) et le Dr. Henrot (1946). – Archives 

de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale 87 (3): 183- 

210. Paris, 25.x.1950. 

Vandel, A. 1952a. Biospeologica LXXIII. Isopodes terrestres 

(Troisième Série). – Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale 

et Générale 88 (3): 231-362. Paris, 15.i.1952. 

Vandel, A. 1952b. Les Trichoniscides (Crustacés-Isopodes) 

de l’Hémisphère Austral. – Mémoires du Muséum national 

d’Histoire naturelle, nouvelle Série, Série A, Zoologie 

6 (1): 1-116. Paris, 20.xi.1952. 

Vandel, A. 1953a. Espèces nouvelles ou peu connues de 

Trichoniscidae cavernicoles recueillis en Espagne orientale. 

– Notes biospéléologiques 8: 51-66. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1953b. A new terrestrial Isopod from Oregon, 

Caucasonethes rothi n. sp. – Pacific Science 7: 175-178. 

Honolulu. 

Vandel, A. 1953c. Isopodes terrestres récoltés dans les grottes 

de la Corse. – Notes biospéléologiques 8: 153-166. 

Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1954. Étude des Isopodes terrestres recueillis aux 

îles Canaries par J. Mateu en mars-avril 1952. – 

Mémoires du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, 

nouvelle Série, Série A, Zoologie 8 (1): 1-60. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1955a. Biospeologica LXXV. Mission Henri 

Coiffait au Liban (1951). 8. Isopodes terrestres. – Archives 

de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale 91 (4): 

455-461. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1955b. Isopodes terrestres récoltés dans les 

grottes de l’Attique par M. Pierre Strinati. – Notes 

biospéo-logiques 10: 51-61. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1956. Sur un nouveau sous-genre de Metoponorthus 

et son intérêt biogéographique (Crustacés; 

Isopodes terrestres). – Revue française d’Entomologie 

23: 21-30. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1957a. Sur la position systématique de Leptotrichus 

(Atlantotrichus n. s. g.) leptotrichoides (Arcangeli 

1942). (Crustacés; Isopodes terrestres). – Bulletin du 

Mu-séum national d’Histoire naturelle, Série 2, 29: 418- 

420. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1957b. Isopodes récoltés dans les grottes de la 

Crète par le Docteur K. Lindberg. – Notes biospéologiques 

12: 81-101. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1957c. Les isopodes terrestres des Açores. – 

Mémoires du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, 

Serie A, Zoologie 8 (7): 249-263. Paris. 


115 

Vandel, A. 1958. Sur un nouvel Isopode terrestre provenant 

des grottes de Sardaigne, Nagurus cerrutii n. sp. – Bollettino 

della Società Entomologica Italiana 88: 140- 

150. Genova. 

Vandel, A. 1959a. Protracheoniscus pierrei Vandel n’est 

pas Porcellionide quinquétrachéate mais un Oniscidé 

(Crustacés; Isopodes terrestres). – Bulletin du Muséum 

national d’Histoire naturelle, 2e Série, 30 (6): 513-516. 

Paris, 26.i.1959. 

Vandel, A. 1959b. Nouvelles recherches sur les isopodes 

volvationnels exoantennés et la genése de leurs coaptations. 

– Bulletin biologique de la France et de la Belgique 

93 (2): 121-139. Paris, 25.x.1959. 

Vandel, A. 1960. Isopodes terrestres (Première Partie). – 

Faune de France 66: 1-416. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1961. Faune cavernicole et endogée de l’île der 

Minorque. In: Biospeologica LXXX. – Archives de 

Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale 99: 225-306. 

Paris. 25.i. 1961. 

Vandel, A. 1962. Isopodes terrestres (Deuxième Partie). 

– Faune de France 66: 417-931. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1963. Isopodes terrestres recueillis en Amérique 

du Sud par Claude Delamare Deboutteville. – In: Biologie 

de l’Amérique Australe. Vol. II: 63-100. Éditions du 

Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1965a. Les isopodes terrestres et cavernicoles 

de la Bulgarie. – Annales de Spéléologie 20 (2): 243-270. 

Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1965b. Les Trichoniscidae cavernicoles (Isopoda 

terrestria; Crustacea) de l’Amérique du Nord. – Annales 

de Spéléologie 20 (3): 347-389. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1965c. Sur l’existence d’Oniscoides très primitifs 

menant une vie aquatique et sur le polyphylétisme des 

isopodes terrestres. – Annales de Spéléologie 20 (4): 

489-518. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1967. Les isopodes terrestres et cavernicoles de 

la Bulgarie (Seconde partie). – Annales de Spéléologie 

22 (2): 333-365. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1968. Les premiers isopodes terrestres et 

cavernicoles découverts dans l’Archipel Nippon. – 

Bulletin of the National Science Museum 11: 351-362. 

Tokyo. 


l’Archipel Nippon (Second mémoire). – Bulletin of the 

National Science Museum 13 (3): 373-383. Tokyo, 

30.ix. 1970. 

Vandel, A. 1971. Les isopodes terrestres des îles Rennell 

et Bellona. – Noona Dan Papers 108: 139-153. 

Vandel, A. 1972a. Les isopodes terrestres de la Colombie. 

– Studies on the Neotropical Fauna 7: 147-172. Lisse. 

Vandel, A. 1972b. Sur une espèce d’isopode terrestre et 

cavernicole recueillie dans une grotte de l’Assam. – Annales 

de Spéléologie 27 (3): 543-546. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1972c. De l’utilisation des donnés biogéographiques 

dans la reconstitution des anciens visages du 

globe terrestre. – Comptes Rendus de l’Académie des 

Sciences, Série D, 274: 38-41. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1972d. Isopodes terrestres (Oniscoïdes) récoltés 

en Thaïlande par P. Jolivet. – Bulletin du Muséum national 

d’Histoire Naturelle, 3e série, Zoologie 31: 397- 

403. Paris, 15.x.1972.

116 

Vandel, A. 1972e. La répartition des Oniscoïdes (Crustacés, 

Isopodes terrestres) et la dérive des continents. – Comptes 

Rendus des séances de l’Académie des Sciences, Série D, 

275: 2069-2071. Paris, 30.x.1972. 

Vandel, A. 1973a. Isopodes terrestres de Népal (Oniscoidea). 

– Senckenbergiana biologica 54 (1/3): 111-128. Frankfurt 

am Main, 17.vii.1973. 

Vandel, A. 1973b. Les isopodes terrestres et cavernicoles 

de la Mélanésie. – Zoologische Verhandelingen 125: 1- 

160. Leiden. 

Vandel, A. 1973c. Les isopodes terrestres et cavernicoles 

de l’île de Cuba. In T. Orghidan, A. Nuñez Jimenez, L. 

Botosaneanu, V. Decou, S. Negrea & N. Viña Bayes 

(eds): Résultats des Expéditions biospéologiques cubano-roumaines 

à Cuba. Editura Academiei Republicii 

Socialiste România 0: 153-188. Bucuresti. 

Vandel, A. 1974. Les isopodes terrestres de l’Australie. – 

Étude systematique et biogéographique. – Mémoires du 

Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle 82A: 1-171. 

Paris. [This publication is usually dated 1973, but 

according to information from the www-page of the 

Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle it seems to have 

been published in 1974.] 

Vandel, A. 1975. Un nouvel Oniscoide provenant du 

Koweit (Arabie). – Crustaceana 29: 74-78. Leiden. 

Vandel, A. 1977a. Les Oniscoides (Isopodes terrestres) de 

la Nouvelle-Zélande et de l’Archipel Kermadec. – 

Mémoires du Muséum national d’Histoire Naturelle, 

Nouvelle Série, Serie A, Zoologie 102: 1-56. Paris. 

Vandel, A. 1977b. Les espèces appartenant au genre Amerigoniscus 

Vandel, 1950 (Crustacés, Isopodes, Oniscoides). 

– Bulletin de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle de 

Toulouse 113 (3–4): 303-310. Toulouse. 

Vandel, A. 1977c. La faune terrestre de l’île se Sainte 

Hélène. Quatrième partie. 1. Isopodes terrestres. – 

Annales du Muséum Royal d’Afrique centrale, Série 8, 

Sciences (Zoologie) 220-385; 426. Tervuren. 

Vandel, A. 1980. Les Isopodes terrestres (Oniscidea) recueillis 

en Turquie et en Irak occidental par le Professeur 

Curt Kosswig. – Bulletin de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle 

de Toulouse 116 (1-2): 83-119. Toulouse. 


l’île de Cuba. – Résultats des Expéditions biospéologiques 

Cubano-roumaines à Cuba 3: 35-76. Bucuresti. 

Vandel, A. & J. Matsakis. 1959. Sur l’application des méthodes 

biométriques à la recherche des affinités entre 

groupes zoologiques. – Comptes rendus hebdomadaires 

des séances de l’Académie des Sciences 248: 336-340. 

Paris. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1896. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Isopoda 

terrestria Deutschlands. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 19 

(493): 18-23. Leipzig, 13.i.1896. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1900. Über paläarktische Isopoden (2. 

Aufsatz). – Zoologischer Anzeiger 23: 117-130. Leipzig, 

5.iii.1900. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1901a. Über paläarktische Isopoden (3. 

Aufsatz). – Zoologischer Anzeiger 24: 33-41. Leipzig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1901b. Über paläarktische Isopoden (5. 

Aufsatz). – Zoologischer Anzeiger 24: 135-149. Leipzig. 

[although p. 149 ends with “Fortsetzung folgt”, no 

second part of this paper exists]. 


Verhoeff, K. W. 1901c. Über paläarktische Isopoden (7. 

Aufsatz). – Zoologischer Anzeiger 24: 403-408; 417- 

421. Leipzig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1902. Über paläarktische Isopoden. 8. 

Aufsatz: Armadillidien der Balkanhalbinsel und einiger 

Nachbarländer, insbesondere auch Tirols und Norditaliens. 

Porcellio: Agabiformes. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 

25: 241-255. Leipzig, 24.iii.1902. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1907a. Über paläarktische Isopoden. 9. 

Aufsatz: Neuer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Armadillidium. 

– Zoologischer Anzeiger 31: 457-505. Leipzig, 

16.iv.1907. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1907b. Über Isopoden. 10. Aufsatz: Zur 

Kenntnis der Porcellioniden (Körnerasseln). – Sitzungsberichte 

der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu 

Berlin 8: 229-281. Berlin. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1908a. Über Isopoden. 12. Aufsatz. Neue 

Oniscoidea aus Mittel- und Südeuropa und zur Klärung 

einiger bekannter Formen. – Archiv für Naturgeschichte 

74: 163-198, pls 4-5. Leipzig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1908b. Über Isopoden. Androniscus n. g. 

13. Aufsatz. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 33 (5/6): 129- 

148. Leipzig, 23.vi.1908. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1908c. Neue Isopoden-Gattungen. – Zoologischer 

Anzeiger 33 (no. 15): 520-525. Leipzig, 13.x. 

1908. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1908d. Über Isopoden, 15. Aufsatz. – 

Archiv für Biontologie 2: 335-387, pls 29-31. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1917a. Zur Kenntnis und Entwicklung der 

Trachealsysteme und der Untergattungen von Porcellio 

und Tracheoniscus (Über Isopoden, 22. Aufsatz). – Sitzungsberichte 

der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde 

zu Berlin, 1917 (Nr. 3): 195-223. Berlin, 30.vii.1917. 

Verhoeff. K. W. 1917b. Über mediterrane Oniscoideen, namentlich 

Porcellioniden. 23. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Jahreshefte 

des Vereins für vaterländische Naturkunde in 

Würt-temberg 73: 144-173. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1918. Zur Kenntnis der Ligidien, Porcellioniden 

und Onisciden. – Archiv für Naturgeschichte 

82A (1916), Heft 10: 108-162, pls 1-2. Berlin, iii.1918. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1919. Ueber augenlose Armadillidien und 

kritische Prüfung der Familie Armadillidiidae. 25. Isopoden-Aufsatz. 

– Archiv für Naturgeschichte 83A (2): 

160-170. Berlin, iii.1919. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1923. Zur Kenntnis der Landasseln Palästinas. 

30. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Archiv für Naturgeschichte 

98B: 206-231. Berlin. 

Verhoeff. K. W. 1926a. Isopoda terrestria von Neu-Caledonien 

und den Loyalty-Inseln. – In F. Sarasin & J. Roux 

(eds): Nova Caledonia. Forschungen in Neu-Caledonien 

und den Loyalty-Inseln, A, Zoologie 4: 243-366. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1926b. Ueber Isopoden der Balkanhalbinsel, 

gesammelt von Herrn Dr. I. Buresch. Zugleich 31. Isopoden-Aufsatz. 

– Mitteilungen der Bulgarischen Entomologischen 

Gesellschaft 3: 135-156. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1927a. Über einige südosteuropäische Trichonisciden. 

– Zoologischer Anzeiger 70: 200-223. 

Leip-zig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1927b. Über einige zoogeographisch 

bedeutsame Isopoden-Arten. 36. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – 

Zoologischer Anzeiger 72: 223-233. Leipzig.

Verhoeff, K. W. 1927c. Illyrionethes n. g. eine cavernicole 

Trichonisciden-Gattung. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 72: 

268-275. Leipzig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1928a. Über einige Isopoden der zoologischen 

Staatssammlung in München. 38. Isopoden- 

Aufsatz. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 76: 25-36; 113-123. 

Leipzig (the two parts probably with different publication 

dates). 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1928b. Isopoden aus Formosa. 39. Isopoden- 

Aufsatz. – Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum 

in Berlin 14: 199-226. Berlin. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1928c. Über alpenländische und italienische 

Isopoden. 37. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Zoologische 

Jahrbücher, Abteilung für Systematik, Ökologie und 

Geographie der Tiere 56 (1929) (Heft 1/2): 93-172. 

Jena, 20.xii.1928. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1929. Eine neue Diplopoden- und eine 

neue Isopoden-Gattung aus dem Labyrinth Kretas. – 

Mitteilungen über Höhlen- und Karstforschung 4: 1-12. 

Berlin. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1930a. Zur Kenntnis osteuropäischer Isopoden. 

41. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Zoologische Jahrbücher, 

Abteilung für Systematik, Ökologie und Geographie der 

Tiere 59 (1): 1-64, pls 1-3. Jena, 17.iii.1930. 

Verhoeff. K. W. 1930b. Über einige neue norditalienische 

Isopoden und einen neuen Typus der Volvation. 43. Isopoden-Aufsatz. 

– Zoologischer Anzeiger 89: 162-177. 

Leipzig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1930c. Über Isopoden aus Turkestan. 42. 

Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 91 (5-8): 

101-125. Leipzig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1931a. Über Isopoda terrestria aus Italien. 

– Zoologische Jahrbücher, Abteilung für Systematik, 

Ökologie und Geographie der Tiere 60 (5/6): 489-572, 

pls 6-8. Jena, 16.iii.1931. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1931b. Zwei neue Illyrionethes-Arten aus 

Dalmatien. – Senckenbergiana 13 (2): 122-124. Frankfurt 

am Main. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1931c. Zur Kenntnis alpenländischer und 

mediterraner Isopoda terrestria. (47. Isopoden-Aufsatz). 

– Zoologische Jahrbücher, Abteilung für Systematik, 

Ökologie und Geographie der Tiere 61 (1/2): 15-52, pls 

1-2. Jena, 10.xii.1931. 

Verhoeff. K. W. 1932. Cavernicole Oniscoideen. 44. Isopoden-Aufsatz. 

– Mitteilungen über Höhlen- und Karstforschung 

1932: 12-24. Berlin. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1933a. Neue Isopoda terrestria aus Mexiko 

und dem Mediterrangebiet. 50. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – 

Zoologischer Anzeiger 103 (5/6): 97-119. Leipzig, 

1.vii.1933. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1933b. Zur Systematik, Geographie und 

Ökologie der Isopoda terrestria Italiens und über einige 

Balkan-Isopoden. 49. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Zoologische 

Jahrbücher, Abteilung für Systematik, Ökologie und 

Geographie der Tiere 65: 1-64. Jena. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1933c. Arthropoden aus südostalpinen 

Höhlen, gesammelt von Karl Strasser in Triest. – 

Mitteilungen über Höhlen- und Karstforschung 4: 1-21. 

Berlin. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1936a. Studien über Isopoda terrestria. 51. 

Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen 


117 

Museum in Berlin 21 (1): 79-163, 7 unpaginated pls. 

Berlin. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1936b. Ueber einige Isopoda aus Süd- 

Indien. – Records of the Indian Museum 38: 97-104, 

pl. 4. Calcutta. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1936c. Ueber einige Myriapoden und Isopoden 

aus Dekan, gesammelt von Herrn S. Jones, 

Madras. – Records of the Indian Museum 38: 503-512, 

pls 15-16. Calcutta. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1936d. Ueber Isopoden der Balkanhalbinsel, 

gesammelt von Herrn Dr. I. Buresch. III. Teil. Zugleich 

58. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Izvestija na Carskite Prirodonaucni 

Instituti va Sofija 9: 1-27. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1937. Ueber einige neue und bekannte 

Isopoda terrestria. 61. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Sitzungsberichte 

der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu 

Berlin 1936: 411-430. Berlin. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1938a. Über einige polynesische Oniscoideen. 

– Arkiv för Zoologi 30A (16): 1-14. Stockholm, 

20.v.1938. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1938b. Morphologisch-geographisch-ökologischer 

Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Isopoda terrestria von 

Oberwallis und Insubrien. 53. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – 

Archiv für Naturgeschichte, N.F. 7: 316-373. Leipzig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1939a. Über einige balkanische Isopoda 

terrestria (69. Isopoden-Aufsatz). – Studien aus dem Gebiete 

der allgemeinen Karstforschung, der wissenschaftlichen 

Höhlenkunde, der Eiszeitforschung und den 

Nachbargebieten, B. Biologische Serie, Nr. 6: 5-10. 

Brünn. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1939b. Von Dr. G. H. Schwabe in Chile 

gesammelte Isopoda terrestria, Diplopoda und Chilopoda. 

– Archiv für Naturgeschichte, N.F. 8: 301-324. Leipzig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1940a. Ueber Beziehungen einiger Trichinisciden. 

64. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Mitteilungen über 

Höhlen-und Karstforschung 1940: 79-84. Berlin. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1940b. Strouhalius n. g. eine nordwestbalkanische 

cavernikole Isopoden-Gattung. 66. Isopoden- 

Aufsatz. – Mitteilungen über Höhlen-und Karstforschung 

1940: 84-87. Berlin. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1941a. Zur Kenntnis südamerikanischer 

Oniscoideen. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 133: 114-126. 

Leipzig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1941b. Landisopoden. In E. Titschak 

(ed.): Beiträge zur Fauna Perus 1 (2): 74-80. Hamburg. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1941c. Über eine neue südamerikanische 

Gattung der Isopoda terrestria. 72. Isopoden-Aufsatz. 

– Zoologischer Anzeiger 134: 169-173. Leipzig. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1941d. Über Landisopoden aus der Türkei. 

– Istanbula Üniversitesi Fen Fakültesi Mecmuasi 6: 223- 

276. Istanbul. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1942a. Land-Isopoden von Fernando Po. 

XIV. Beitrag zu dne wissenschaftlichen Ergebnissen der 

Forschungsreise H. Eidmanns nach Spanisch-Guinea 

1939/40 und ein Sphaerillo Ostasiens. – Zoologischer 


Verhoeff, K. W. 1942b. Land-Isopoden der Insel Ischia, 

systematisch, phänologisch, ökologisch, geographisch. 

– Zeitschrift für Morphologie und Ökologie der Tiere 

38: 435-482. Berlin, 06.v.1942.

118 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1942c. Sphaeromiden-Studien und Buchnerillo 

n. g. 83. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Zeitschrift für 

Morphologie und Ökologie der Tiere 39: 153-175. 

Berlin. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1942d. Äthiopische Isopoda terrestria des 

Hamburger Zoologischen Museums I. 84. Isopoden- 

Auf-satz. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 140 (1/2): 1-26. 

Leipzig, 15.x.1942. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1942e. Äthiopische Isopoda terrestria des 

Hamburger Zoologischen Museums II. 84. Isopoden- 

Aufsatz. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 140 (5/6): 61-87. 

Leipzig, 15.xi.1942. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1942f. Äthiopische Isopoda terrestria des 

Hamburger Zoologischen Museums III. 84. Isopoden- 

Aufsatz. – Zoologischer Anzeiger 140 (9/10):149-163. 

Leipzig, 15.xii.1942. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1943. Über Land-Isopoden aus der Türkei, 

2. Aufsatz, 78. Isopoden-Aufsatz. – Istanbul Üniversitesi 

Fen Fakültesi Mecmuasi 8: 1-29. Istanbul. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1946. Über Landisopoden der Seychellen 

und aus Burma. – Arkiv för Zoologi 73A (6): 1-18. 

Stockholm, 9.ii.1946. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1949a. Tylos, eine terrestrisch-maritime 

Rückwanderer-Gattung der Isopoden. – Archiv für Hydrobiologie 

42: 329-340, pls 19-21. Stuttgart. 

Verhoeff, K. W. 1949b. Über Land-Isopoden aus der Türkei, 


III. – Istanbul Üniversitesi Fen Fakültesi Mecmuasi, B 

14: 21-43. Istanbul. 

Verhoeff, K. W. & H. Strouhal. 1967. Isopoda terrestria 

der Türkei, 4. Aufsatz, und über Anpassungen an die Volvation 

bei den Kuglerfamilien Armadillidae, Eubelidae 

und Armadillidae. – Zoologische Jahrbücher, Abteilung 

für Systematik, Ökologie und Geographie der Tiere 93: 

465-506. Jena. 

von Ebner, V. 1868. Helleria, eine neue Isopoden-Gattung 

aus der Familie der Oniscoiden. – Verhandlungen der 

Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft 18: 95-114, pl. 

1. Wien. 

Wahrberg, R. 1922. Terrestre Isopoden aus Australien. – 

Arkiv för Zoologi 15 (1): 1-298. Uppsala, 4.v.1922. 

White, A. 1847. List of the Specimens of Crustacea in the 

Collection of the British Museum. I-VIII. Pp. 1-143. 

London. [Isopoda on pp. 93-111] 

Zaddach, E. G. 1844. Synopses Crustaceorum Prussicorum 

Prodromus. 1-39. Regiomonti. 

Papers marked with * were not seen. We were unable to find 

any copy of these publications. For some of them the 

citation may be erroneous or incomplete. 

Submitted 5.xi.2001, accepted 4.viii.2003

Catalogue of genera of the terrestrial Isopoda

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?